الأحقاف
Al-Ahqaf
The Wind-Curved Sandhills • makkah • 35 Verses
بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ
1:1.
1:1.
a
1:1.
a
See 1:1.
3757
Commentary:
See 1:1.
a
1:1.
حمٓ
40:2; 41:2; 42:2; 43:2; 44:2; 45:2.
40:2; 41:2; 42:2; 43:2; 44:2; 45:2.
40:2; 41:2; 42:2; 43:2; 44:2; 45:2.
Commentary:
For general treatment of abbreviated letters see 2:2 & 19:2. Verses 40:2, 42:2 & 45:2, however, deal particularly with the letters حم which, as in the preceding six chapters, are placed at the beginning of the present Surah. These letters may be taken as standing for one of the following pairs of Divine attributes, i.e. حمید مجید (Praiseworthy, and Lord of honour), حی قیوم (Living, Self-Subsisting and All-Sustaining), منزل الکتاب، حافظ الکتاب (Guardian of the Book and Revealer of the Book). These Divine attributes, as also others that are represented by these abbreviated letters, have a strong bearing on the subject matter of the Surah. Unity of God, refutation and denunciation of idolatry, Divine revelation, with special reference to the revelation of the Quran, life after death and the triumph of truth over falsehood are some of the important topics dealt with in the seven Surahs of the حم group, as Divine attributes represented by these abbreviated letters indicate.
b
40:2; 41:2; 42:2; 43:2; 44:2; 45:2.
b
40:2; 41:2; 42:2; 43:2; 44:2; 45:2.
3758
Commentary:
For general treatment of abbreviated letters see 2:2 & 19:2. Verses 40:2, 42:2 & 45:2, however, deal particularly with the letters حم which, as in the preceding six chapters, are placed at the beginning of the present Surah. These letters may be taken as standing for one of the following pairs of Divine attributes, i.e. حمید مجید (Praiseworthy, and Lord of honour), حی قیوم (Living, Self-Subsisting and All-Sustaining), منزل الکتاب، حافظ الکتاب (Guardian of the Book and Revealer of the Book). These Divine attributes, as also others that are represented by these abbreviated letters, have a strong bearing on the subject matter of the Surah. Unity of God, refutation and denunciation of idolatry, Divine revelation, with special reference to the revelation of the Quran, life after death and the triumph of truth over falsehood are some of the important topics dealt with in the seven Surahs of the حم group, as Divine attributes represented by these abbreviated letters indicate.
b
40:2; 41:2; 42:2; 43:2; 44:2; 45:2.
تَنزِيلُ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْعَزِيزِ ٱلْحَكِيمِ
20:5; 32:3; 36:6; 40:3; 45:3.
20:5; 32:3; 36:6; 40:3; 45:3.
20:5; 32:3; 36:6; 40:3; 45:3.
Commentary:
The verse signifies that the Message of this Book—the Quran—is bound to succeed as it has been revealed by God Who is Mighty. And because its Revealer is the Wise God, it contains the quintessence of the accumulated wisdom of saints and seers of the past ages and is also the compendium of the imperishable teachings of all revealed Scriptures.
c
20:5; 32:3; 36:6; 40:3; 45:3.
c
20:5; 32:3; 36:6; 40:3; 45:3.
3759
Commentary:
The verse signifies that the Message of this Book—the Quran—is bound to succeed as it has been revealed by God Who is Mighty. And because its Revealer is the Wise God, it contains the quintessence of the accumulated wisdom of saints and seers of the past ages and is also the compendium of the imperishable teachings of all revealed Scriptures.
c
20:5; 32:3; 36:6; 40:3; 45:3.
مَا خَلَقْنَا ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَآ إِلَّا بِٱلْحَقِّ وَأَجَلٍ مُّسَمًّى ۚ وَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ عَمَّآ أُنذِرُوا۟ مُعْرِضُونَ
21:17; 38:28; 44:39.
The universe had a beginning and will also have an end. 'All that is on it will pass away. And there will remain only the Person of thy Lord, Master of Glory and Honour' (55:27, 28).
21:17; 38:28; 44:39.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that the creation of heavens and the earth is intended to serve an eternal purpose which is to serve man who is, God’s noblest handiwork, and the aim and object of whose life is to develop in himself Divine attributes. For the attainment by man of this grand and sublime object, God raised His Messengers in all times and among all peoples. To these Messengers He revealed Himself, and to them He gave His teaching. The greatest and noblest of these Divine Messengers was the Holy Prophet Muhammad, and the last and most complete and perfect code of Divine laws is the Quran.
The creation of the heavens and the earth also establishes the eternal truth that there is only One Designer, Creator and Controller of the universe. It constitutes an unassailable argument against idolatry.
The words "for an appointed time" signify that the universe had a beginning and will also have an end. It is to this great truth that the verses, "All that is on it will pass away. And there will remain only the Person of thy Lord, Master of Glory and Honour" (55:27-28), refer.
d
21:17; 38:28; 44:39.
1250
宇宙有开端, 也有尽头。 “宇宙万物都将消逝。惟有你们的养主, 光荣、可敬的主宰永存不朽” (55:27-28)。
d
21:17; 38:28; 44:39.
3760
Commentary:
The verse means to say that the creation of heavens and the earth is intended to serve an eternal purpose which is to serve man who is, God’s noblest handiwork, and the aim and object of whose life is to develop in himself Divine attributes. For the attainment by man of this grand and sublime object, God raised His Messengers in all times and among all peoples. To these Messengers He revealed Himself, and to them He gave His teaching. The greatest and noblest of these Divine Messengers was the Holy Prophet Muhammad, and the last and most complete and perfect code of Divine laws is the Quran.
The creation of the heavens and the earth also establishes the eternal truth that there is only One Designer, Creator and Controller of the universe. It constitutes an unassailable argument against idolatry.
The words "for an appointed time" signify that the universe had a beginning and will also have an end. It is to this great truth that the verses, "All that is on it will pass away. And there will remain only the Person of thy Lord, Master of Glory and Honour" (55:27-28), refer.
d
21:17; 38:28; 44:39.
2717
The universe had a beginning and will also have an end. 'All that is on it will pass away. And there will remain only the Person of thy Lord, Master of Glory and Honour' (55:27, 28).
قُلْ أَرَءَيْتُم مَّا تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ أَرُونِى مَاذَا خَلَقُوا۟ مِنَ ٱلْأَرْضِ أَمْ لَهُمْ شِرْكٌ فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ ۖ ٱئْتُونِى بِكِتَٰبٍ مِّن قَبْلِ هَٰذَآ أَوْ أَثَٰرَةٍ مِّنْ عِلْمٍ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ
35:41.
Only that Being can command adoration and is fit to be worshipped Who as the Architect and Creator of the universe controls our destinies. But the false gods of idolaters not only have not created anything but themselves have been created (25:4).
In reality no authority except that of a revealed Scripture and also human science and reason can form the basis for determining whether a certain belief is right or wrong.
35:41.
Important Words:
أثارة (vestige) is the inf. noun from أثر and means, a remain or relic of a thing; a trace; sign or mark; vestige or track; a footprint; impression or mark made by the foot of a man upon the ground (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
With this verse begins a systematic refutation and condemnation of شرک i.e. idolatry. It means to say that only that Being can command adoration and is fit to be worshipped Who as the Architect and Creator of the universe controls our destinies. But the false gods of idolaters not only have not created anything but are themselves created. They do not even possess any power to harm or benefit themselves, nor have they any power over death, life or Resurrection (25:4). Then what title or right have they to man’s worship of them? The verse further says that in reality no authority except that of a revealed Scripture can form the basis for determining whether a certain belief is right or wrong. The words "Or some vestige of knowledge in your support" signify that human science and reason as well lend no support to idolatrous beliefs or practices. Thus this little verse embodies three very strong and cogent arguments to repudiate and demolish polytheistic and idolatrous doctrines.
e
35:41.
1251
安拉是宇宙的设计师和创造者, 掌管着我们的命运, 只有安拉博得敬爱, 应受礼拜。但偶像崇拜者的虚假的偶像不仅什么也没有创造, 而是被创造的 (25:4)。
1252
实际上, 只有天经启示的、人类的科学和理智的权威才是判断某一种信仰是非的基础。
a
35:41.
3761
Important Words:
أثارة (vestige) is the inf. noun from أثر and means, a remain or relic of a thing; a trace; sign or mark; vestige or track; a footprint; impression or mark made by the foot of a man upon the ground (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
With this verse begins a systematic refutation and condemnation of شرک i.e. idolatry. It means to say that only that Being can command adoration and is fit to be worshipped Who as the Architect and Creator of the universe controls our destinies. But the false gods of idolaters not only have not created anything but are themselves created. They do not even possess any power to harm or benefit themselves, nor have they any power over death, life or Resurrection (25:4). Then what title or right have they to man’s worship of them? The verse further says that in reality no authority except that of a revealed Scripture can form the basis for determining whether a certain belief is right or wrong. The words "Or some vestige of knowledge in your support" signify that human science and reason as well lend no support to idolatrous beliefs or practices. Thus this little verse embodies three very strong and cogent arguments to repudiate and demolish polytheistic and idolatrous doctrines.
e
35:41.
2718
Only that Being can command adoration and is fit to be worshipped Who as the Architect and Creator of the universe controls our destinies. But the false gods of idolaters not only have not created anything but themselves have been created (25:4).
2719
In reality no authority except that of a revealed Scripture and also human science and reason can form the basis for determining whether a certain belief is right or wrong.
وَمَنْ أَضَلُّ مِمَّن يَدْعُوا۟ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مَن لَّا يَسْتَجِيبُ لَهُۥٓ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ وَهُمْ عَن دُعَآئِهِمْ غَٰفِلُونَ
10:30.
Islam presents a Living God Who reveals Himself to His votaries by accepting their prayers and consoles them in the hour of distress by speaking to them words of comfort and consolation (2:187).
10:30.
Important Words:
The verse embodies yet another very convincing argument against idol worship. Islam presents a Living God Who listens to the prayers of His devotees and has given proof of this fact in every age. He reveals Himself to His true votaries by accepting their prayers and consoles them in the hour of distress by speaking to them words of comfort. How encouraging and hope-raising are the Quranic words: "And when My servants ask thee about Me, say, I am near. I answer the prayer of the supplicant when he prays to Me" (2:187). Other religions hold out no such promise to their followers. Let them cry hoarse, the Quran says, their false gods will never answer their prayer because they do not possess any such power. Of what use, then, is that deity which is deaf and dumb and hears and answers not the agonised cries of its votaries?
a
10:30.
1253
伊斯兰教介绍了一位有生命的真主, 他接受崇拜者的祈祷, 以显示自己的存在, 在他们痛苦的时刻用安抚和鼓舞的语言劝慰他们。(2:187)
a
10:30.
3762
Important Words:
The verse embodies yet another very convincing argument against idol worship. Islam presents a Living God Who listens to the prayers of His devotees and has given proof of this fact in every age. He reveals Himself to His true votaries by accepting their prayers and consoles them in the hour of distress by speaking to them words of comfort. How encouraging and hope-raising are the Quranic words: "And when My servants ask thee about Me, say, I am near. I answer the prayer of the supplicant when he prays to Me" (2:187). Other religions hold out no such promise to their followers. Let them cry hoarse, the Quran says, their false gods will never answer their prayer because they do not possess any such power. Of what use, then, is that deity which is deaf and dumb and hears and answers not the agonised cries of its votaries?
a
10:30.
2720
Islam presents a Living God Who reveals Himself to His votaries by accepting their prayers and consoles them in the hour of distress by speaking to them words of comfort and consolation (2:187).
وَإِذَا حُشِرَ ٱلنَّاسُ كَانُوا۟ لَهُمْ أَعْدَآءً وَكَانُوا۟ بِعِبَادَتِهِمْ كَٰفِرِينَ
6:23; 10:29.
اس سے مراد وہ معبود ہیں جن کا ذکر پہلی آیت میں ان الفاظ میں آچکا ہے کہ جو شخص اللہ کے سوا ان ہستیوں کو پکارتا ہے جو اسے قیامت تک جواب نہیں دے سکتیں بلکہ وہ ہستیاں اس کی دعاؤں سے بالکل غافل ہیں‘ وہ اپنے پکارنے سے کیا فائدہ اٹھا سکتا ہے۔
6:23; 10:29.
6:23; 10:29.
Commentary:
In this verse the votaries of false gods are told that not only will their gods not answer their prayers unto the Day of Resurrection, but will disown them on that awful day when they (the idolaters) will be made to face the consequences of their idolatrous beliefs and practices.
b
6:23; 10:29.
1
اس سے مراد وہ معبود ہیں جن کا ذکر پہلی آیت میں ان الفاظ میں آچکا ہے کہ جو شخص اللہ کے سوا ان ہستیوں کو پکارتا ہے جو اسے قیامت تک جواب نہیں دے سکتیں بلکہ وہ ہستیاں اس کی دعاؤں سے بالکل غافل ہیں‘ وہ اپنے پکارنے سے کیا فائدہ اٹھا سکتا ہے۔
b
6:23; 10:29.
3763
Commentary:
In this verse the votaries of false gods are told that not only will their gods not answer their prayers unto the Day of Resurrection, but will disown them on that awful day when they (the idolaters) will be made to face the consequences of their idolatrous beliefs and practices.
b
6:23; 10:29.
وَإِذَا تُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْهِمْ ءَايَٰتُنَا بَيِّنَٰتٍ قَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لِلْحَقِّ لَمَّا جَآءَهُمْ هَٰذَا سِحْرٌ مُّبِينٌ
34:44; 61:7.
34:44; 61:7.
34:44; 61:7.
c
34:44; 61:7.
a
34:44; 61:7.
c
34:44; 61:7.
أَمْ يَقُولُونَ ٱفْتَرَىٰهُ ۖ قُلْ إِنِ ٱفْتَرَيْتُهُۥ فَلَا تَمْلِكُونَ لِى مِنَ ٱللَّهِ شَيْـًٔا ۖ هُوَ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا تُفِيضُونَ فِيهِ ۖ كَفَىٰ بِهِۦ شَهِيدًۢا بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَكُمْ ۖ وَهُوَ ٱلْغَفُورُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ
11:36.
11:36.
The expression, minallah, means, (a) in opposition to Allah; (b) from the punishment of Allah.
11:36.
Commentary:
After effectively refuting شرک (idolatry) in the preceding few verses, the Surah, in the present verse, proceeds to deal with the next important topic—Divine revelation. It purports to say that forging lies about God, being a fatal poison, is bound to bring about the spiritual death and destruction of the forger. This is the significance of the words: "You cannot avail me aught against Allah." The words, "Sufficient is He for a witness between me and you," signify that "if I am a forger of lies against God, He would not let me go unpunished, but if you reject the Message of Truth, you too will have to suffer the evil consequences of your rejection."
The expression من اللّٰه means: (a) in opposition to Allah; (b) from the punishment of Allah.
d
11:36.
b
11:36.
3764
Commentary:
After effectively refuting شرک (idolatry) in the preceding few verses, the Surah, in the present verse, proceeds to deal with the next important topic—Divine revelation. It purports to say that forging lies about God, being a fatal poison, is bound to bring about the spiritual death and destruction of the forger. This is the significance of the words: "You cannot avail me aught against Allah." The words, "Sufficient is He for a witness between me and you," signify that "if I am a forger of lies against God, He would not let me go unpunished, but if you reject the Message of Truth, you too will have to suffer the evil consequences of your rejection."
The expression من اللّٰه means: (a) in opposition to Allah; (b) from the punishment of Allah.
d
11:36.
2721
The expression, minallah, means, (a) in opposition to Allah; (b) from the punishment of Allah.
قُلْ مَا كُنتُ بِدْعًا مِّنَ ٱلرُّسُلِ وَمَآ أَدْرِى مَا يُفْعَلُ بِى وَلَا بِكُمْ ۖ إِنْ أَتَّبِعُ إِلَّا مَا يُوحَىٰٓ إِلَىَّ وَمَآ أَنَا۠ إِلَّا نَذِيرٌ مُّبِينٌ
6:51; 7:204.
6:51; 7:204.
6:51; 7:204; 10:16; 33:3.
Commentary:
بدعاً (new) is derived from بدع which means, he originated a thing or brought it into existence for the first time, the thing not having existed before, and not after the similitude of anything pre-existing. They say فلان بدع فی ھذا الامر i.e. such a one is the first person to do this thing. بدع means, first; new; a first doer of a thing; novel; a thing existing for the first time; an innovator (Lane & Aqrab). See also 2:118.
Commentary:
The Holy Prophet is here enjoined to tell his people that his being raised as a Divine Messenger was not a new thing. He was no innovator. They were already conversant with the phenomenon of prophethood. God had been raising His Messengers during the ages when people forsook the path of righteousness. He had raised Prophets in their neighbourhood, and, now, He had selected them for the bestowal of this great gift. They should, therefore, judge the Holy Prophet by the criteria by which the former Prophets were judged. The Holy Prophet is further asked to tell them that though there was no doubt that ultimately his cause would triumph, he was not vouchsafed the knowledge of the vicissitudes of circumstances through which he himself would have to pass during the intervening period, nor did he know how God would treat his opponents. His mission was confined to delivering the Divine Message to them and to warn them that if they did not behave they would come to grief.
e
6:51; 7:204.
c
6:51; 7:204; 10:16; 33:3.
3765
Commentary:
بدعاً (new) is derived from بدع which means, he originated a thing or brought it into existence for the first time, the thing not having existed before, and not after the similitude of anything pre-existing. They say فلان بدع فی ھذا الامر i.e. such a one is the first person to do this thing. بدع means, first; new; a first doer of a thing; novel; a thing existing for the first time; an innovator (Lane & Aqrab). See also 2:118.
Commentary:
The Holy Prophet is here enjoined to tell his people that his being raised as a Divine Messenger was not a new thing. He was no innovator. They were already conversant with the phenomenon of prophethood. God had been raising His Messengers during the ages when people forsook the path of righteousness. He had raised Prophets in their neighbourhood, and, now, He had selected them for the bestowal of this great gift. They should, therefore, judge the Holy Prophet by the criteria by which the former Prophets were judged. The Holy Prophet is further asked to tell them that though there was no doubt that ultimately his cause would triumph, he was not vouchsafed the knowledge of the vicissitudes of circumstances through which he himself would have to pass during the intervening period, nor did he know how God would treat his opponents. His mission was confined to delivering the Divine Message to them and to warn them that if they did not behave they would come to grief.
a
6:51; 7:204.
قُلْ أَرَءَيْتُمْ إِن كَانَ مِنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ وَكَفَرْتُم بِهِۦ وَشَهِدَ شَاهِدٌ مِّنۢ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ عَلَىٰ مِثْلِهِۦ فَـَٔامَنَ وَٱسْتَكْبَرْتُمْ ۖ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
11:18; 61:7.
اس میں استثنا باب۱۸ آیت۱۸ کی اس پیشگوئی کی طرف اشارہ کیا گیا ہے کہ ’’خداوند تیرا خدا تیرے لئے تیرے ہی درمیان سے تیرے ہی بھائیوں میں سے تیری مانند ایک نبی برپا کرے گا۔‘‘
11:18; 61:7.
The witness from among the Children of Israel is Moses. It is to his prophecy concerning the advent of the Holy Prophet that reference has been made in this verse. The prophecy is to this effect: 'I will raise them up a Prophet from among their brethren like unto thee, and will put My words in his mouth; and he shall speak unto them all that I shall command him. And it shall come to pass that whosoever will not hearken unto My words, which he shall speak in My name, I will require it of him' (Deut. 18: 18, 19).
11:18; 61:7.
Commentary:
The witness from among the Children of Israel is Moses. It is to his prophecy concerning the advent of the Holy Prophet that reference has been made in this verse. The prophecy is to this effect:
I will raise them up a Prophet from among their brethren like unto thee, and will put My words in his mouth; and he shall speak unto them all that I shall command him. And it shall come to pass that whosoever will not hearken unto My words which he shall speak in My name, I will require it of him (Deut. 18:l8-19).
See also 11:18.
The reference in the words 'a witness from among the Children of Israel' could not be, as generally misunderstood, to ‘Abdullah bin Salam, a learned Jew, because ‘Abdullah had accepted Islam in Medina while this Surah was revealed at Mecca.
a
11:18; 61:7.
2
اس میں استثنا باب۱۸ آیت۱۸ کی اس پیشگوئی کی طرف اشارہ کیا گیا ہے کہ ’’خداوند تیرا خدا تیرے لئے تیرے ہی درمیان سے تیرے ہی بھائیوں میں سے تیری مانند ایک نبی برپا کرے گا۔‘‘
a
11:18; 61:7.
3766
Commentary:
The witness from among the Children of Israel is Moses. It is to his prophecy concerning the advent of the Holy Prophet that reference has been made in this verse. The prophecy is to this effect:
I will raise them up a Prophet from among their brethren like unto thee, and will put My words in his mouth; and he shall speak unto them all that I shall command him. And it shall come to pass that whosoever will not hearken unto My words which he shall speak in My name, I will require it of him (Deut. 18:l8-19).
See also 11:18.
The reference in the words 'a witness from among the Children of Israel' could not be, as generally misunderstood, to ‘Abdullah bin Salam, a learned Jew, because ‘Abdullah had accepted Islam in Medina while this Surah was revealed at Mecca.
b
11:18; 61:7.
2722
The witness from among the Children of Israel is Moses. It is to his prophecy concerning the advent of the Holy Prophet that reference has been made in this verse. The prophecy is to this effect: 'I will raise them up a Prophet from among their brethren like unto thee, and will put My words in his mouth; and he shall speak unto them all that I shall command him. And it shall come to pass that whosoever will not hearken unto My words, which he shall speak in My name, I will require it of him' (Deut. 18: 18, 19).
وَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لِلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَوْ كَانَ خَيْرًا مَّا سَبَقُونَآ إِلَيْهِ ۚ وَإِذْ لَمْ يَهْتَدُوا۟ بِهِۦ فَسَيَقُولُونَ هَٰذَآ إِفْكٌ قَدِيمٌ
11:28.
11:28.
11:28.
Commentary:
One of the great impediments that stand in the way of truth being accepted by disbelievers is conceit and arrogance. Since it is the poor people and those not high placed in life and generally not conversant with current material sciences, who first accept the Divine Message, the so-called learned and wealthy people regard it beneath their dignity to associate themselves with the humble and lowly believers. It is to this proud attitude of disbelievers that the verse refers. It depicts conceited and arrogant disbelievers as saying to believers, that if there had been any good in the new Teaching, they (disbelievers), who were better placed in life and possessed better knowledge, could not have been outstripped by the former in accepting it, and that, as it was an old, old lie, they could not accept it.
b
11:28.
a
11:28.
3767
Commentary:
One of the great impediments that stand in the way of truth being accepted by disbelievers is conceit and arrogance. Since it is the poor people and those not high placed in life and generally not conversant with current material sciences, who first accept the Divine Message, the so-called learned and wealthy people regard it beneath their dignity to associate themselves with the humble and lowly believers. It is to this proud attitude of disbelievers that the verse refers. It depicts conceited and arrogant disbelievers as saying to believers, that if there had been any good in the new Teaching, they (disbelievers), who were better placed in life and possessed better knowledge, could not have been outstripped by the former in accepting it, and that, as it was an old, old lie, they could not accept it.
c
11:28.
وَمِن قَبْلِهِۦ كِتَٰبُ مُوسَىٰٓ إِمَامًا وَرَحْمَةً ۚ وَهَٰذَا كِتَٰبٌ مُّصَدِّقٌ لِّسَانًا عَرَبِيًّا لِّيُنذِرَ ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ وَبُشْرَىٰ لِلْمُحْسِنِينَ
یسعیاہ باب۲۱ آیت۱۳ تا ۱۷ میں عرب میں ایک نبی کے مبعوث ہونے کی خبر دی گئی ہے اور اس میں بتایا گیا ہے کہ اسے اپنے وطن سے ہجرت کرنی پڑے گی اور اپنے مخالفوں سے جنگ بھی کرنی پڑے گی جس میں وہ کامیاب ہوگا اور اس کے دشمن ذلیل ہوں گے۔
یعنی ظالموں کے لئے راستہ کھل جائے گا کہ وہ اپنے ظلموں سے کسی قدر ہٹ جائیں اور محسنوں کو نیکی کرنے کی اور زیادہ رغبت پیدا ہوگی۔
28:44.
20:114; 42:8; 43:4.
Verse 11 supported by Deut. 18:18 referred to the appearance of a Prophet among the Ishmaelites. The present verse refers to Arabia as the scene of the advent of the Prophet who was to be the like of Moses and also to the Book (the Qur’an) which was to fulfil the prophecies contained in the Book of Moses and which also was to supersede it. The relevant prophecy is as follows: 'The burden upon Arabia. In the forest in Arabia shall ye lodge, O ye travelling companies of Dedanim. The inhabitants of the land of Tema brought water to him that was thirsty, they presented with their bread him that fled' (Isa. 21: 13-15).
28:44.
20:114; 42:8; 43:4.
Commentary:
Verse 11 above referred to the appearance of a Prophet among the Ishmaelites. The present verse refers to Arabia as the scene of the advent of the Prophet who was to be the like of Moses and to the Book (the Quran) which was to fulfil the prophecies contained in the Book of Moses and which also was to supersede it. The relevant prophecy is as follows:
The burden upon Arabia. In the forest in Arabia shall ye lodge, O ye travelling companies of Dedanim. The inhabitants of the land of Tema brought water to him that was thirsty, they presented with their bread him that fled (Isaiah 21: 13-15).
See also 26:198.
c
28:44.
d
20:114; 42:8; 43:4.
1
یسعیاہ باب۲۱ آیت۱۳ تا ۱۷ میں عرب میں ایک نبی کے مبعوث ہونے کی خبر دی گئی ہے اور اس میں بتایا گیا ہے کہ اسے اپنے وطن سے ہجرت کرنی پڑے گی اور اپنے مخالفوں سے جنگ بھی کرنی پڑے گی جس میں وہ کامیاب ہوگا اور اس کے دشمن ذلیل ہوں گے۔
2
یعنی ظالموں کے لئے راستہ کھل جائے گا کہ وہ اپنے ظلموں سے کسی قدر ہٹ جائیں اور محسنوں کو نیکی کرنے کی اور زیادہ رغبت پیدا ہوگی۔
b
28:44.
c
20:114; 42:8; 43:4.
3768
Commentary:
Verse 11 above referred to the appearance of a Prophet among the Ishmaelites. The present verse refers to Arabia as the scene of the advent of the Prophet who was to be the like of Moses and to the Book (the Quran) which was to fulfil the prophecies contained in the Book of Moses and which also was to supersede it. The relevant prophecy is as follows:
The burden upon Arabia. In the forest in Arabia shall ye lodge, O ye travelling companies of Dedanim. The inhabitants of the land of Tema brought water to him that was thirsty, they presented with their bread him that fled (Isaiah 21: 13-15).
See also 26:198.
a
28:44.
b
20:114; 42:8; 43:4.
2723
Verse 11 supported by Deut. 18:18 referred to the appearance of a Prophet among the Ishmaelites. The present verse refers to Arabia as the scene of the advent of the Prophet who was to be the like of Moses and also to the Book (the Qur’an) which was to fulfil the prophecies contained in the Book of Moses and which also was to supersede it. The relevant prophecy is as follows: 'The burden upon Arabia. In the forest in Arabia shall ye lodge, O ye travelling companies of Dedanim. The inhabitants of the land of Tema brought water to him that was thirsty, they presented with their bread him that fled' (Isa. 21: 13-15).
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوا۟ رَبُّنَا ٱللَّهُ ثُمَّ ٱسْتَقَٰمُوا۟ فَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ
29:70; 41:31.
29:70; 41:31.
What fear or grief, even under the severest trial, can possibly disturb the equanimity and mental poise of a true believer, who possesses an invincible faith that Allah, the Creator and Lord of the whole universe, is at his back?
41:31.
Commentary:
What fear or grief, even under the severest trial, can possibly disturb the equanimity and mental poise of a true believer, who possesses an invincible faith that Allah, the Creator and Lord of the whole universe, is at his back? It is this certain faith that has caused the Faithful in all ages to lay down their lives smilingly in the cause of Truth. Such believers have been called محسنین (doers of good) in verse 13 above. They abide in the Garden of heavenly bliss and bask in the sun of God’s love. See also 41:31.
e
29:70; 41:31.
a
41:31.
3769
Commentary:
What fear or grief, even under the severest trial, can possibly disturb the equanimity and mental poise of a true believer, who possesses an invincible faith that Allah, the Creator and Lord of the whole universe, is at his back? It is this certain faith that has caused the Faithful in all ages to lay down their lives smilingly in the cause of Truth. Such believers have been called محسنین (doers of good) in verse 13 above. They abide in the Garden of heavenly bliss and bask in the sun of God’s love. See also 41:31.
c
29:70; 41:31.
2724
What fear or grief, even under the severest trial, can possibly disturb the equanimity and mental poise of a true believer, who possesses an invincible faith that Allah, the Creator and Lord of the whole universe, is at his back?
أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلْجَنَّةِ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا جَزَآءًۢ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ
وَوَصَّيْنَا ٱلْإِنسَٰنَ بِوَٰلِدَيْهِ إِحْسَٰنًا ۖ حَمَلَتْهُ أُمُّهُۥ كُرْهًا وَوَضَعَتْهُ كُرْهًا ۖ وَحَمْلُهُۥ وَفِصَٰلُهُۥ ثَلَٰثُونَ شَهْرًا ۚ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا بَلَغَ أَشُدَّهُۥ وَبَلَغَ أَرْبَعِينَ سَنَةً قَالَ رَبِّ أَوْزِعْنِىٓ أَنْ أَشْكُرَ نِعْمَتَكَ ٱلَّتِىٓ أَنْعَمْتَ عَلَىَّ وَعَلَىٰ وَٰلِدَىَّ وَأَنْ أَعْمَلَ صَٰلِحًا تَرْضَىٰهُ وَأَصْلِحْ لِى فِى ذُرِّيَّتِىٓ ۖ إِنِّى تُبْتُ إِلَيْكَ وَإِنِّى مِنَ ٱلْمُسْلِمِينَ
دیکھئے نوٹ سورۃ لقمان آیت۱۵۔
27:20.
6:152; 17:24; 29:9.
In 31:15, it was stated that the weaning of a child takes two years, but in this verse the combined period of pregnancy and suckling is given as thirty months which leaves six months as the period of gestation; and that seems to be the period during which a pregnant woman feels the burden of pregnancy, the fourth month being the time from which she begins to have such a feeling.
The word Ashudd seems to have been used in the sense of spiritual maturity here and in 12:23, and in the sense of intellectual and physical maturity in 6:153 and 18:83.
6:152; 19:33; 29:9.
27:20.
Important Words:
أشد (full maturity) is derived from شد. They say شد الشیء i.e. he made the thing hard, firm, compact, strong, or he bound it fast. أشد (ashudd) means, physical and intellectual and also spiritual maturity as gives evidence of rectitude of conduct or course of life; firmness or soundness of judgement produced by experience. (Lane).
Commentary:
The word seems to have been used in the sense of spiritual maturity in the present verse and in 12:23; and in the sense of intellectual and physical maturity in 6:153 and 18:83. Generally, Divine Messengers are invested with their divine mission at the age of forty. The belief that Jesus was made a Prophet at the age of 33 seems to be an historical anachronism, as recent research into Christian history has proved his birth to have taken place about six years earlier than generally understood (Enc. Brit. under "Chronicle").
أوزعنی (grant me the power) is derived from وزع. They say وزع فلاناً او بفلان i.e. he hindered or led or drove forth such a one and restrained him; he urged or incited such a one. أوزع اللّٰه فلانا means, God inspired or granted such a one the power to do a thing. See also 27:18.
In verse 13 above a brief reference has been made to محسنین (doers of good). The present verse enjoins a believer to do good (احسان) to all his fellow beings, irrespective of caste, colour or clime, starting, however, with his parents, the mother having secured a special mention, as also in 31:15 because "she bears him with pain, and brings him forth with pain".
In 31:15, it was stated that the weaning of a child takes two years, but in the verse under comment the combined period of pregnancy and suckling is given as thirty months which leaves six months as the period of gestation, and that seems to be the period during which a pregnant woman feels the burden of pregnancy, the fourth month being the time when she begins to have such a feeling.
a
27:20.
f
6:152; 17:24; 29:9.
1254
第31章15节经文中说婴儿断奶要两年, 但在这一节中母亲怀孕和婴儿哺乳一起的时间是30个月, 其中10个月是怀孕期; 看来这是孕妇感觉到身孕负担的时期, 第4个月是开始有这种感觉的时期。
1
دیکھئے نوٹ سورۃ لقمان آیت۱۵۔
b
6:152; 19:33; 29:9.
c
27:20.
3770
Important Words:
أشد (full maturity) is derived from شد. They say شد الشیء i.e. he made the thing hard, firm, compact, strong, or he bound it fast. أشد (ashudd) means, physical and intellectual and also spiritual maturity as gives evidence of rectitude of conduct or course of life; firmness or soundness of judgement produced by experience. (Lane).
Commentary:
The word seems to have been used in the sense of spiritual maturity in the present verse and in 12:23; and in the sense of intellectual and physical maturity in 6:153 and 18:83. Generally, Divine Messengers are invested with their divine mission at the age of forty. The belief that Jesus was made a Prophet at the age of 33 seems to be an historical anachronism, as recent research into Christian history has proved his birth to have taken place about six years earlier than generally understood (Enc. Brit. under "Chronicle").
أوزعنی (grant me the power) is derived from وزع. They say وزع فلاناً او بفلان i.e. he hindered or led or drove forth such a one and restrained him; he urged or incited such a one. أوزع اللّٰه فلانا means, God inspired or granted such a one the power to do a thing. See also 27:18.
In verse 13 above a brief reference has been made to محسنین (doers of good). The present verse enjoins a believer to do good (احسان) to all his fellow beings, irrespective of caste, colour or clime, starting, however, with his parents, the mother having secured a special mention, as also in 31:15 because "she bears him with pain, and brings him forth with pain".
In 31:15, it was stated that the weaning of a child takes two years, but in the verse under comment the combined period of pregnancy and suckling is given as thirty months which leaves six months as the period of gestation, and that seems to be the period during which a pregnant woman feels the burden of pregnancy, the fourth month being the time when she begins to have such a feeling.
a
27:20.
d
6:152; 17:24; 29:9.
2725
In 31:15, it was stated that the weaning of a child takes two years, but in this verse the combined period of pregnancy and suckling is given as thirty months which leaves six months as the period of gestation; and that seems to be the period during which a pregnant woman feels the burden of pregnancy, the fourth month being the time from which she begins to have such a feeling.
2726
The word Ashudd seems to have been used in the sense of spiritual maturity here and in 12:23, and in the sense of intellectual and physical maturity in 6:153 and 18:83.
أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ نَتَقَبَّلُ عَنْهُمْ أَحْسَنَ مَا عَمِلُوا۟ وَنَتَجَاوَزُ عَن سَيِّـَٔاتِهِمْ فِىٓ أَصْحَٰبِ ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۖ وَعْدَ ٱلصِّدْقِ ٱلَّذِى كَانُوا۟ يُوعَدُونَ
17:109; 19:62; 73:19.
17:109; 19:62; 73:19.
17:109; 19:62; 73:19.
Important Words:
نتجاوز (We shall overlook) is derived from جاز.They say جاز المکان او جاوزہ i.e. he passed along the place and left it behind. جاوز الحدmeans, he exceeded the proper limit or became extravagant or exorbitant. تجاوز عن ذنبه means, he overlooked sin; he forgave him. (Lane).
b
17:109; 19:62; 73:19.
a
17:109; 19:62; 73:19.
3771
Important Words:
نتجاوز (We shall overlook) is derived from جاز.They say جاز المکان او جاوزہ i.e. he passed along the place and left it behind. جاوز الحدmeans, he exceeded the proper limit or became extravagant or exorbitant. تجاوز عن ذنبه means, he overlooked sin; he forgave him. (Lane).
b
17:109; 19:62; 73:19.
وَٱلَّذِى قَالَ لِوَٰلِدَيْهِ أُفٍّ لَّكُمَآ أَتَعِدَانِنِىٓ أَنْ أُخْرَجَ وَقَدْ خَلَتِ ٱلْقُرُونُ مِن قَبْلِى وَهُمَا يَسْتَغِيثَانِ ٱللَّهَ وَيْلَكَ ءَامِنْ إِنَّ وَعْدَ ٱللَّهِ حَقٌّ فَيَقُولُ مَا هَٰذَآ إِلَّآ أَسَٰطِيرُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ
Commentary:
In verse 16, reference was made to a class of men who spend their God-given gifts in the service of noble causes in order to win the pleasure of God, and who are anxious that they might be succeeded by a generation who should carry on their noble work. The verse under comment speaks of those unfortunate people who are born of good and righteous parents and are brought up in very healthy environments and yet lead a life of disbelief and sin.
3772
Commentary:
In verse 16, reference was made to a class of men who spend their God-given gifts in the service of noble causes in order to win the pleasure of God, and who are anxious that they might be succeeded by a generation who should carry on their noble work. The verse under comment speaks of those unfortunate people who are born of good and righteous parents and are brought up in very healthy environments and yet lead a life of disbelief and sin.
أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ حَقَّ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْقَوْلُ فِىٓ أُمَمٍ قَدْ خَلَتْ مِن قَبْلِهِم مِّنَ ٱلْجِنِّ وَٱلْإِنسِ ۖ إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ خَٰسِرِينَ
7:39; 41:26.
دیکھئے نوٹ سورۃ سبا آیت۱۵۔
7:39; 41:26.
3:138; 7:39; 13:31; 41:26.
c
7:39; 41:26.
2
دیکھئے نوٹ سورۃ سبا آیت۱۵۔
a
3:138; 7:39; 13:31; 41:26.
a
7:39; 41:26.
وَلِكُلٍّ دَرَجَٰتٌ مِّمَّا عَمِلُوا۟ ۖ وَلِيُوَفِّيَهُمْ أَعْمَٰلَهُمْ وَهُمْ لَا يُظْلَمُونَ
6:133.
6:133.
All the works of men will be properly judged and weighed, and all relevant circumstances will be taken into consideration before judgment is pronounced. The Divine law of compensation works in this way that whereas the reward of a good deed is many times greater than the deed itself the punishment of the evil deed is proportionate to the deed committed.
6:133.
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that all the works, good or evil, of the two classes of men mentioned in vv. 16 and 18 above, will be properly judged and weighed, and, while being requited, their motives and intentions and all relevant circumstances, will be taken into consideration, as the Divine law of compensation works in this way that whereas the reward of a good deed is many times greater than the deed itself, the punishment of the evil deed is proportionate to the deed committed.
a
6:133.
b
6:133.
3773
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that all the works, good or evil, of the two classes of men mentioned in vv. 16 and 18 above, will be properly judged and weighed, and, while being requited, their motives and intentions and all relevant circumstances, will be taken into consideration, as the Divine law of compensation works in this way that whereas the reward of a good deed is many times greater than the deed itself, the punishment of the evil deed is proportionate to the deed committed.
b
6:133.
2727
All the works of men will be properly judged and weighed, and all relevant circumstances will be taken into consideration before judgment is pronounced. The Divine law of compensation works in this way that whereas the reward of a good deed is many times greater than the deed itself the punishment of the evil deed is proportionate to the deed committed.
وَيَوْمَ يُعْرَضُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ عَلَى ٱلنَّارِ أَذْهَبْتُمْ طَيِّبَٰتِكُمْ فِى حَيَاتِكُمُ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱسْتَمْتَعْتُم بِهَا فَٱلْيَوْمَ تُجْزَوْنَ عَذَابَ ٱلْهُونِ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَسْتَكْبِرُونَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ بِغَيْرِ ٱلْحَقِّ وَبِمَا كُنتُمْ تَفْسُقُونَ
6:94.
6:94.
When confronted with the consequences of their evil deeds the disbelievers will be told on the day of Reckoning that as they had fully exploited and drained to the dregs the material gifts that God had bestowed upon them and had used them not in the service of good causes but to further their own sordid ends, they should now be prepared to suffer disgrace and ignominy as a fit requital for their misdeeds.
6:94.
Commentary:
When confronted with the consequences of their evil deeds, the disbelievers will be told on the Day of Reckoning that as they had fully exploited and drained to dregs the material gifts that God had bestowed upon them and had used them not in the service of good causes but to further their own sordid ends, they should be prepared to suffer disgrace and ignominy as a fit requital for their misdeeds.
b
6:94.
a
6:94.
3774
Commentary:
When confronted with the consequences of their evil deeds, the disbelievers will be told on the Day of Reckoning that as they had fully exploited and drained to dregs the material gifts that God had bestowed upon them and had used them not in the service of good causes but to further their own sordid ends, they should be prepared to suffer disgrace and ignominy as a fit requital for their misdeeds.
c
6:94.
2728
When confronted with the consequences of their evil deeds the disbelievers will be told on the day of Reckoning that as they had fully exploited and drained to the dregs the material gifts that God had bestowed upon them and had used them not in the service of good causes but to further their own sordid ends, they should now be prepared to suffer disgrace and ignominy as a fit requital for their misdeeds.
۞ وَٱذْكُرْ أَخَا عَادٍ إِذْ أَنذَرَ قَوْمَهُۥ بِٱلْأَحْقَافِ وَقَدْ خَلَتِ ٱلنُّذُرُ مِنۢ بَيْنِ يَدَيْهِ وَمِنْ خَلْفِهِۦٓ أَلَّا تَعْبُدُوٓا۟ إِلَّا ٱللَّهَ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ عَلَيْكُمْ عَذَابَ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍ
7:66; 11:51.
اَحْقَاف‘ حِقْفٌ کی جمع ہے جس کے معنے ریت کے اونچے ٹیلے کے ہوتے ہیں۔ یہ نام اس قوم کے انجام کی وجہ سے رکھا گیا ہے۔ ورنہ پہلے تو وہ سر سبز زمین میں رہتے تھے۔ مگر جیسا کہ قرآن کریم میں بیان کیا گیا ہے‘ ان پر ایک سخت آندھی آئی جو سات رات دن تک چلتی رہی اور وہ تباہ ہو گئے (سورۃ الحآقۃ: ۷‘۸) اور اس آندھی کی وجہ سے ان کے ملک میں کثرت سے ریت کے ٹیلے پیدا ہو گئے جن کے نیچے وہ قوم دَب گئی۔
عذاب کی چھوٹی گھڑی بھی لمبی معلوم ہوتی ہے۔ اس لئے قرآن کریم میں عذاب کے دن کو اکثر یوم عظیم کہا جاتا ہے کیونکہ عذاب کا دن ختم ہوتا نظر نہیں آتا۔
7:66; 11:51.
7:66; 11:51.
Commentary:
‘Ad was not the name of one tribe but of a group of tribes. The tribe has been called ‘Adi Iram in the Quran (89:8). They were a highly powerful and cultured people and had specialized in architecture. They ruled over rich and fertile territories in Yemen. As a result of their rejection of the Prophet Hud, and their wicked and immoral deeds, they were destroyed by a violent wind which continued to lash them for seven consecutive days, burying their chief cities under heaps of sand and dust. For detailed notes on ‘Ad see 11:51 and 26:124.
c
7:66; 11:51.
1
اَحْقَاف‘ حِقْفٌ کی جمع ہے جس کے معنے ریت کے اونچے ٹیلے کے ہوتے ہیں۔ یہ نام اس قوم کے انجام کی وجہ سے رکھا گیا ہے۔ ورنہ پہلے تو وہ سر سبز زمین میں رہتے تھے۔ مگر جیسا کہ قرآن کریم میں بیان کیا گیا ہے‘ ان پر ایک سخت آندھی آئی جو سات رات دن تک چلتی رہی اور وہ تباہ ہو گئے (سورۃ الحآقۃ: ۷‘۸) اور اس آندھی کی وجہ سے ان کے ملک میں کثرت سے ریت کے ٹیلے پیدا ہو گئے جن کے نیچے وہ قوم دَب گئی۔
2
عذاب کی چھوٹی گھڑی بھی لمبی معلوم ہوتی ہے۔ اس لئے قرآن کریم میں عذاب کے دن کو اکثر یوم عظیم کہا جاتا ہے کیونکہ عذاب کا دن ختم ہوتا نظر نہیں آتا۔
b
7:66; 11:51.
3775
Commentary:
‘Ad was not the name of one tribe but of a group of tribes. The tribe has been called ‘Adi Iram in the Quran (89:8). They were a highly powerful and cultured people and had specialized in architecture. They ruled over rich and fertile territories in Yemen. As a result of their rejection of the Prophet Hud, and their wicked and immoral deeds, they were destroyed by a violent wind which continued to lash them for seven consecutive days, burying their chief cities under heaps of sand and dust. For detailed notes on ‘Ad see 11:51 and 26:124.
a
7:66; 11:51.
قَالُوٓا۟ أَجِئْتَنَا لِتَأْفِكَنَا عَنْ ءَالِهَتِنَا فَأْتِنَا بِمَا تَعِدُنَآ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰدِقِينَ
7:71.
7:71.
7:71.
Important Words:
لتأفکنا (that thou turn us away) is derived from أفک (afaka). أفکه means, he changed his or its condition or manner of being; he turned him or it away or back from a thing by lying; he perverted his judgement; he deceived or beguiled him; he lied or said what was untrue (Lane & Aqrab). Almost all these meanings are applicable here.
d
7:71.
a
7:71.
3776
Important Words:
لتأفکنا (that thou turn us away) is derived from أفک (afaka). أفکه means, he changed his or its condition or manner of being; he turned him or it away or back from a thing by lying; he perverted his judgement; he deceived or beguiled him; he lied or said what was untrue (Lane & Aqrab). Almost all these meanings are applicable here.
b
7:71.
قَالَ إِنَّمَا ٱلْعِلْمُ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَأُبَلِّغُكُم مَّآ أُرْسِلْتُ بِهِۦ وَلَٰكِنِّىٓ أَرَىٰكُمْ قَوْمًا تَجْهَلُونَ
As God alone knows the circumstances under which a man does his actions, good or bad, therefore only He knows whether or not he has incurred Divine punishment; and the knowledge of the time, manner and form of the punishment also rests with Him.
11:34.
Commentary:
When tauntingly asked by his people, when and how they would be punished for rejecting him, Hud pleaded ignorance of the time and manner of the Divine punishment. But he warned them at the same time that Divine punishment was sure to overtake them and that if they had some wisdom left with them they should have read the writing on the wall because the rejection of Divine Message never goes unpunished. This is the significance of the words: "but I see you to be a very ignorant people."
b
11:34.
3777
Commentary:
When tauntingly asked by his people, when and how they would be punished for rejecting him, Hud pleaded ignorance of the time and manner of the Divine punishment. But he warned them at the same time that Divine punishment was sure to overtake them and that if they had some wisdom left with them they should have read the writing on the wall because the rejection of Divine Message never goes unpunished. This is the significance of the words: "but I see you to be a very ignorant people."
2729
As God alone knows the circumstances under which a man does his actions, good or bad, therefore only He knows whether or not he has incurred Divine punishment; and the knowledge of the time, manner and form of the punishment also rests with Him.
فَلَمَّا رَأَوْهُ عَارِضًا مُّسْتَقْبِلَ أَوْدِيَتِهِمْ قَالُوا۟ هَٰذَا عَارِضٌ مُّمْطِرُنَا ۚ بَلْ هُوَ مَا ٱسْتَعْجَلْتُم بِهِۦ ۖ رِيحٌ فِيهَا عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ
41:17.
41:17.
41:17.
Important Words:
عارض (cloud) is the act. part. from عرض They say عرض الشیء i.e. he showed, manifested, presented the thing. عارض means, anything showing its breadth or side, hence appearing; a collection of clouds extending sideways in the horizon or a collection of clouds that come over in the sky unexpectedly or appear like a mountain; a gift appearing from a person (Lane & Aqrab).
Whereas the word ریح (wind) has been used in the Quran both in a good and a bad sense, its plural always is used in a good sense.
a
41:17.
a
41:17.
3778
Important Words:
عارض (cloud) is the act. part. from عرض They say عرض الشیء i.e. he showed, manifested, presented the thing. عارض means, anything showing its breadth or side, hence appearing; a collection of clouds extending sideways in the horizon or a collection of clouds that come over in the sky unexpectedly or appear like a mountain; a gift appearing from a person (Lane & Aqrab).
Whereas the word ریح (wind) has been used in the Quran both in a good and a bad sense, its plural always is used in a good sense.
a
41:17.
تُدَمِّرُ كُلَّ شَىْءٍۭ بِأَمْرِ رَبِّهَا فَأَصْبَحُوا۟ لَا يُرَىٰٓ إِلَّا مَسَٰكِنُهُمْ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ
7:73.
Commentary:
As mentioned above, the Adites were specially advanced in architecture. They built monuments on high places and erected palatial buildings. They had their summer residences, their factories and mechanical works. But they were so completely destroyed that it seemed that they had never existed and only the ruined remnants of their once lofty and strongly-built dwellings could be seen.
b
7:73.
3779
Commentary:
As mentioned above, the Adites were specially advanced in architecture. They built monuments on high places and erected palatial buildings. They had their summer residences, their factories and mechanical works. But they were so completely destroyed that it seemed that they had never existed and only the ruined remnants of their once lofty and strongly-built dwellings could be seen.
وَلَقَدْ مَكَّنَّٰهُمْ فِيمَآ إِن مَّكَّنَّٰكُمْ فِيهِ وَجَعَلْنَا لَهُمْ سَمْعًا وَأَبْصَٰرًا وَأَفْـِٔدَةً فَمَآ أَغْنَىٰ عَنْهُمْ سَمْعُهُمْ وَلَآ أَبْصَٰرُهُمْ وَلَآ أَفْـِٔدَتُهُم مِّن شَىْءٍ إِذْ كَانُوا۟ يَجْحَدُونَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَحَاقَ بِهِم مَّا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ
6:7.
21:42.
Af’idah (hearts) is the plural of Fu’ad which is synonymous with Qalb, both meaning heart, mind or intellect. In the Qur’an both these words have been used synonymously. In 28:11 they have been used together, signifying the heart. It is the context which determines, where any of these words is used as signifying the heart and where as signifying the mind. Some authors, however, make a distinction between Fu’ad and Qalb; the latter is said to have a more special signification than the former which is said to be the Ghisha’ or the Wi‘a’ of the Qalb, or the middle or the interior thereof. Tara Fu’adu-hu means, his mind, or intellect, or courage fled (Lane).
6:7; 7:11.
11:9; 21:42.
Important Words:
أفئدة (hearts) is the plural of فؤاد which is derived from فاد. They say فادہ, i.e. he or it hit, struck, smote or hurt his فؤاد i.e. heart. فاد اللحم فی النار means, he roasted the flesh meat in the fire. فؤاد is synonymous with قلب both meaning heart, mind or intellect. In the Quran, too, both these words have been used synonymously. In 28:11, both the words have been used together, signifying the heart. It is the context which determines where any of these words is used in the sense of mind or heart. Some authors, however, make a distinction between فؤاد and قلب; the latter is said to have a more special signification than the former which is said to be the غشاء or the وعاء of the قلب or the middle or the interior thereof. They say طار فؤادہ i.e. his mind or intellect or courage tied (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
This verse also shows that the Adites were a very powerful and prosperous people. Their dominions extended over vast areas.
b
6:7.
c
21:42.
c
6:7; 7:11.
d
11:9; 21:42.
3780
Important Words:
أفئدة (hearts) is the plural of فؤاد which is derived from فاد. They say فادہ, i.e. he or it hit, struck, smote or hurt his فؤاد i.e. heart. فاد اللحم فی النار means, he roasted the flesh meat in the fire. فؤاد is synonymous with قلب both meaning heart, mind or intellect. In the Quran, too, both these words have been used synonymously. In 28:11, both the words have been used together, signifying the heart. It is the context which determines where any of these words is used in the sense of mind or heart. Some authors, however, make a distinction between فؤاد and قلب; the latter is said to have a more special signification than the former which is said to be the غشاء or the وعاء of the قلب or the middle or the interior thereof. They say طار فؤادہ i.e. his mind or intellect or courage tied (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
This verse also shows that the Adites were a very powerful and prosperous people. Their dominions extended over vast areas.
b
6:7.
c
21:42.
2730
Af’idah (hearts) is the plural of Fu’ad which is synonymous with Qalb, both meaning heart, mind or intellect. In the Qur’an both these words have been used synonymously. In 28:11 they have been used together, signifying the heart. It is the context which determines, where any of these words is used as signifying the heart and where as signifying the mind. Some authors, however, make a distinction between Fu’ad and Qalb; the latter is said to have a more special signification than the former which is said to be the Ghisha’ or the Wi‘a’ of the Qalb, or the middle or the interior thereof. Tara Fu’adu-hu means, his mind, or intellect, or courage fled (Lane).
وَلَقَدْ أَهْلَكْنَا مَا حَوْلَكُم مِّنَ ٱلْقُرَىٰ وَصَرَّفْنَا ٱلْءَايَٰتِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَرْجِعُونَ
The peoples of ‘Ad and Tubba‘ held sway over vast territories in the south of Arabia; and the tribe of Thamud lived in its north-west, and on the shores of the Dead Sea were situated the towns of Sodom and Gomorrah. The destruction of these places constituted an eye opener for the Meccans. The words, 'round about you' may also signify the whole world.
The Qur’an reverts again and again to the fundamental problems of faith, morals and other kindred subjects, and deals with them from different angles and points of view in order to satisfy doubts and misgivings of men of varied attitudes, mental make-ups and outlooks on life. People of shallow thinking and prejudiced minds may call it a repetition, but in fact it is the right approach to different human problems.
Commentary:
The reference in the words "We did destroy townships round about you" is to the destruction of the once very powerful and prosperous people of ‘Ad and of Tubba’ who held sway over vast territories in the south of Arabia. To the northwest, the complete ruin of the Thamud tribe held out a severe warning and on the shores of the Dead Sea were situated the towns of Sodom and Gomorrah which were turned upside down on account of the vice indulged in by them. The destruction of all these places constituted an eye-opener to the Meccans. If they did not eschew their evil ways and continued to reject the Divine Message, they would meet with no better fate. As the Quran, the final Law for all mankind, was revealed at Mecca, the words, ما حولکم من القریٰ may also signify the whole world.
The Quran reverts again and again to the fundamental problems of faith, morals and other kindred subjects, and deals with them from different angles and points of view in order to satisfy doubts and misgivings of men of varied attitudes, mental make-up or outlook on life. People of shallow thinking and prejudiced minds may call it a repetition, but in fact it is the right approach to different human problems.
3781
Commentary:
The reference in the words "We did destroy townships round about you" is to the destruction of the once very powerful and prosperous people of ‘Ad and of Tubba’ who held sway over vast territories in the south of Arabia. To the northwest, the complete ruin of the Thamud tribe held out a severe warning and on the shores of the Dead Sea were situated the towns of Sodom and Gomorrah which were turned upside down on account of the vice indulged in by them. The destruction of all these places constituted an eye-opener to the Meccans. If they did not eschew their evil ways and continued to reject the Divine Message, they would meet with no better fate. As the Quran, the final Law for all mankind, was revealed at Mecca, the words, ما حولکم من القریٰ may also signify the whole world.
The Quran reverts again and again to the fundamental problems of faith, morals and other kindred subjects, and deals with them from different angles and points of view in order to satisfy doubts and misgivings of men of varied attitudes, mental make-up or outlook on life. People of shallow thinking and prejudiced minds may call it a repetition, but in fact it is the right approach to different human problems.
2731
The peoples of ‘Ad and Tubba‘ held sway over vast territories in the south of Arabia; and the tribe of Thamud lived in its north-west, and on the shores of the Dead Sea were situated the towns of Sodom and Gomorrah. The destruction of these places constituted an eye opener for the Meccans. The words, 'round about you' may also signify the whole world.
2732
The Qur’an reverts again and again to the fundamental problems of faith, morals and other kindred subjects, and deals with them from different angles and points of view in order to satisfy doubts and misgivings of men of varied attitudes, mental make-ups and outlooks on life. People of shallow thinking and prejudiced minds may call it a repetition, but in fact it is the right approach to different human problems.
فَلَوْلَا نَصَرَهُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ قُرْبَانًا ءَالِهَةًۢ ۖ بَلْ ضَلُّوا۟ عَنْهُمْ ۚ وَذَٰلِكَ إِفْكُهُمْ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ
42:47.
42:47.
42:47.
Important Words:
قرباناً (seeking nearness) is infinitive noun from قرب. They say قرب الیه ومنه i.e. he was or became near to him or it. قرب للّٰه قرباناً(qarraba): he made an offering to God. قربان means, an offering or oblation; a sacrifice; anything by means of which one seeks nearness to God; a near or favourite associate or companion (Lane & Aqrab). The word has been used in the latter sense in 39:4.
Commentary:
The verse contains a very challenging argument against idolatry and drives home to polytheists the futility of their idolatrous beliefs and practices, saying that their false gods can never help them in time of need while the True Almighty God comes to the rescue of His servants when they are in distress and call for His help.
d
42:47.
a
42:47.
3782
Important Words:
قرباناً (seeking nearness) is infinitive noun from قرب. They say قرب الیه ومنه i.e. he was or became near to him or it. قرب للّٰه قرباناً(qarraba): he made an offering to God. قربان means, an offering or oblation; a sacrifice; anything by means of which one seeks nearness to God; a near or favourite associate or companion (Lane & Aqrab). The word has been used in the latter sense in 39:4.
Commentary:
The verse contains a very challenging argument against idolatry and drives home to polytheists the futility of their idolatrous beliefs and practices, saying that their false gods can never help them in time of need while the True Almighty God comes to the rescue of His servants when they are in distress and call for His help.
a
42:47.
وَإِذْ صَرَفْنَآ إِلَيْكَ نَفَرًا مِّنَ ٱلْجِنِّ يَسْتَمِعُونَ ٱلْقُرْءَانَ فَلَمَّا حَضَرُوهُ قَالُوٓا۟ أَنصِتُوا۟ ۖ فَلَمَّا قُضِىَ وَلَّوْا۟ إِلَىٰ قَوْمِهِم مُّنذِرِينَ
72:2.
这节经文提到的一伙精纳是纳西宾 (نَصِيْبِيْن, Nasibin) 的犹太人, 或, 有些人却认为是伊拉克的莫塞尔人 (مَوْصِل, Mausil) 或尼尼微 (نِيْنَوَى, Nineveh) 人。他们担心麦加人反对, 所以在夜间会见了穆圣; 他们听了 «古兰经» 和穆圣的教导之后就皈依了伊斯兰教, 并把新的启示带给了也乐意接受的民族 (بَيَان, Bayan, Vol。 8)。另见72:2
اس آیت میں جِنّ کا لفظ استعارۃً ایک یہودی وفد کے لئے بولا گیا ہے جو رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کی خبر سن کر پوشیدہ طور پر آپ سے ملنے آیا تھا اور نصیبین واقعہ عراق کا رہنے والا تھا۔ وہ لوگ چونکہ دور سے آئے تھے۔ چُھپ کر رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم سے ملے تا کہ ان کی قوم اور عرب کے لوگ دشمن نہ ہو جائیں (فتح البیان جلد۸ ص۳۵۵)
72:2.
The party of jinn referred to in this verse were the Jews of Nasibain, or, as some say, of Mosul or Nineveh in Iraq. Being apprehensive of the Meccans’ opposition they met the Holy Prophet at night and after listening to the Qur’an and to the Holy Prophet’s discourse, they became converted to Islam and carried the new Message to their people who also readily accepted it (Bayan, vol. 8). See also 72:2.
72:2.
Important Words:
نفراً (a party) is derived from نفر (nafara) which means, he ran away at random; he broke loose and went hither and thither; he became separated and returned to a distance. نفر (nafarun) means, a number of men from three to ten or less than ten; a man’s people or tribe consisting of his near relations (Lane).
Commentary:
The party of men referred to in the verse were the Jews of Nusaybin or, as some say, from Mosul or Nineveh in Iraq. Being apprehensive of the Meccans’ opposition, they met the Holy Prophet at night and after listening to the Quran and to the Holy Prophet’s discourse, they converted to Islam and carried the new Message to their people who also readily accepted it. The next verse leaves no doubt that they were Jews and seemed to be the leaders of their people (Bayan, vol. 8). See also 72:2.
a
72:2.
1255
这节经文提到的一伙精纳是纳西宾 (نَصِيْبِيْن, Nasibin) 的犹太人, 或, 有些人却认为是伊拉克的莫塞尔人 (مَوْصِل, Mausil) 或尼尼微 (نِيْنَوَى, Nineveh) 人。他们担心麦加人反对, 所以在夜间会见了穆圣; 他们听了 «古兰经» 和穆圣的教导之后就皈依了伊斯兰教, 并把新的启示带给了也乐意接受的民族 (بَيَان, Bayan, Vol。 8)。另见72:2
1
اس آیت میں جِنّ کا لفظ استعارۃً ایک یہودی وفد کے لئے بولا گیا ہے جو رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کی خبر سن کر پوشیدہ طور پر آپ سے ملنے آیا تھا اور نصیبین واقعہ عراق کا رہنے والا تھا۔ وہ لوگ چونکہ دور سے آئے تھے۔ چُھپ کر رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم سے ملے تا کہ ان کی قوم اور عرب کے لوگ دشمن نہ ہو جائیں (فتح البیان جلد۸ ص۳۵۵)
a
72:2.
3783
Important Words:
نفراً (a party) is derived from نفر (nafara) which means, he ran away at random; he broke loose and went hither and thither; he became separated and returned to a distance. نفر (nafarun) means, a number of men from three to ten or less than ten; a man’s people or tribe consisting of his near relations (Lane).
Commentary:
The party of men referred to in the verse were the Jews of Nusaybin or, as some say, from Mosul or Nineveh in Iraq. Being apprehensive of the Meccans’ opposition, they met the Holy Prophet at night and after listening to the Quran and to the Holy Prophet’s discourse, they converted to Islam and carried the new Message to their people who also readily accepted it. The next verse leaves no doubt that they were Jews and seemed to be the leaders of their people (Bayan, vol. 8). See also 72:2.
b
72:2.
2733
The party of jinn referred to in this verse were the Jews of Nasibain, or, as some say, of Mosul or Nineveh in Iraq. Being apprehensive of the Meccans’ opposition they met the Holy Prophet at night and after listening to the Qur’an and to the Holy Prophet’s discourse, they became converted to Islam and carried the new Message to their people who also readily accepted it (Bayan, vol. 8). See also 72:2.
قَالُوا۟ يَٰقَوْمَنَآ إِنَّا سَمِعْنَا كِتَٰبًا أُنزِلَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مُوسَىٰ مُصَدِّقًا لِّمَا بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ يَهْدِىٓ إِلَى ٱلْحَقِّ وَإِلَىٰ طَرِيقٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ
72:2, 3.
The verse shows that the party of jinn mentioned in the previous verse were Jews because they spoke of the Qur’an as 'the Book which has been sent down after Moses.'
72:2-3.
Commentary:
This verse clearly shows that the party of men mentioned in the previous verse were Jews because they spoke of the Quran as "the Book which has been sent down after Moses".
b
72:2, 3.
1256
这节经文说明上一节提到的一伙精纳是犹太人, 因为他们把 «古兰经» 说成是 “穆撒之后降临的经典。”
a
72:2-3.
3784
Commentary:
This verse clearly shows that the party of men mentioned in the previous verse were Jews because they spoke of the Quran as "the Book which has been sent down after Moses".
a
72:2, 3.
2734
The verse shows that the party of jinn mentioned in the previous verse were Jews because they spoke of the Qur’an as 'the Book which has been sent down after Moses.'
يَٰقَوْمَنَآ أَجِيبُوا۟ دَاعِىَ ٱللَّهِ وَءَامِنُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَغْفِرْ لَكُم مِّن ذُنُوبِكُمْ وَيُجِرْكُم مِّنْ عَذَابٍ أَلِيمٍ
72:14.
Commentary:
This and the next verse contain some basic arguments which establish the truth of the claims of a Divine Reformer. First, people are cleansed of sins and impurities and become a model of virtue and righteousness through the Teaching revealed to him and by his own ennobling example.
b
72:14.
3785
Commentary:
This and the next verse contain some basic arguments which establish the truth of the claims of a Divine Reformer. First, people are cleansed of sins and impurities and become a model of virtue and righteousness through the Teaching revealed to him and by his own ennobling example.
وَمَن لَّا يُجِبْ دَاعِىَ ٱللَّهِ فَلَيْسَ بِمُعْجِزٍ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَيْسَ لَهُۥ مِن دُونِهِۦٓ أَوْلِيَآءُ ۚ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ فِى ضَلَٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ
72:16.
Commentary:
Secondly, the Divine Reformer does eventually succeed in his mission as it is God’s unalterable Decree and Law that Truth must prevail and falsehood must come to an evil end. The disbelievers cannot alter this Divine decree, try as they might. The gods which they adore leave them in the lurch when they are confronted with the consequences of their wicked deeds.
c
72:16.
3786
Commentary:
Secondly, the Divine Reformer does eventually succeed in his mission as it is God’s unalterable Decree and Law that Truth must prevail and falsehood must come to an evil end. The disbelievers cannot alter this Divine decree, try as they might. The gods which they adore leave them in the lurch when they are confronted with the consequences of their wicked deeds.
أَوَلَمْ يَرَوْا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ وَلَمْ يَعْىَ بِخَلْقِهِنَّ بِقَٰدِرٍ عَلَىٰٓ أَن يُحْۦِىَ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ ۚ بَلَىٰٓ إِنَّهُۥ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ
17:100; 36:82; 86:9.
17:100; 36:82; 86:9.
The process of the creation of new heavens and earth has not ceased. Neither is it an empty and unsubstantiated claim. With the coming of a great Divine Reformer the old order dies and a new one takes its place. This signifies the coming into being of a new heaven and a new earth.
17:100; 36:82; 86:9.
Important Words:
لم یعی (was not wearied). عی بأمرہ means, he lacked power, strength or ability for, or was unable to perform or execute, his affair thoroughly. أعیا means, he was or became disabled or incapacitated; he was or became fatigued, tired, wearied. اعیاء is weakness and fatigue which is the result of doing a thing (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse means to say that the process of the creation of new heavens and earth has not ceased. Neither is it an empty and unsubstantiated claim. With the coming of a great Divine Reformer the old order dies and a new one takes its place. This signifies the coming into being of a new heaven and a new earth.
a
17:100; 36:82; 86:9.
a
17:100; 36:82; 86:9.
3787
Important Words:
لم یعی (was not wearied). عی بأمرہ means, he lacked power, strength or ability for, or was unable to perform or execute, his affair thoroughly. أعیا means, he was or became disabled or incapacitated; he was or became fatigued, tired, wearied. اعیاء is weakness and fatigue which is the result of doing a thing (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse means to say that the process of the creation of new heavens and earth has not ceased. Neither is it an empty and unsubstantiated claim. With the coming of a great Divine Reformer the old order dies and a new one takes its place. This signifies the coming into being of a new heaven and a new earth.
b
17:100; 36:82; 86:9.
2735
The process of the creation of new heavens and earth has not ceased. Neither is it an empty and unsubstantiated claim. With the coming of a great Divine Reformer the old order dies and a new one takes its place. This signifies the coming into being of a new heaven and a new earth.
وَيَوْمَ يُعْرَضُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ عَلَى ٱلنَّارِ أَلَيْسَ هَٰذَا بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖ قَالُوا۟ بَلَىٰ وَرَبِّنَا ۚ قَالَ فَذُوقُوا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَكْفُرُونَ
6:28.
b
6:28.
فَٱصْبِرْ كَمَا صَبَرَ أُو۟لُوا۟ ٱلْعَزْمِ مِنَ ٱلرُّسُلِ وَلَا تَسْتَعْجِل لَّهُمْ ۚ كَأَنَّهُمْ يَوْمَ يَرَوْنَ مَا يُوعَدُونَ لَمْ يَلْبَثُوٓا۟ إِلَّا سَاعَةً مِّن نَّهَارٍۭ ۚ بَلَٰغٌ ۚ فَهَلْ يُهْلَكُ إِلَّا ٱلْقَوْمُ ٱلْفَٰسِقُونَ
10:46; 30:56; 79:47.
So severe, swift and overwhelming will be God’s punishment for disbelievers that compared to it a whole life, spent in comfort and ease, would seem to them 'but an hour.'
10:46; 30:56; 79:47.
Commentary:
In this verse the Holy Prophet is told that with his advent a new heaven and a new earth would be born. The old decrepit order would die and a new and better one would emerge from its ruins. But before that great and glorious day his own mettle and that of his followers would be put to a severe test. They will have to bear, with patience and fortitude, like great Prophets of God, very great hardships and privations, and it is after they will come out of the ordeal triumphantly and unscathed that their cause will prevail. That would be a glorious day for believers; and for the disbelievers a time of heart-burning and gnashing of teeth. So severe and swift and overwhelming would be God’s punishment that compared to it a whole life spent in comfort and ease would seem but an "hour".
b
10:46; 30:56; 79:47.
1257
安拉对不信者的惩罚是严厉、神速而势不可挡的。因此, 相比之下, 在安逸舒适中度过的整个一生似乎 “只不过片刻而已。”
c
10:46; 30:56; 79:47.
3787A
Commentary:
In this verse the Holy Prophet is told that with his advent a new heaven and a new earth would be born. The old decrepit order would die and a new and better one would emerge from its ruins. But before that great and glorious day his own mettle and that of his followers would be put to a severe test. They will have to bear, with patience and fortitude, like great Prophets of God, very great hardships and privations, and it is after they will come out of the ordeal triumphantly and unscathed that their cause will prevail. That would be a glorious day for believers; and for the disbelievers a time of heart-burning and gnashing of teeth. So severe and swift and overwhelming would be God’s punishment that compared to it a whole life spent in comfort and ease would seem but an "hour".
a
10:46; 30:56; 79:47.
2736
So severe, swift and overwhelming will be God’s punishment for disbelievers that compared to it a whole life, spent in comfort and ease, would seem to them 'but an hour.'
محمد
Muhammad
Muhammad • madinah • 38 Verses
بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ
1:1.
1:1.
a
1:1.
a
See 1:1.
3788
Commentary:
See 1:1.
a
1:1.
ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَصَدُّوا۟ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ أَضَلَّ أَعْمَٰلَهُمْ
4:168; 16:89.
b
4:168; 16:89.
b
4:168; 16:89.
3789
Commentary:
Works of disbelievers are rendered vain in that their efforts to arrest the progress of the cause of Truth produce no results. The cause of Truth triumphs and prevails.
b
4:168; 16:89.
2737
Works of disbelievers are rendered vain in that their efforts to arrest the progress of Islam produce no results.
وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ وَءَامَنُوا۟ بِمَا نُزِّلَ عَلَىٰ مُحَمَّدٍ وَهُوَ ٱلْحَقُّ مِن رَّبِّهِمْ ۙ كَفَّرَ عَنْهُمْ سَيِّـَٔاتِهِمْ وَأَصْلَحَ بَالَهُمْ
13:20; 22:55; 34:7.
Important Words:
بالھم (their affairs) is substantive noun from بال (bala) which means, it (fat) melted or dissolved. البال means, a state, condition or case (12:51). ھو فی البال means: (1) he is in ample and easy circumstances or condition. (2) A thing or affair to which one devotes his special care. They say لیس ھذا من بالی i.e. this is not of the things for which I care. (3) The heart or mind. خطر ببالی means, it occurred to me. (4) Attention. An Arab would say أعطنی بالک i.e. give me thy attention (Lane & Aqrab).
الحق (truth) means, an established fact which is undeniable; a right, equity or justice; a thing that is decreed; a thing suitable to the requirements of justice; truth; wisdom; what is binding; obligatory, just, proper; right; genuine, authentic, real; prudence (Lane, Aqrab & Mufradat).
Commentary:
Because belief in the Holy Prophet, as in all Divine Messengers, is included in the words "those who believe and do good works," the expression "and believe in what has been revealed to Muhammad" seems to be redundant. But nothing in the Quran is redundant or superfluous, the expression serves a definite purpose. It removes a possible misconception, that belief in God and belief in life after death alone are the two fundamental articles of Faith (2:63). The verse leaves no doubt about the indispensability of belief in the Holy Prophet by saying that what has been revealed to him is الحق i.e. it is the whole truth and nothing but the truth; it agrees with the requirements of justice, truth and wisdom, and fully meets the exigencies and circumstances of time and the varying human needs, and by it moral lapses of those who believe in him are obliterated, their difficulties removed and their condition progressively bettered.
c
13:20; 22:55; 34:7.
3790
Important Words:
بالھم (their affairs) is substantive noun from بال (bala) which means, it (fat) melted or dissolved. البال means, a state, condition or case (12:51). ھو فی البال means: (1) he is in ample and easy circumstances or condition. (2) A thing or affair to which one devotes his special care. They say لیس ھذا من بالی i.e. this is not of the things for which I care. (3) The heart or mind. خطر ببالی means, it occurred to me. (4) Attention. An Arab would say أعطنی بالک i.e. give me thy attention (Lane & Aqrab).
الحق (truth) means, an established fact which is undeniable; a right, equity or justice; a thing that is decreed; a thing suitable to the requirements of justice; truth; wisdom; what is binding; obligatory, just, proper; right; genuine, authentic, real; prudence (Lane, Aqrab & Mufradat).
Commentary:
Because belief in the Holy Prophet, as in all Divine Messengers, is included in the words "those who believe and do good works," the expression "and believe in what has been revealed to Muhammad" seems to be redundant. But nothing in the Quran is redundant or superfluous, the expression serves a definite purpose. It removes a possible misconception, that belief in God and belief in life after death alone are the two fundamental articles of Faith (2:63). The verse leaves no doubt about the indispensability of belief in the Holy Prophet by saying that what has been revealed to him is الحق i.e. it is the whole truth and nothing but the truth; it agrees with the requirements of justice, truth and wisdom, and fully meets the exigencies and circumstances of time and the varying human needs, and by it moral lapses of those who believe in him are obliterated, their difficulties removed and their condition progressively bettered.
ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ ٱتَّبَعُوا۟ ٱلْبَٰطِلَ وَأَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱتَّبَعُوا۟ ٱلْحَقَّ مِن رَّبِّهِمْ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ يَضْرِبُ ٱللَّهُ لِلنَّاسِ أَمْثَٰلَهُمْ
فَإِذَا لَقِيتُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ فَضَرْبَ ٱلرِّقَابِ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَآ أَثْخَنتُمُوهُمْ فَشُدُّوا۟ ٱلْوَثَاقَ فَإِمَّا مَنًّۢا بَعْدُ وَإِمَّا فِدَآءً حَتَّىٰ تَضَعَ ٱلْحَرْبُ أَوْزَارَهَا ۚ ذَٰلِكَ وَلَوْ يَشَآءُ ٱللَّهُ لَٱنتَصَرَ مِنْهُمْ وَلَٰكِن لِّيَبْلُوَا۟ بَعْضَكُم بِبَعْضٍ ۗ وَٱلَّذِينَ قُتِلُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ فَلَن يُضِلَّ أَعْمَٰلَهُمْ
8:46, 68.
这节经文概括地制定了几条有关战争的道德和战争行为的重要准则, 且顺便地大力攻击奴隶制度。简单说来, 这些准则就是: (1) 当穆斯林进行正规战争保卫自己的信仰、荣誉、生命和财产的时候, 他们有责任英勇而无情地战斗 (8:13-17)。(2) 一旦战争开始, 就应该将战争一直进行到建立和平并确保良心的自由为止 (8:40)。(3) 俘虏敌人只有在正规战和阵地战中敌人绝对战败之后。因此, 打正规战才有理由抓俘虏;此外没有理由剥夺自由人的自由。(4) 战争结束后可以作为开恩而释放俘虏, 或索取战俘的赎金或磋商交换战俘。不能永久关押战俘或当奴隶使用。在巴努•穆斯塔利克 (بَنُوْمُصْطَلِق, Banu Mustaliq) 和哈瓦津 (هَوَازِن, Hawazin) 两宗族吃败仗之后, 穆圣释放了一百户巴努•穆斯塔利克和几千名哈瓦津战俘。白德尔战役之后同意了战俘交纳赎金, 而那些无力交纳赎金却有文化的战俘必须教穆斯林读书写字。因此这节经文十分有效地打击了奴隶制的根子, 并永远、完全地废除了奴隶制。
安拉让信者和不信者进行战争, 这样, 一方面, 信者的优良品质有机会发挥, 另一方面可以暴露不信者的不良品质。穆圣的伙伴们的道德优越性也许在人生的哪一方面都没有像他们对待战败的敌人时所表示的那么清楚。
بعض لوگ ان آیات پر اعتراض کرتے ہیں۔ حالانکہ آج بھی دنیا میں جنگیں ہو رہی ہیں اور ہر جنگ میں بالمقابل سپاہی دشمن کی گردن ہی کاٹتا ہے۔ اگر کہو کہ پھر ذکر کیوں کیا۔ تو اس کا جواب یہ ہے کہ اسلام نے نرمی کی اس قدر تعلیم دی ہے کہ خوف تھا کہ اگر یہ آیت نازل نہ ہوتی‘ تو مسلمان جنگ میں دشمن کو قتل کرنا ناجائز سمجھتے۔
8:46, 68.
Athkhana fil Ardi means, he caused much slaughter in the land.
The verse, in a nutshell, lays down some important rules about the ethics of war and its conduct and incidentally deals a deathblow to slavery. Briefly, these are: (a) When they are engaged in regular battle in defence of their faith, honour, lives or property, Muslims are enjoined to fight bravely and relentlessly (8:13-17). (b) When war is once started, it should continue till peace is established and freedom of conscience secured (8:40). (c) Prisoners are to be taken from the enemy only after regular and pitched battle has been fought, and the enemy is decidedly and positively beaten. Thus regular war is declared to be the only reason for taking prisoners; for no other reason free men can be deprived of their liberty. (d) When war is over, prisoners should be released, either as an act of favour, or on taking ransom from them or by negotiating mutual exchange. They should not be held permanently in captivity or treated as slaves. The Holy Prophet set at liberty about a hundred families of Bani Mustaliq
Allah got the believers engaged in fighting with disbelievers so that on the one hand their own good qualities of character should have an opportunity to come into play, and on the other, the bad qualities of disbelievers should become exposed. Perhaps in no other aspect of life was the moral superiority of the Companions of the Holy Prophet so clearly demonstrated as in their treatment of their fallen foes.
The sacrifice of Muslims slain in the field of battle will not be wasted. In fact, it was their sacrifice that firmly laid the foundation of Islam in Arabia.
8:46, 68.
Important Words:
أثخنتموھم (you have overcome them). أثخن is transitive from ثخن (thakhuna or thakhana) which means, it was or became thick or coarse. أثخنه means, he rendered him heavy or languid or enervated; or he overcame him after inflicting many wounds on him. أثخن فی العدو means, he made a great slaughter among the enemy or inflicted heavy wounds upon him. أثخن فی الارض means, he caused much slaughter in the land; or he fought vehemently in the land (Lane & Aqrab).
انتصر منھم (He would have punished them) is derived from نصر. They say نصرہ اللّٰه علی عدوہ i.e. God helped, aided or assisted him against his enemy or made him victorious. انتصر means, he defended himself against his injurer. انتصر منه means, he exacted his right or due completely from him; he avenged himself upon him; he punished him (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse, in a nutshell, lays down some important rules about the ethics of war and its conduct and incidentally deals a death blow to slavery. Briefly these are: (a) When they are engaged in regular battle in the defence of their faith, honour, lives or property, the Muslims are enjoined to fight bravely and relentlessly, giving no quarter, and expecting none from the enemy; and not to flee from the field of battle under lame or weak excuses. They must either win or die. "He who turns his back to the enemy", says the Quran, "draws upon himself the wrath of Allah" (8:13-17). (b) When war is once started, it should continue till peace is established and freedom of conscience secured (8:40). (c) Prisoners are to be taken from the enemy, only after regular and pitched battle has been fought, and the enemy is decidedly and positively beaten. Thus regular war is declared to be the only reason for taking prisoners for no other cause free men are to be deprived of their liberty. (d) When war is over, prisoners should be released, either as an act of favour, or on taking ransom or by negotiating mutual exchange. They should not be held permanently in captivity or treated as slaves. The Holy Prophet carried this Divine commandment into actual practice by setting at liberty about a hundred families of Banu Mustaliq and several thousand prisoners of Hawazin after both these tribes had been decisively beaten in battle. It was after the Battle of Badr that ransom was accepted for the prisoners who were set free. This was perhaps, because Islam was then in a very weak state. But, on this occasion too, those of them who could not pay their ransom in money but were literate, were required to teach reading and writing to some of the Muslims. The verse thus has struck very effectively at the roots of slavery, abolishing it completely and forever. (Muir, Zurqani & Hisham).
The words "And if Allah had so pleased, he could have punished them Himself, but He has willed that He may try some of you by others," signify that God possessed the power to punish the enemies of Truth without the instrumentality of Muslims but He got the latter engaged in fighting with disbelievers so that on the one hand their own good qualities of character should have an opportunity to come into play and on the other the bad qualities of disbelievers should become exposed. Perhaps in no other aspect of life was the moral superiority of the Companions of the Holy Prophet so clearly demonstrated as in their treatment of their fallen foes.
The words "And those who are killed in the way of Allah—He will never render their works vain," mean that the sacrifice of Muslims slain in the field of battle would not be wasted. It was their sacrifice that firmly laid the foundation of a bright future for Islam.
c
8:46, 68.
1258
这节经文概括地制定了几条有关战争的道德和战争行为的重要准则, 且顺便地大力攻击奴隶制度。简单说来, 这些准则就是: (1) 当穆斯林进行正规战争保卫自己的信仰、荣誉、生命和财产的时候, 他们有责任英勇而无情地战斗 (8:13-17)。(2) 一旦战争开始, 就应该将战争一直进行到建立和平并确保良心的自由为止 (8:40)。(3) 俘虏敌人只有在正规战和阵地战中敌人绝对战败之后。因此, 打正规战才有理由抓俘虏;此外没有理由剥夺自由人的自由。(4) 战争结束后可以作为开恩而释放俘虏, 或索取战俘的赎金或磋商交换战俘。不能永久关押战俘或当奴隶使用。在巴努•穆斯塔利克 (بَنُوْمُصْطَلِق, Banu Mustaliq) 和哈瓦津 (هَوَازِن, Hawazin) 两宗族吃败仗之后, 穆圣释放了一百户巴努•穆斯塔利克和几千名哈瓦津战俘。白德尔战役之后同意了战俘交纳赎金, 而那些无力交纳赎金却有文化的战俘必须教穆斯林读书写字。因此这节经文十分有效地打击了奴隶制的根子, 并永远、完全地废除了奴隶制。
1259
安拉让信者和不信者进行战争, 这样, 一方面, 信者的优良品质有机会发挥, 另一方面可以暴露不信者的不良品质。穆圣的伙伴们的道德优越性也许在人生的哪一方面都没有像他们对待战败的敌人时所表示的那么清楚。
1
بعض لوگ ان آیات پر اعتراض کرتے ہیں۔ حالانکہ آج بھی دنیا میں جنگیں ہو رہی ہیں اور ہر جنگ میں بالمقابل سپاہی دشمن کی گردن ہی کاٹتا ہے۔ اگر کہو کہ پھر ذکر کیوں کیا۔ تو اس کا جواب یہ ہے کہ اسلام نے نرمی کی اس قدر تعلیم دی ہے کہ خوف تھا کہ اگر یہ آیت نازل نہ ہوتی‘ تو مسلمان جنگ میں دشمن کو قتل کرنا ناجائز سمجھتے۔
a
8:46, 68.
3791
Important Words:
أثخنتموھم (you have overcome them). أثخن is transitive from ثخن (thakhuna or thakhana) which means, it was or became thick or coarse. أثخنه means, he rendered him heavy or languid or enervated; or he overcame him after inflicting many wounds on him. أثخن فی العدو means, he made a great slaughter among the enemy or inflicted heavy wounds upon him. أثخن فی الارض means, he caused much slaughter in the land; or he fought vehemently in the land (Lane & Aqrab).
انتصر منھم (He would have punished them) is derived from نصر. They say نصرہ اللّٰه علی عدوہ i.e. God helped, aided or assisted him against his enemy or made him victorious. انتصر means, he defended himself against his injurer. انتصر منه means, he exacted his right or due completely from him; he avenged himself upon him; he punished him (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse, in a nutshell, lays down some important rules about the ethics of war and its conduct and incidentally deals a death blow to slavery. Briefly these are: (a) When they are engaged in regular battle in the defence of their faith, honour, lives or property, the Muslims are enjoined to fight bravely and relentlessly, giving no quarter, and expecting none from the enemy; and not to flee from the field of battle under lame or weak excuses. They must either win or die. "He who turns his back to the enemy", says the Quran, "draws upon himself the wrath of Allah" (8:13-17). (b) When war is once started, it should continue till peace is established and freedom of conscience secured (8:40). (c) Prisoners are to be taken from the enemy, only after regular and pitched battle has been fought, and the enemy is decidedly and positively beaten. Thus regular war is declared to be the only reason for taking prisoners for no other cause free men are to be deprived of their liberty. (d) When war is over, prisoners should be released, either as an act of favour, or on taking ransom or by negotiating mutual exchange. They should not be held permanently in captivity or treated as slaves. The Holy Prophet carried this Divine commandment into actual practice by setting at liberty about a hundred families of Banu Mustaliq and several thousand prisoners of Hawazin after both these tribes had been decisively beaten in battle. It was after the Battle of Badr that ransom was accepted for the prisoners who were set free. This was perhaps, because Islam was then in a very weak state. But, on this occasion too, those of them who could not pay their ransom in money but were literate, were required to teach reading and writing to some of the Muslims. The verse thus has struck very effectively at the roots of slavery, abolishing it completely and forever. (Muir, Zurqani & Hisham).
The words "And if Allah had so pleased, he could have punished them Himself, but He has willed that He may try some of you by others," signify that God possessed the power to punish the enemies of Truth without the instrumentality of Muslims but He got the latter engaged in fighting with disbelievers so that on the one hand their own good qualities of character should have an opportunity to come into play and on the other the bad qualities of disbelievers should become exposed. Perhaps in no other aspect of life was the moral superiority of the Companions of the Holy Prophet so clearly demonstrated as in their treatment of their fallen foes.
The words "And those who are killed in the way of Allah—He will never render their works vain," mean that the sacrifice of Muslims slain in the field of battle would not be wasted. It was their sacrifice that firmly laid the foundation of a bright future for Islam.
c
8:46, 68.
2738
Athkhana fil Ardi means, he caused much slaughter in the land.
2739
The verse, in a nutshell, lays down some important rules about the ethics of war and its conduct and incidentally deals a deathblow to slavery. Briefly, these are: (a) When they are engaged in regular battle in defence of their faith, honour, lives or property, Muslims are enjoined to fight bravely and relentlessly (8:13-17). (b) When war is once started, it should continue till peace is established and freedom of conscience secured (8:40). (c) Prisoners are to be taken from the enemy only after regular and pitched battle has been fought, and the enemy is decidedly and positively beaten. Thus regular war is declared to be the only reason for taking prisoners; for no other reason free men can be deprived of their liberty. (d) When war is over, prisoners should be released, either as an act of favour, or on taking ransom from them or by negotiating mutual exchange. They should not be held permanently in captivity or treated as slaves. The Holy Prophet set at liberty about a hundred families of Bani Mustaliq
2740
Allah got the believers engaged in fighting with disbelievers so that on the one hand their own good qualities of character should have an opportunity to come into play, and on the other, the bad qualities of disbelievers should become exposed. Perhaps in no other aspect of life was the moral superiority of the Companions of the Holy Prophet so clearly demonstrated as in their treatment of their fallen foes.
2741
The sacrifice of Muslims slain in the field of battle will not be wasted. In fact, it was their sacrifice that firmly laid the foundation of Islam in Arabia.
سَيَهْدِيهِمْ وَيُصْلِحُ بَالَهُمْ
Since Hidayah means, to follow the right path till one reaches one’s destination and achieves the object of one’s quest (Lane), the verse purports to say that by their death the martyred Muslims achieved the object for which they gave their lives which was the triumph of the cause of Islam.
Important Words:
Since one of the meanings of ھدایة is to follow the right path till one reaches one’s destination and achieves the object of one’s quest (Lane), the verse purports to say that the martyred Muslims have achieved, by their death, the object for which they gave their lives which was to attain God’s pleasure and to make Islam secure and strong.
3792
Important Words:
Since one of the meanings of ھدایة is to follow the right path till one reaches one’s destination and achieves the object of one’s quest (Lane), the verse purports to say that the martyred Muslims have achieved, by their death, the object for which they gave their lives which was to attain God’s pleasure and to make Islam secure and strong.
2742
Since Hidayah means, to follow the right path till one reaches one’s destination and achieves the object of one’s quest (Lane), the verse purports to say that by their death the martyred Muslims achieved the object for which they gave their lives which was the triumph of the cause of Islam.
وَيُدْخِلُهُمُ ٱلْجَنَّةَ عَرَّفَهَا لَهُمْ
3:196; 9:111.
3:196; 9:111.
The believers had a foretaste of the blessings of Paradise in this life in the sense that they enjoyed in their physical form all those spiritual blessings and favours which are mentioned in the Qur’an as having been promised to them in the next world. Or the verse may mean that the believers had a spiritual foretaste of "the Garden" because they saw with their own eyes the promise made to them in the Qur’an about Paradise being fulfilled in this very life.
3:196; 9:111.
Important Words:
عرف (made known) is transitive verb from عرف(‘arafa) which means, he knew it or became acquainted with it; he knew it by means of one of the senses and also by mental perception. عرفه الامر (‘arrafa) means, he acquainted him with the affair. عرف also means, rendering a thing fragrant, and adorning, decorating or embellishing it (Lane).
Commentary:
The verse means that the Muslims slain in the way of Allah will be admitted into gardens of Paradise of which they had a foretaste in the present life. They had a foretaste of them in the sense that they enjoyed in their physical form all those spiritual blessings and favours which are mentioned in the Quran as having been promised to them in the next world. Or the verse may signify that Muslims had a spiritual foretaste of "the Garden" because they saw with their own eyes promises, made to them in the Quran about Paradise, being fulfilled in this very life.
a
3:196; 9:111.
a
3:196; 9:111.
3793
Important Words:
عرف (made known) is transitive verb from عرف(‘arafa) which means, he knew it or became acquainted with it; he knew it by means of one of the senses and also by mental perception. عرفه الامر (‘arrafa) means, he acquainted him with the affair. عرف also means, rendering a thing fragrant, and adorning, decorating or embellishing it (Lane).
Commentary:
The verse means that the Muslims slain in the way of Allah will be admitted into gardens of Paradise of which they had a foretaste in the present life. They had a foretaste of them in the sense that they enjoyed in their physical form all those spiritual blessings and favours which are mentioned in the Quran as having been promised to them in the next world. Or the verse may signify that Muslims had a spiritual foretaste of "the Garden" because they saw with their own eyes promises, made to them in the Quran about Paradise, being fulfilled in this very life.
a
3:196; 9:111.
2743
The believers had a foretaste of the blessings of Paradise in this life in the sense that they enjoyed in their physical form all those spiritual blessings and favours which are mentioned in the Qur’an as having been promised to them in the next world. Or the verse may mean that the believers had a spiritual foretaste of "the Garden" because they saw with their own eyes the promise made to them in the Qur’an about Paradise being fulfilled in this very life.
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِن تَنصُرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ يَنصُرْكُمْ وَيُثَبِّتْ أَقْدَامَكُمْ
مراد یہ ہے کہ اللہ کے دین کی۔ کیونکہ اللہ تعالیٰ اپنی ذات میں کسی مدد کا محتاج نہیں۔ چنانچہ وہ خود فرماتا ہے کہ مَیں غنیؔ اور صمدؔ ہوں۔
1
مراد یہ ہے کہ اللہ کے دین کی۔ کیونکہ اللہ تعالیٰ اپنی ذات میں کسی مدد کا محتاج نہیں۔ چنانچہ وہ خود فرماتا ہے کہ مَیں غنیؔ اور صمدؔ ہوں۔
وَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ فَتَعْسًا لَّهُمْ وَأَضَلَّ أَعْمَٰلَهُمْ
Three times in the few previous verses it is stated that 'God has made the works of disbelievers vain.' This signifies that disbelievers had bent all their energies of mind and body to the achievement of one supreme desire—to see Islam fail and come to naught. But Islam triumphed. It progressed and prospered and the disbelievers failed to see their desire fulfilled.
Important Words:
تعساً (perdition) is inf. noun from تعس (ta’sa) which means, he stumbled and fell upon his face; he missed his proof in litigation and the object of his search in seeking; he became far-removed; he became degraded. تعسه اللّٰه means, God destroyed him; degraded him; made him fall on his face. تعساً له means, may he fall never to rise; may he perish; may ruin cleave to him or may he be degraded. تعس means, ruin, degradation, mischief, evil (Lane & Aqrab).
3794
Important Words:
تعساً (perdition) is inf. noun from تعس (ta’sa) which means, he stumbled and fell upon his face; he missed his proof in litigation and the object of his search in seeking; he became far-removed; he became degraded. تعسه اللّٰه means, God destroyed him; degraded him; made him fall on his face. تعساً له means, may he fall never to rise; may he perish; may ruin cleave to him or may he be degraded. تعس means, ruin, degradation, mischief, evil (Lane & Aqrab).
2744
Three times in the few previous verses it is stated that 'God has made the works of disbelievers vain.' This signifies that disbelievers had bent all their energies of mind and body to the achievement of one supreme desire—to see Islam fail and come to naught. But Islam triumphed. It progressed and prospered and the disbelievers failed to see their desire fulfilled.
ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ كَرِهُوا۟ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ فَأَحْبَطَ أَعْمَٰلَهُمْ
Commentary:
Three times in the few verses that have gone before is it stated that "God has made the works of disbelievers vain." This signifies that disbelievers had bent all their energies of mind and body, to the achievement of one supreme desire—to see Islam fail and come to naught. But Islam triumphed. It progressed and prospered and the disbelievers failed to have their desire fulfilled.
3795
Commentary:
Three times in the few verses that have gone before is it stated that "God has made the works of disbelievers vain." This signifies that disbelievers had bent all their energies of mind and body, to the achievement of one supreme desire—to see Islam fail and come to naught. But Islam triumphed. It progressed and prospered and the disbelievers failed to have their desire fulfilled.
۞ أَفَلَمْ يَسِيرُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَيَنظُرُوا۟ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِهِمْ ۚ دَمَّرَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِمْ ۖ وَلِلْكَٰفِرِينَ أَمْثَٰلُهَا
12:110; 22:47; 30:10; 35:45; 40:22.
12:110; 22:47; 30:10; 35:45; 40:22.
As many as fifteen times, the disbelievers of the Holy Prophet have been told in the Qur’an to travel in the earth and see for themselves the sad end to which the disbelievers of former Prophets had come. How can they, the verse warns them, expect to escape a similar fate? Divine punishment will, surely, overtake them in various forms and shapes.
12:110; 22:47; 30:10; 35:45; 40:22.
Commentary:
As many as fifteen times, the disbelievers of the Holy Prophet have been warned in the Quran to travel in the earth and see the dreadful end to which the disbelievers of former Prophets have come. How can they, the verse warns them, expect to escape a similar fate? The expression أمثالھا shows that Divine punishment will overtake disbelievers in various forms and shapes.
a
12:110; 22:47; 30:10; 35:45; 40:22.
a
12:110; 22:47; 30:10; 35:45; 40:22.
3796
Commentary:
As many as fifteen times, the disbelievers of the Holy Prophet have been warned in the Quran to travel in the earth and see the dreadful end to which the disbelievers of former Prophets have come. How can they, the verse warns them, expect to escape a similar fate? The expression أمثالھا shows that Divine punishment will overtake disbelievers in various forms and shapes.
b
12:110; 22:47; 30:10; 35:45; 40:22.
2745
As many as fifteen times, the disbelievers of the Holy Prophet have been told in the Qur’an to travel in the earth and see for themselves the sad end to which the disbelievers of former Prophets had come. How can they, the verse warns them, expect to escape a similar fate? Divine punishment will, surely, overtake them in various forms and shapes.
ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ مَوْلَى ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَأَنَّ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ لَا مَوْلَىٰ لَهُمْ
3:151; 8:41.
3:151; 8:41.
3:151; 8:41.
b
3:151; 8:41.
b
3:151; 8:41.
a
3:151; 8:41.
إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُدْخِلُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ جَنَّٰتٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ ۖ وَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ يَتَمَتَّعُونَ وَيَأْكُلُونَ كَمَا تَأْكُلُ ٱلْأَنْعَٰمُ وَٱلنَّارُ مَثْوًى لَّهُمْ
14:31; 77:47.
14:31; 77:47.
Whereas believers eat to live in order to serve God and man, the disbelievers live to eat and have no nobler objects to pursue. They do not rise above the level of animals as their whole concept of life is materialistic.
14:24; 22:24; 29:10.
14:31; 15:4; 77:47.
Commentary:
The believers make use of the things of the world and eat and drink as do the disbelievers, but whereas the former eat to live in order to serve God and man, the latter live to eat, drink, and be merry, and have no nobler objects to pursue. They do not rise above the level of animals as their whole concept of life is materialistic.
c
14:31; 77:47.
a
14:24; 22:24; 29:10.
b
14:31; 15:4; 77:47.
3797
Commentary:
The believers make use of the things of the world and eat and drink as do the disbelievers, but whereas the former eat to live in order to serve God and man, the latter live to eat, drink, and be merry, and have no nobler objects to pursue. They do not rise above the level of animals as their whole concept of life is materialistic.
b
14:31; 77:47.
2746
Whereas believers eat to live in order to serve God and man, the disbelievers live to eat and have no nobler objects to pursue. They do not rise above the level of animals as their whole concept of life is materialistic.
وَكَأَيِّن مِّن قَرْيَةٍ هِىَ أَشَدُّ قُوَّةً مِّن قَرْيَتِكَ ٱلَّتِىٓ أَخْرَجَتْكَ أَهْلَكْنَٰهُمْ فَلَا نَاصِرَ لَهُمْ
The verse was revealed while the Holy Prophet was on his way from Mecca to Medina, having been driven out of his beloved native place, with a price on his head. He was hourly in fear of being caught, as Medina was far away and the countryside swarmed with adventurers who sought to bring him dead or alive to get the much-coveted prize. The Holy Prophet was Divinely promised a safe journey.
Commentary:
The verse constitutes a mighty prophecy. According to the majority of scholarly opinion it was revealed while the Holy Prophet was on his way from Mecca to Medina, having been driven out of his beloved native place, with a price put on his head. The Prophet was friendless and his cause seemed hopeless. He was hourly in fear of being caught, as Medina was far away and the countryside swarmed with adventurers who sought to bring him dead or alive to get the much-coveted prize. It was at that critical hour that the verse was revealed. It promised a safe journey for the Prophet and the eventual destruction of his enemies.
3798
Commentary:
The verse constitutes a mighty prophecy. According to the majority of scholarly opinion it was revealed while the Holy Prophet was on his way from Mecca to Medina, having been driven out of his beloved native place, with a price put on his head. The Prophet was friendless and his cause seemed hopeless. He was hourly in fear of being caught, as Medina was far away and the countryside swarmed with adventurers who sought to bring him dead or alive to get the much-coveted prize. It was at that critical hour that the verse was revealed. It promised a safe journey for the Prophet and the eventual destruction of his enemies.
2747
The verse was revealed while the Holy Prophet was on his way from Mecca to Medina, having been driven out of his beloved native place, with a price on his head. He was hourly in fear of being caught, as Medina was far away and the countryside swarmed with adventurers who sought to bring him dead or alive to get the much-coveted prize. The Holy Prophet was Divinely promised a safe journey.
أَفَمَن كَانَ عَلَىٰ بَيِّنَةٍ مِّن رَّبِّهِۦ كَمَن زُيِّنَ لَهُۥ سُوٓءُ عَمَلِهِۦ وَٱتَّبَعُوٓا۟ أَهْوَآءَهُم
11:29.
11:29.
11:29.
Commentary:
The preceding verse promised a bright future for Islam and the ultimate destruction of disbelief, at a time when the Prophet’s cause seemed quite hopeless. The verse under comment continues the theme and says that the outcome could not possibly be otherwise as the claim of the Holy Prophet was reinforced and substantiated by incontrovertible heavenly signs while disbelievers had nothing to their credit but wicked deeds and evil desires.
d
11:29.
c
11:29.
3799
Commentary:
The preceding verse promised a bright future for Islam and the ultimate destruction of disbelief, at a time when the Prophet’s cause seemed quite hopeless. The verse under comment continues the theme and says that the outcome could not possibly be otherwise as the claim of the Holy Prophet was reinforced and substantiated by incontrovertible heavenly signs while disbelievers had nothing to their credit but wicked deeds and evil desires.
c
11:29.
مَّثَلُ ٱلْجَنَّةِ ٱلَّتِى وُعِدَ ٱلْمُتَّقُونَ ۖ فِيهَآ أَنْهَٰرٌ مِّن مَّآءٍ غَيْرِ ءَاسِنٍ وَأَنْهَٰرٌ مِّن لَّبَنٍ لَّمْ يَتَغَيَّرْ طَعْمُهُۥ وَأَنْهَٰرٌ مِّنْ خَمْرٍ لَّذَّةٍ لِّلشَّٰرِبِينَ وَأَنْهَٰرٌ مِّنْ عَسَلٍ مُّصَفًّى ۖ وَلَهُمْ فِيهَا مِن كُلِّ ٱلثَّمَرَٰتِ وَمَغْفِرَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّهِمْ ۖ كَمَنْ هُوَ خَٰلِدٌ فِى ٱلنَّارِ وَسُقُوا۟ مَآءً حَمِيمًا فَقَطَّعَ أَمْعَآءَهُمْ
13:36.
13:36.
Believers are promised, in this and the next life, rivers of pure water, rivers of milk of which the taste does not change, rivers of wine which gives delight and rivers of clarified honey. The word, Anhar, which has been used four times in the verse, besides other senses, signifies light and amplitude; and ‘Asal, among other things, means a good or righteous deed which wins for the doer the love and esteem of men. In view of this signification of these two words the verse may mean that the four things mentioned will be given to the righteous in plenty. Water is the source of all life (21:31); milk gives health and vigour to the body; wine gives pleasant sensations and forgetfulness of worries, and honey cures many a disease. Taken in the physical sense, the verse would signify that in the present life the believers will have in plenty all those things which make life pleasant, delightful and useful; and taken symbolically and in a spiritual sense, it would mean that believers will have a f
13:36.
Important Words:
أنھار (rivers) is the plural of نھر which is inf. noun from نھر (nahara) which means, it flowed or flowed with force. نھر means, a river, a brook, a stream. The word also means, amplitude, or light and amplitude (Lane).
عسل (honey) is inf. noun from عسل (‘asala). عسل الطعام means, he prepared the food with honey. They say عسله i.e. he made him an object of eulogy; he made him an object of love to men. عسل means, honey; flowers or blossoms because honey is made therefrom; a good or righteous deed, the eulogy for which a person is deemed sweet (Lane).
Commentary:
The verse mentions four kinds of favours and blessings promised to believers in this and the next life, i.e. rivers of pure water, rivers of milk of which the taste does not change, rivers of wine which gives delight and rivers of clarified honey. The word أنھار which has been used four times in the verse, besides other senses, signifies light and amplitude; and عسلamong other things, means a good or righteous deed which wins for the doer the love and esteem of men. In view of the signification of these two words the verse may mean that the four things mentioned will be given to the righteous in plenty: viz. water which is the source of all life (21:31); milk which, besides giving health and vigour to the body, stands for spiritual knowledge; wine which gives pleasant sensations and forgetfulness of worries; and honey, being the means of curing many a disease, represents good and righteous deeds which make the believers beloved of men. Taken in the physical sense, i.e. pertaining to the present life, the verse would signify that in the present life the believers will have in plenty all those things which make life pleasant, delightful and useful; and taken symbolically and in a spiritual sense, it would mean that believers will have a full life, they will be endowed with spiritual knowledge, will drink the wine of God’s love and will do deeds that will win for them love and esteem of men.
e
13:36.
a
13:36.
3800
Important Words:
أنھار (rivers) is the plural of نھر which is inf. noun from نھر (nahara) which means, it flowed or flowed with force. نھر means, a river, a brook, a stream. The word also means, amplitude, or light and amplitude (Lane).
عسل (honey) is inf. noun from عسل (‘asala). عسل الطعام means, he prepared the food with honey. They say عسله i.e. he made him an object of eulogy; he made him an object of love to men. عسل means, honey; flowers or blossoms because honey is made therefrom; a good or righteous deed, the eulogy for which a person is deemed sweet (Lane).
Commentary:
The verse mentions four kinds of favours and blessings promised to believers in this and the next life, i.e. rivers of pure water, rivers of milk of which the taste does not change, rivers of wine which gives delight and rivers of clarified honey. The word أنھار which has been used four times in the verse, besides other senses, signifies light and amplitude; and عسلamong other things, means a good or righteous deed which wins for the doer the love and esteem of men. In view of the signification of these two words the verse may mean that the four things mentioned will be given to the righteous in plenty: viz. water which is the source of all life (21:31); milk which, besides giving health and vigour to the body, stands for spiritual knowledge; wine which gives pleasant sensations and forgetfulness of worries; and honey, being the means of curing many a disease, represents good and righteous deeds which make the believers beloved of men. Taken in the physical sense, i.e. pertaining to the present life, the verse would signify that in the present life the believers will have in plenty all those things which make life pleasant, delightful and useful; and taken symbolically and in a spiritual sense, it would mean that believers will have a full life, they will be endowed with spiritual knowledge, will drink the wine of God’s love and will do deeds that will win for them love and esteem of men.
a
13:36.
2748
Believers are promised, in this and the next life, rivers of pure water, rivers of milk of which the taste does not change, rivers of wine which gives delight and rivers of clarified honey. The word, Anhar, which has been used four times in the verse, besides other senses, signifies light and amplitude; and ‘Asal, among other things, means a good or righteous deed which wins for the doer the love and esteem of men. In view of this signification of these two words the verse may mean that the four things mentioned will be given to the righteous in plenty. Water is the source of all life (21:31); milk gives health and vigour to the body; wine gives pleasant sensations and forgetfulness of worries, and honey cures many a disease. Taken in the physical sense, the verse would signify that in the present life the believers will have in plenty all those things which make life pleasant, delightful and useful; and taken symbolically and in a spiritual sense, it would mean that believers will have a f
وَمِنْهُم مَّن يَسْتَمِعُ إِلَيْكَ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا خَرَجُوا۟ مِنْ عِندِكَ قَالُوا۟ لِلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْعِلْمَ مَاذَا قَالَ ءَانِفًا ۚ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ طَبَعَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِهِمْ وَٱتَّبَعُوٓا۟ أَهْوَآءَهُمْ
16:109; 63:4.
قرآن مجید میں حَتّٰی کا لفظ ہے جو ابتدائیہ بھی ہوتا ہے اور اس کے معنے واؤ کے بھی ہوتے ہیں۔ اسی کے مطابق ہم نے ’’مگر‘‘ کا ترجمہ کیا ہے (اقرب)
16:109; 63:4.
A hypocrite being a double-faced person generally uses language susceptible of double meaning. This he does in order to extricate himself from an awkward position, so that, should one construction of his speech land him in trouble, he might be able to avoid its consequences by putting quite a different construction on it. The above expression is an appropriate instance of the equivocal language used by the Hypocrites of Medina. If one of them, after a meeting with the Holy Prophet, happened to meet a Muslim, he would say, 'What was it that the Prophet said just now,' meaning what beautiful and highly useful things the Prophet had said. But if he chanced to meet a Hypocrite like himself he would use the same expression but meaning 'what nonsense talk the Prophet had indulged in.'
9:93; 16:109; 63:4.
Commentary:
As the principal subject of the Surah is war, it naturally deals with three categories of men, viz. true believers, firm disbelievers and the hypocrites who vacillate between faith and disbelief. The verse under comment deals with the third category of men.
The expression ما ذا قال آنفا has a twofold meaning. A hypocrite being a double-faced person generally uses language susceptible of double meaning. This he does in order to extricate himself from an awkward position, wherein, should one construction of his speech land him in trouble, he might be able to avoid that consequence by putting quite a different construction on it. The above expression is an appropriate instance of the equivocal language used by the hypocrites of Medina. If one of them, after a meeting with the Prophet, happened to meet a Muslim, he would say "What was it that he said just now," meaning, what beautiful and highly useful things had the Prophet said. But if he chanced to meet a hypocrite like himself he would use the same expression but meaning "what non sense talk had the Prophet indulged in."
a
16:109; 63:4.
1
قرآن مجید میں حَتّٰی کا لفظ ہے جو ابتدائیہ بھی ہوتا ہے اور اس کے معنے واؤ کے بھی ہوتے ہیں۔ اسی کے مطابق ہم نے ’’مگر‘‘ کا ترجمہ کیا ہے (اقرب)
a
9:93; 16:109; 63:4.
3801
Commentary:
As the principal subject of the Surah is war, it naturally deals with three categories of men, viz. true believers, firm disbelievers and the hypocrites who vacillate between faith and disbelief. The verse under comment deals with the third category of men.
The expression ما ذا قال آنفا has a twofold meaning. A hypocrite being a double-faced person generally uses language susceptible of double meaning. This he does in order to extricate himself from an awkward position, wherein, should one construction of his speech land him in trouble, he might be able to avoid that consequence by putting quite a different construction on it. The above expression is an appropriate instance of the equivocal language used by the hypocrites of Medina. If one of them, after a meeting with the Prophet, happened to meet a Muslim, he would say "What was it that he said just now," meaning, what beautiful and highly useful things had the Prophet said. But if he chanced to meet a hypocrite like himself he would use the same expression but meaning "what non sense talk had the Prophet indulged in."
a
16:109; 63:4.
2749
A hypocrite being a double-faced person generally uses language susceptible of double meaning. This he does in order to extricate himself from an awkward position, so that, should one construction of his speech land him in trouble, he might be able to avoid its consequences by putting quite a different construction on it. The above expression is an appropriate instance of the equivocal language used by the Hypocrites of Medina. If one of them, after a meeting with the Holy Prophet, happened to meet a Muslim, he would say, 'What was it that the Prophet said just now,' meaning what beautiful and highly useful things the Prophet had said. But if he chanced to meet a Hypocrite like himself he would use the same expression but meaning 'what nonsense talk the Prophet had indulged in.'
وَٱلَّذِينَ ٱهْتَدَوْا۟ زَادَهُمْ هُدًى وَءَاتَىٰهُمْ تَقْوَىٰهُمْ
8:3.
8:3.
The Quranic expression may mean: (a) God makes them righteous; (b) He discloses to them the ways and means by employing which they could attain righteousness; (c) Allah bestows upon believers favours and blessings which are the result of a life of righteousness.
8:3; 9:124; 18:14.
Commentary:
The expression آتا ھم تقواھم may mean: (a) God made them righteous; (b) He disclosed to them the ways and means by employing which they could attain تقویٰ (c) Allah bestowed upon believers favours and blessings which are the result of a life of righteousness.
b
8:3.
a
8:3; 9:124; 18:14.
3802
Commentary:
The expression آتا ھم تقواھم may mean: (a) God made them righteous; (b) He disclosed to them the ways and means by employing which they could attain تقویٰ (c) Allah bestowed upon believers favours and blessings which are the result of a life of righteousness.
b
8:3.
2750
The Quranic expression may mean: (a) God makes them righteous; (b) He discloses to them the ways and means by employing which they could attain righteousness; (c) Allah bestows upon believers favours and blessings which are the result of a life of righteousness.
فَهَلْ يَنظُرُونَ إِلَّا ٱلسَّاعَةَ أَن تَأْتِيَهُم بَغْتَةً ۖ فَقَدْ جَآءَ أَشْرَاطُهَا ۚ فَأَنَّىٰ لَهُمْ إِذَا جَآءَتْهُمْ ذِكْرَىٰهُمْ
22:56; 43:67.
22:56; 43:67.
The reference in the word, Ashrat (signs), seems to be to the Holy Prophet’s flight from Mecca which proved to be the prelude to the appearance of many other Signs.
22:56; 43:67.
Important Words:
أشراط (signs) is the plural of شرط. They say شرط علیه بکذا i.e. he imposed upon him such a condition. أشرط نفسه لکذا means, he marked himself for such an affair. شرط means, a sign, token or mark. أشراط الناس means, the best or meanest of men (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
Disbelievers are so obstinate in rejecting the Divine Message that they would not listen to any argument but would continue to insist that the threatened punishment should come soon. But, the verse purports to say, the signs of their destruction have already appeared if they but read them. When, however, punishment would actually arrive, their repentance would be of no avail. Why don’t they then take heed before it is too late? The reference in the word أشراط(signs) seems to be to the Holy Prophet’s flight from Mecca which proved to be the prelude to the appearance of many signs.
c
22:56; 43:67.
b
22:56; 43:67.
3803
Important Words:
أشراط (signs) is the plural of شرط. They say شرط علیه بکذا i.e. he imposed upon him such a condition. أشرط نفسه لکذا means, he marked himself for such an affair. شرط means, a sign, token or mark. أشراط الناس means, the best or meanest of men (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
Disbelievers are so obstinate in rejecting the Divine Message that they would not listen to any argument but would continue to insist that the threatened punishment should come soon. But, the verse purports to say, the signs of their destruction have already appeared if they but read them. When, however, punishment would actually arrive, their repentance would be of no avail. Why don’t they then take heed before it is too late? The reference in the word أشراط(signs) seems to be to the Holy Prophet’s flight from Mecca which proved to be the prelude to the appearance of many signs.
c
22:56; 43:67.
2751
The reference in the word, Ashrat (signs), seems to be to the Holy Prophet’s flight from Mecca which proved to be the prelude to the appearance of many other Signs.
فَٱعْلَمْ أَنَّهُۥ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا ٱللَّهُ وَٱسْتَغْفِرْ لِذَنۢبِكَ وَلِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ وَٱلْمُؤْمِنَٰتِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ مُتَقَلَّبَكُمْ وَمَثْوَىٰكُمْ
دیکھئے نوٹ سورۃ فتح آیت۳۔ نیز دیکھئے تفسیر کبیر جلد دہم صفحہ ۴۸۳ تا ۴۹۵ تفسیر سورۃ نصر۔
See {2612} and {2765}.
The words, Mutaqallabakum and Mathwakum, may mean, 'When you move about transacting your affairs and when you take rest, or the former word may apply to this world and the latter to the next.'
Commentary:
For the meaning and significance of the expression استغفر لذنبک see a detailed note on 40:56 & 48:3. The words متقلبکم و مثواکمmay mean, when you move about transacting your affairs and when you take rest, or متقلبکم may apply to this world and مثواکمto the next.
1
دیکھئے نوٹ سورۃ فتح آیت۳۔ نیز دیکھئے تفسیر کبیر جلد دہم صفحہ ۴۸۳ تا ۴۹۵ تفسیر سورۃ نصر۔
3804
Commentary:
For the meaning and significance of the expression استغفر لذنبک see a detailed note on 40:56 & 48:3. The words متقلبکم و مثواکمmay mean, when you move about transacting your affairs and when you take rest, or متقلبکم may apply to this world and مثواکمto the next.
2752
See {2612} and {2765}.
2753
The words, Mutaqallabakum and Mathwakum, may mean, 'When you move about transacting your affairs and when you take rest, or the former word may apply to this world and the latter to the next.'
وَيَقُولُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَوْلَا نُزِّلَتْ سُورَةٌ ۖ فَإِذَآ أُنزِلَتْ سُورَةٌ مُّحْكَمَةٌ وَذُكِرَ فِيهَا ٱلْقِتَالُ ۙ رَأَيْتَ ٱلَّذِينَ فِى قُلُوبِهِم مَّرَضٌ يَنظُرُونَ إِلَيْكَ نَظَرَ ٱلْمَغْشِىِّ عَلَيْهِ مِنَ ٱلْمَوْتِ ۖ فَأَوْلَىٰ لَهُمْ
یعنی مومنوں کو عمل شریعت کا اس قدر شوق ہوتا ہے کہ وہ تو انتظار کرتے رہتے ہیں کہ خدا کا کوئی حکم نازل ہو اور ہم اس پر عمل کریں۔ مگر منافق کی حالت یہ ہوتی ہے کہ جب کوئی قربانی والا حکم نازل ہو تو اس پر موت اپنے آنے سے پہلے وارد ہو جاتی ہے۔
یعنی ایسی غشی جو موت کے قریب آتی ہے جس وقت آنکھیں بالکل پھٹی کی پھٹی رہ جاتی ہیں۔
Important Words:
أولٰی (ruin) is derived from ولی and means, nearer; more deserving; more competent; more fit. The expression أولٰی لک is used to give warning, and means mischief or trouble has approached near thee, so be on your guard. The expression also means, woe to thee; woe be thy lot (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse means to say that whereas true believers avidly wait for a verse to be revealed which should embody a Divine commandment directing them to fight in the way of Allah, "those in whose heart is a disease," shudder at the very idea of being invited to fight.
2
یعنی مومنوں کو عمل شریعت کا اس قدر شوق ہوتا ہے کہ وہ تو انتظار کرتے رہتے ہیں کہ خدا کا کوئی حکم نازل ہو اور ہم اس پر عمل کریں۔ مگر منافق کی حالت یہ ہوتی ہے کہ جب کوئی قربانی والا حکم نازل ہو تو اس پر موت اپنے آنے سے پہلے وارد ہو جاتی ہے۔
3
یعنی ایسی غشی جو موت کے قریب آتی ہے جس وقت آنکھیں بالکل پھٹی کی پھٹی رہ جاتی ہیں۔
3805
Important Words:
أولٰی (ruin) is derived from ولی and means, nearer; more deserving; more competent; more fit. The expression أولٰی لک is used to give warning, and means mischief or trouble has approached near thee, so be on your guard. The expression also means, woe to thee; woe be thy lot (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse means to say that whereas true believers avidly wait for a verse to be revealed which should embody a Divine commandment directing them to fight in the way of Allah, "those in whose heart is a disease," shudder at the very idea of being invited to fight.
طَاعَةٌ وَقَوْلٌ مَّعْرُوفٌ ۚ فَإِذَا عَزَمَ ٱلْأَمْرُ فَلَوْ صَدَقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ لَكَانَ خَيْرًا لَّهُمْ
2:264.
2:264.
2:264.
Important Words:
صدقوا اللّٰه (were true to Allah). صدق فی الحدیث means, he told or spoke the truth. صدق فی القتال means, he fought well; he gave a good account of himself in the fight. صدق اللقاء means, he was firm in fight صدق الصبح means, the dawn shone clearly. صدقنی وعدہmeans, he fulfilled, or he was true to his promise with me. The Quranic expression صدقوا ما عاھدوا اللّٰه علیه (33:24) means, they were true to their covenant with Allah and fulfilled it (Lane & Aqrab).
a
2:264.
a
2:264.
3806
Important Words:
صدقوا اللّٰه (were true to Allah). صدق فی الحدیث means, he told or spoke the truth. صدق فی القتال means, he fought well; he gave a good account of himself in the fight. صدق اللقاء means, he was firm in fight صدق الصبح means, the dawn shone clearly. صدقنی وعدہmeans, he fulfilled, or he was true to his promise with me. The Quranic expression صدقوا ما عاھدوا اللّٰه علیه (33:24) means, they were true to their covenant with Allah and fulfilled it (Lane & Aqrab).
a
2:264.
فَهَلْ عَسَيْتُمْ إِن تَوَلَّيْتُمْ أَن تُفْسِدُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَتُقَطِّعُوٓا۟ أَرْحَامَكُمْ
穆斯林被准许战争, 因为不信者的力量如不摧毁, 他们将在人间制造混乱, 割断一切亲戚关系, 践踏一切合法权利。
یعنی کیا تم لوگ دیکھتے نہیں کہ اسلامی جنگیں فساد پیدا نہیں کرتیں۔ بلکہ اگر یہ جنگیں نہ کی جائیں‘ اور مظلوموں کی حفاظت نہ کی جائے تو فساد پیدا ہوتا ہے۔ پس مومن ایسی اعلیٰ حکمت والی جنگوں سے گھبرا ہی نہیں سکتا۔
Muslims were allowed to fight, because if the power of disbelievers had not been broken they would have created disorder in the land and have severed all ties of kinship and trampled under foot all rightful claims.
Commentary:
The verse signifies that believers have been allowed to fight because if the power of disbelievers had not been broken, they would have created disorder in the land and would have severed all ties of kinship and trampled underfoot all rightful claims. The verse also signifies that if believers refused to fight the disbelievers now, Arabia would continue to suffer from disruption and disintegration and forces of evil would stalk the land.
1260
穆斯林被准许战争, 因为不信者的力量如不摧毁, 他们将在人间制造混乱, 割断一切亲戚关系, 践踏一切合法权利。
1
یعنی کیا تم لوگ دیکھتے نہیں کہ اسلامی جنگیں فساد پیدا نہیں کرتیں۔ بلکہ اگر یہ جنگیں نہ کی جائیں‘ اور مظلوموں کی حفاظت نہ کی جائے تو فساد پیدا ہوتا ہے۔ پس مومن ایسی اعلیٰ حکمت والی جنگوں سے گھبرا ہی نہیں سکتا۔
3807
Commentary:
The verse signifies that believers have been allowed to fight because if the power of disbelievers had not been broken, they would have created disorder in the land and would have severed all ties of kinship and trampled underfoot all rightful claims. The verse also signifies that if believers refused to fight the disbelievers now, Arabia would continue to suffer from disruption and disintegration and forces of evil would stalk the land.
2754
Muslims were allowed to fight, because if the power of disbelievers had not been broken they would have created disorder in the land and have severed all ties of kinship and trampled under foot all rightful claims.
أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَعَنَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ فَأَصَمَّهُمْ وَأَعْمَىٰٓ أَبْصَٰرَهُمْ
أَفَلَا يَتَدَبَّرُونَ ٱلْقُرْءَانَ أَمْ عَلَىٰ قُلُوبٍ أَقْفَالُهَآ
4:83.
یعنی خدا نے نہیں لگائے بلکہ ان کی بدعملی سے وہ قفل ان کے دل پر لگے ہیں۔
4:83.
4:83.
Commentary:
This verse constitutes an enlargement of the one preceding it. It purports to say that it is because disbelievers do not ponder over the Quran and do not try to understand and realise the real purpose of Islamic wars that they lose their spiritual sight and hearing and begin to find fault with the Quranic commandments about war.
b
4:83.
2
یعنی خدا نے نہیں لگائے بلکہ ان کی بدعملی سے وہ قفل ان کے دل پر لگے ہیں۔
a
4:83.
3808
Commentary:
This verse constitutes an enlargement of the one preceding it. It purports to say that it is because disbelievers do not ponder over the Quran and do not try to understand and realise the real purpose of Islamic wars that they lose their spiritual sight and hearing and begin to find fault with the Quranic commandments about war.
a
4:83.
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱرْتَدُّوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَدْبَٰرِهِم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ مَا تَبَيَّنَ لَهُمُ ٱلْهُدَى ۙ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ سَوَّلَ لَهُمْ وَأَمْلَىٰ لَهُمْ
3:87.
3:87.
2:218; 3:87; 5:55.
c
3:87.
b
2:218; 3:87; 5:55.
b
3:87.
ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ قَالُوا۟ لِلَّذِينَ كَرِهُوا۟ مَا نَزَّلَ ٱللَّهُ سَنُطِيعُكُمْ فِى بَعْضِ ٱلْأَمْرِ ۖ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ إِسْرَارَهُمْ
مطلب یہ کہ اسلام کے مقابلہ میں ہم ایک حد تک تمہارا ساتھ دیں گے۔ ہاں پھنس ہی گئے تو مجبوری ہے۔
The Hypocrites of Medina would not side with disbelievers openly and unreservedly. A hypocrite is too wily a person to burn his boats. He faces both ways.
Commentary:
The reference in the words, "those who hate what Allah has revealed," is to disbelievers who never liked that any good should be sent down to the Faithful from their Lord (2:106). The hypocrites would not side with disbelievers openly and unreservedly. A hypocrite is too wily a person to burn his boats. He faces both ways. But, says the verse, God would expose their double-facedness. This is the significance of the words "Allah knows their secrets."
3
مطلب یہ کہ اسلام کے مقابلہ میں ہم ایک حد تک تمہارا ساتھ دیں گے۔ ہاں پھنس ہی گئے تو مجبوری ہے۔
3809
Commentary:
The reference in the words, "those who hate what Allah has revealed," is to disbelievers who never liked that any good should be sent down to the Faithful from their Lord (2:106). The hypocrites would not side with disbelievers openly and unreservedly. A hypocrite is too wily a person to burn his boats. He faces both ways. But, says the verse, God would expose their double-facedness. This is the significance of the words "Allah knows their secrets."
2755
The Hypocrites of Medina would not side with disbelievers openly and unreservedly. A hypocrite is too wily a person to burn his boats. He faces both ways.
فَكَيْفَ إِذَا تَوَفَّتْهُمُ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ يَضْرِبُونَ وُجُوهَهُمْ وَأَدْبَٰرَهُمْ
4:98; 8:51; 16:29.
4:98; 8:51; 16:29.
4:98; 8:51; 16:29.
a
4:98; 8:51; 16:29.
a
4:98; 8:51; 16:29.
c
4:98; 8:51; 16:29.
ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمُ ٱتَّبَعُوا۟ مَآ أَسْخَطَ ٱللَّهَ وَكَرِهُوا۟ رِضْوَٰنَهُۥ فَأَحْبَطَ أَعْمَٰلَهُمْ
أَمْ حَسِبَ ٱلَّذِينَ فِى قُلُوبِهِم مَّرَضٌ أَن لَّن يُخْرِجَ ٱللَّهُ أَضْغَٰنَهُمْ
Important Words:
أضغانھم (their malice) is the plural of ضغن (dighnun) which is inf. noun from ضغن (daghana). ضغن علیه means, he was or became affected with rancour, malice or spite against him. ضغن means, rancour, malice, spite; violent hatred, enmity; desire or yearning or longing of the soul, etc. (Lane & Aqrab).
3810
Important Words:
أضغانھم (their malice) is the plural of ضغن (dighnun) which is inf. noun from ضغن (daghana). ضغن علیه means, he was or became affected with rancour, malice or spite against him. ضغن means, rancour, malice, spite; violent hatred, enmity; desire or yearning or longing of the soul, etc. (Lane & Aqrab).
وَلَوْ نَشَآءُ لَأَرَيْنَٰكَهُمْ فَلَعَرَفْتَهُم بِسِيمَٰهُمْ ۚ وَلَتَعْرِفَنَّهُمْ فِى لَحْنِ ٱلْقَوْلِ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ أَعْمَٰلَكُمْ
伪君子从来不说直话。他说话总是模棱两可, 具多义性, 因此对甲是这个意思, 对乙又是另一个意思。正因为伪君子的这种不正言谈, 2:105节经文中才提到了这点。
A hypocrite never talks straight. He always indulges in ambiguous and equivocal speech in order that it should convey one sense to one person and quite another sense to another person. It is to this crooked manner of speech of the hypocrites that reference has also been made in 2:105.
Important Words:
لحن (tone) is inf. noun from لحن (Lahana). They say لحن له i.e. he said to him something which he (the latter) understood but which was unintelligible to others; he intimated to him something which he alone understood; he spoke obliquely or ambiguously. لحن means, the meaning of speech; its intended sense or import; its intent (it is direct and also indirect); an oblique or ambiguous mode of speech; an inclining of speech to obliqueness, or ambiguity, and equivocal allusion (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
A hypocrite faces both ways. He never talks straight and always indulges in ambiguous and equivocal speech so that it conveys one sense to one person and quite another sense to another person. It is to this crooked manner of speech of the hypocrites that reference has also been made in 2:105.
1261
伪君子从来不说直话。他说话总是模棱两可, 具多义性, 因此对甲是这个意思, 对乙又是另一个意思。正因为伪君子的这种不正言谈, 2:105节经文中才提到了这点。
3811
Important Words:
لحن (tone) is inf. noun from لحن (Lahana). They say لحن له i.e. he said to him something which he (the latter) understood but which was unintelligible to others; he intimated to him something which he alone understood; he spoke obliquely or ambiguously. لحن means, the meaning of speech; its intended sense or import; its intent (it is direct and also indirect); an oblique or ambiguous mode of speech; an inclining of speech to obliqueness, or ambiguity, and equivocal allusion (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
A hypocrite faces both ways. He never talks straight and always indulges in ambiguous and equivocal speech so that it conveys one sense to one person and quite another sense to another person. It is to this crooked manner of speech of the hypocrites that reference has also been made in 2:105.
2756
A hypocrite never talks straight. He always indulges in ambiguous and equivocal speech in order that it should convey one sense to one person and quite another sense to another person. It is to this crooked manner of speech of the hypocrites that reference has also been made in 2:105.
وَلَنَبْلُوَنَّكُمْ حَتَّىٰ نَعْلَمَ ٱلْمُجَٰهِدِينَ مِنكُمْ وَٱلصَّٰبِرِينَ وَنَبْلُوَا۟ أَخْبَارَكُمْ
3:141-143; 29:4, 12.
یعنی ظاہر کردیں۔
3:141-143; 29:4, 12.
‘Arafa is synonymous with ‘Alima, but ‘Ilm is wider and more general in signification than Ma‘rifah. The root meaning of ‘Ilm is that of a mark or sign by which one thing is distinguished from another (Lane). Knowledge or ‘Ilm is of two kinds: (a) knowledge about a thing before its occurrence; and (b) knowledge about it after it has actually happened. The knowledge referred to in the verse under comment belongs to the latter category.
3:141-143; 29:4, 12.
Important Words:
نعلم (We distinguish). علمه means; he knew it; he became acquainted with it. It is syn. with عرفه but علم (‘ilm) is wider and more general in signification than عرف and means, he knew it intuitively and inferentially (i.e. تیقن). They say لأ علم عبداللّٰه من عمر i.e. that I may distinguish ‘Abdullah from ‘Umar. The root meaning of علم (‘ilm) is that of a mark or sign by which one thing is distinguished from another (Lane & Aqrab). See also 2:144 and 3:141.
نبلو (make known) is derived from بلا. They say ابتلاہ or أبلاہ or بلاہ i.e. He (God) tested him with good or evil; he knew it or became acquainted with it; he informed him or acquainted him with it; he manifested it; he revealed it (Lane & Aqrab).
أخبارکم (facts about you), أخبار is the plural of خبر which means, a piece of information; an announcement; an account; a man’s case or state, etc. The difference between خبر and نبأ is that while the former word means, an ordinary news, the latter signifies a news or announcement or information of great import and significance (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
Taking into consideration the root-meanings of the words بلا and خبر and علم the verse would signify that God makes believers pass through travails, trials and tribulations and He has enjoined fighting on them that sincere believers may become distinguished from the hypocrites and that the qualities of head and heart of believers and also the results of their steadfastness and fortitude amidst hardships and privations may have an opportunity to come into actual play.
It may also be noted that knowledge (علم) is of two kinds: (a) knowledge about a thing before its occurrence; and (b) knowledge about it after it has actually happened. Knowledge referred to in the verse under comment belongs to the latter category.
b
3:141-143; 29:4, 12.
1
یعنی ظاہر کردیں۔
a
3:141-143; 29:4, 12.
3812
Important Words:
نعلم (We distinguish). علمه means; he knew it; he became acquainted with it. It is syn. with عرفه but علم (‘ilm) is wider and more general in signification than عرف and means, he knew it intuitively and inferentially (i.e. تیقن). They say لأ علم عبداللّٰه من عمر i.e. that I may distinguish ‘Abdullah from ‘Umar. The root meaning of علم (‘ilm) is that of a mark or sign by which one thing is distinguished from another (Lane & Aqrab). See also 2:144 and 3:141.
نبلو (make known) is derived from بلا. They say ابتلاہ or أبلاہ or بلاہ i.e. He (God) tested him with good or evil; he knew it or became acquainted with it; he informed him or acquainted him with it; he manifested it; he revealed it (Lane & Aqrab).
أخبارکم (facts about you), أخبار is the plural of خبر which means, a piece of information; an announcement; an account; a man’s case or state, etc. The difference between خبر and نبأ is that while the former word means, an ordinary news, the latter signifies a news or announcement or information of great import and significance (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
Taking into consideration the root-meanings of the words بلا and خبر and علم the verse would signify that God makes believers pass through travails, trials and tribulations and He has enjoined fighting on them that sincere believers may become distinguished from the hypocrites and that the qualities of head and heart of believers and also the results of their steadfastness and fortitude amidst hardships and privations may have an opportunity to come into actual play.
It may also be noted that knowledge (علم) is of two kinds: (a) knowledge about a thing before its occurrence; and (b) knowledge about it after it has actually happened. Knowledge referred to in the verse under comment belongs to the latter category.
a
3:141-143; 29:4, 12.
2757
‘Arafa is synonymous with ‘Alima, but ‘Ilm is wider and more general in signification than Ma‘rifah. The root meaning of ‘Ilm is that of a mark or sign by which one thing is distinguished from another (Lane). Knowledge or ‘Ilm is of two kinds: (a) knowledge about a thing before its occurrence; and (b) knowledge about it after it has actually happened. The knowledge referred to in the verse under comment belongs to the latter category.
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَصَدُّوا۟ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَشَآقُّوا۟ ٱلرَّسُولَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا تَبَيَّنَ لَهُمُ ٱلْهُدَىٰ لَن يَضُرُّوا۟ ٱللَّهَ شَيْـًٔا وَسَيُحْبِطُ أَعْمَٰلَهُمْ
8:14; 59:5.
a
8:14; 59:5.
۞ يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ أَطِيعُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُوا۟ ٱلرَّسُولَ وَلَا تُبْطِلُوٓا۟ أَعْمَٰلَكُمْ
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَصَدُّوا۟ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ثُمَّ مَاتُوا۟ وَهُمْ كُفَّارٌ فَلَن يَغْفِرَ ٱللَّهُ لَهُمْ
3:92; 4:19.
3:92; 4:19.
3:92; 4:19.
a
3:92; 4:19.
b
3:92; 4:19.
a
3:92; 4:19.
فَلَا تَهِنُوا۟ وَتَدْعُوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱلسَّلْمِ وَأَنتُمُ ٱلْأَعْلَوْنَ وَٱللَّهُ مَعَكُمْ وَلَن يَتِرَكُمْ أَعْمَٰلَكُمْ
اسلام صلح کی تعلیم تو دیتا ہے مگر اس سے روکتا ہے کہ بُزدل بن کر صلح کی طرف جایا جائے۔ اس آیت میں اسی بات سے روکا ہے۔
3:140.
Muslims are enjoined here that once fighting has started, they should never sue for peace, whatever form or shape the fortunes of war may take. They are to win either victory or martyrdom. No other choice is left to them.
3:140.
Important Words:
لن یترکم (will not deprive you). یتر is derived from وتر. They say وترہ حقه i.e. he made him to suffer loss or detriment in respect of his right; or he deprived him or defrauded him of it partially or wholly (Aqrab).
Commentary:
As the Surah primarily deals with the subject of war, the Muslims are enjoined here that when once the fighting has started, they are not to sue for peace, whatever form or shape the fortunes of war may take. They are to win either victory or martyrdom. The verse, besides laying this heavy responsibility on Muslims, makes to them an unequivocal promise of victory in the words "You will certainly have the upper hand as Allah is with you." But whereas, on the one hand, Muslims are not to sue for peace under any circumstances, on the other, they are not to reject overtures of peace made by the enemy even if by doing so he seeks to deceive Muslims or to gain time (8:62). Islam is a religion of peace. It has certainly permitted its followers to take up arms in self-defence, or, when refusal to fight means sure destruction. But it has also enjoined them to cease fighting, whatever the circumstances, when an offer of peace is made by the opposite side.
b
3:140.
1262
战斗一旦开始, 无论战争的命运将取何种形式, 穆斯林决不求和, 不战胜, 毋宁死。他们没有其它选择。
1
اسلام صلح کی تعلیم تو دیتا ہے مگر اس سے روکتا ہے کہ بُزدل بن کر صلح کی طرف جایا جائے۔ اس آیت میں اسی بات سے روکا ہے۔
c
3:140.
3813
Important Words:
لن یترکم (will not deprive you). یتر is derived from وتر. They say وترہ حقه i.e. he made him to suffer loss or detriment in respect of his right; or he deprived him or defrauded him of it partially or wholly (Aqrab).
Commentary:
As the Surah primarily deals with the subject of war, the Muslims are enjoined here that when once the fighting has started, they are not to sue for peace, whatever form or shape the fortunes of war may take. They are to win either victory or martyrdom. The verse, besides laying this heavy responsibility on Muslims, makes to them an unequivocal promise of victory in the words "You will certainly have the upper hand as Allah is with you." But whereas, on the one hand, Muslims are not to sue for peace under any circumstances, on the other, they are not to reject overtures of peace made by the enemy even if by doing so he seeks to deceive Muslims or to gain time (8:62). Islam is a religion of peace. It has certainly permitted its followers to take up arms in self-defence, or, when refusal to fight means sure destruction. But it has also enjoined them to cease fighting, whatever the circumstances, when an offer of peace is made by the opposite side.
b
3:140.
2758
Muslims are enjoined here that once fighting has started, they should never sue for peace, whatever form or shape the fortunes of war may take. They are to win either victory or martyrdom. No other choice is left to them.
إِنَّمَا ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَا لَعِبٌ وَلَهْوٌ ۚ وَإِن تُؤْمِنُوا۟ وَتَتَّقُوا۟ يُؤْتِكُمْ أُجُورَكُمْ وَلَا يَسْـَٔلْكُمْ أَمْوَٰلَكُمْ
6:33; 29:65; 57:21.
6:33; 29:65; 57:21.
The verse purports to say that as Muslims have been enjoined to fight in the cause of Allah, they will have to bear the expenses of war also and for that purpose they will have to make sacrifice of money. But Allah does not need their money. It is for their own benefit that sacrifice of life and money is demanded of them because no success is possible without such sacrifice. True believers must understand and realize this supreme lesson.
6:33; 29:65; 57:21.
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that as Muslims have been enjoined to fight in the cause of God, they will have to bear the expenses of war and for this purpose they will have to make sacrifices of life and money. But God does not need their money. It is for their own benefit that sacrifices of life and money are demanded of them because no success is possible without such sacrifices. True believers must understand and realise this supreme lesson.
c
6:33; 29:65; 57:21.
a
6:33; 29:65; 57:21.
3814
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that as Muslims have been enjoined to fight in the cause of God, they will have to bear the expenses of war and for this purpose they will have to make sacrifices of life and money. But God does not need their money. It is for their own benefit that sacrifices of life and money are demanded of them because no success is possible without such sacrifices. True believers must understand and realise this supreme lesson.
c
6:33; 29:65; 57:21.
2759
The verse purports to say that as Muslims have been enjoined to fight in the cause of Allah, they will have to bear the expenses of war also and for that purpose they will have to make sacrifice of money. But Allah does not need their money. It is for their own benefit that sacrifice of life and money is demanded of them because no success is possible without such sacrifice. True believers must understand and realize this supreme lesson.
إِن يَسْـَٔلْكُمُوهَا فَيُحْفِكُمْ تَبْخَلُوا۟ وَيُخْرِجْ أَضْغَٰنَكُمْ
The verse particularly applies to the hypocrites.
Commentary:
The verse applies to hypocrites. Though professing to be Muslims, they will not spend their money in the cause of Islam, however pressing its need might be, because their hearts are full of rancour, malice and spite against it. But whatever they may or may not do, Islam will be victorious and their rancour and malevolence would be exposed.
3815
Commentary:
The verse applies to hypocrites. Though professing to be Muslims, they will not spend their money in the cause of Islam, however pressing its need might be, because their hearts are full of rancour, malice and spite against it. But whatever they may or may not do, Islam will be victorious and their rancour and malevolence would be exposed.
2760
The verse particularly applies to the hypocrites.
هَٰٓأَنتُمْ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ تُدْعَوْنَ لِتُنفِقُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ فَمِنكُم مَّن يَبْخَلُ ۖ وَمَن يَبْخَلْ فَإِنَّمَا يَبْخَلُ عَن نَّفْسِهِۦ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ ٱلْغَنِىُّ وَأَنتُمُ ٱلْفُقَرَآءُ ۚ وَإِن تَتَوَلَّوْا۟ يَسْتَبْدِلْ قَوْمًا غَيْرَكُمْ ثُمَّ لَا يَكُونُوٓا۟ أَمْثَٰلَكُم
یعنی اپنی جان ہی کو ثواب سے محروم رکھتا ہے۔
یہاں ثُمَّ کا لفظ ہے جس کے عام معنے ’’پھر‘‘ کے ہوتے ہیں۔ لیکن لغت میں ثُمَّ کے معنے ’’اور‘‘ بھی لکھے ہیں (مُغْنِی اللَّبِیب جلد اول ص۱۰۰ و املاء ابوالبقاء جلد۲ ص۱۲۵) اور وہی اردو میں چسپاں ہوتے ہیں۔ پس ہم نے ان کو اختیار کر لیا ہے۔
5:55.
Miserliness is a deadly moral disease that eats into the vitals of man’s moral and spiritual well-being. Elsewhere, the Qur’an has used very strong language about such people (9:35).
When the Holy Prophet was once asked as to whom the words, 'He will bring instead a people other than you,' referred, he is reported to have said, 'If Faith were to go up to the Pleiades, a man of Persian descent will bring it back to the earth' (Ruhul-Ma‘ani).
35:16.
5:55.
Commentary:
The address in this verse is of general application. Miserliness is a deadly moral disease that eats into the vitals of man’s moral and spiritual well-being. Elsewhere the Quran has used very strong language about misers or niggardly people (9:35). When the Holy Prophet was once asked as to whom the words, "He will bring instead a people other than you," referred, he is reported to have said, "If Faith were to go up to the Pleiades, a man of Persian descent will bring it back to the earth" (Ruhul-Ma‘ani).
a
5:55.
1263
有一次穆圣曾被问到 “安拉将带领一个民族, 但不是你们” 这一句话指谁, 据记载那时他曾说: “如果对安拉的信仰升上昴 (宿) 星团, 有位波斯血统的人会把这信仰带回人间”。(رُوْحُ الْمَعَانِی, Ruhul-Ma‘ani)
2
یعنی اپنی جان ہی کو ثواب سے محروم رکھتا ہے۔
3
یہاں ثُمَّ کا لفظ ہے جس کے عام معنے ’’پھر‘‘ کے ہوتے ہیں۔ لیکن لغت میں ثُمَّ کے معنے ’’اور‘‘ بھی لکھے ہیں (مُغْنِی اللَّبِیب جلد اول ص۱۰۰ و املاء ابوالبقاء جلد۲ ص۱۲۵) اور وہی اردو میں چسپاں ہوتے ہیں۔ پس ہم نے ان کو اختیار کر لیا ہے۔
a
35:16.
b
5:55.
3816
Commentary:
The address in this verse is of general application. Miserliness is a deadly moral disease that eats into the vitals of man’s moral and spiritual well-being. Elsewhere the Quran has used very strong language about misers or niggardly people (9:35). When the Holy Prophet was once asked as to whom the words, "He will bring instead a people other than you," referred, he is reported to have said, "If Faith were to go up to the Pleiades, a man of Persian descent will bring it back to the earth" (Ruhul-Ma‘ani).
a
5:55.
2761
Miserliness is a deadly moral disease that eats into the vitals of man’s moral and spiritual well-being. Elsewhere, the Qur’an has used very strong language about such people (9:35).
2762
When the Holy Prophet was once asked as to whom the words, 'He will bring instead a people other than you,' referred, he is reported to have said, 'If Faith were to go up to the Pleiades, a man of Persian descent will bring it back to the earth' (Ruhul-Ma‘ani).
الفتح
Al-Fath
The Victory • madinah • 29 Verses
بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ
1:1.
1:1.
a
1:1.
a
See 1:1.
3816A
Commentary:
See 1:1.
a
1:1.
إِنَّا فَتَحْنَا لَكَ فَتْحًا مُّبِينًا
这里的 “一个明显的胜利” 似指赫戴比亚条约。虽然穆圣在麦地那当初短促的六年生活时期赢得了几次对敌的战争, 摧毁了敌人的战斗力, 然而这些胜利在 «古兰经» 中竟然一次也没有被称为 “明显的胜利”。接受这一不同寻常的荣誉要等到赫戴比亚条约的签订, 虽说事实上条款看来十分令人屈辱。穆斯林们为伊斯兰教的威望遭到显然粗暴的挫伤而困扰, 以致哪怕像欧麦尔这样的中坚份子也在极其悲愤之中惊呼, 假设此项协议是由穆圣之外的其他人士所达致, 他将不屑一顾 (هِشَام, Hisham)。条约确是一次巨大的胜利, 因为这打开了扩展和传播伊斯兰教的道路, 导致麦加的攻克并使伊斯兰教最终征服整个阿拉伯。这证明是穆圣在战略上的一个妙着, 因为他的政治地位作为平等和独立的力量已被古莱什人所承认。(«穆罕默德在麦地那» 蒙哥马利•瓦特著) 穆圣梦见自己率领着一伙信士绕着天房转的精神景象。为了实现这个精神景象, 他在圣月中带了1500名穆斯林赴麦加进行小朝。根据阿拉伯传统和习惯, 圣月中禁止战斗, 伊斯兰教以前也是如此。当他到达麦加附近几里外一个叫乌斯范 (عُسْفَان, ‘Usfan) 的地方, 他那由阿巴德•彬•比希尔 (عَبَّادْ بِنْ بِشْر, ‘Abbad bin Bishr) 指挥的先追队伍向他报告说, 古莱西人决心禁止他进城。为避免武装冲突, 穆圣改变了他的路线, 经过劳累的行军, 由迂迴不平的小路到达了他扎营的赫戴比亚。穆圣宣布为了圣地的荣誉他愿意接受古莱什人的一切要求, (هِشَام, Hisham) 但不管他说什么也不放他进麦加。双方交换了意见, 试图找一个打破僵局的办法。穆圣千方百计, 甚至不顾自己的威望, 想跟古莱西人达成一项合理的妥协, 经过几次热烈而持久的谈判, 签订了条约, 其条款有: “中止战争十年”。凡愿加入穆圣或与他缔约的人都可以有自由, 凡愿加入古莱什的人或与他们缔约的人同样可以照办。如果信者未经其保护人允许就从麦加去穆圣那里, 将被送回保护人; 但穆圣的信徒如返回古莱什的人, 是不会送回的。今年穆圣将返回, 而不进城。次年他和他的伙伴只能去麦加三天, 做小朝觐, 但除了上鞘之剑以外不能携带武器 (布哈理)。
看来条款十分叫人丢脸。穆斯林大为不满。痛苦、屈辱、自尊心受创, 非语言所能确切表达。第三条尤其令人痛心。但穆圣不动声色, 十分冷静。他深信伊斯兰教的道德力量, “知道一个曾经尝到过信仰的甜头的信徒宁入火狱也不会皈依虚假的宗教” (布哈理); 他要证明不管他在哪里, 这都是他们的宗教的力量源泉。因此这个条约证明是 “一个明显的胜利”。穆圣的伙伴完全可以为自己当时在场而骄傲, 并且极有理由把条约看作而不是把征服麦加看作 “这一节经文所提到的一次胜利”。根据他们的看法, 从结果和成效方面看, 没有比这个条约更伟大更有深远的意义了(هِشَام, Hisham)。穆圣自己也称这为一次大胜利 (بَيْهَقِی, Baihaqi)。«古兰经» 上称这是一次明显的胜利 (第二节), 最高的成就 (第六节); 大报应 (第十一节); 安拉对穆圣的完美无缺的恩宠 (第三节), 因为这一胜利打开了伊斯兰教在精神上和政治上征服的大闸门。
The reference in the words 'a clear Victory' seems to be to the Treaty of Hudaibiyah. It is remarkable that though, during the early brief six years of his life at Medina, the Holy Prophet had gained great victories over his enemies which had crippled and crushed their fighting power, yet none of them is called 'a clear victory' in the Qur’an. It was reserved for the Treaty of Hudaibiyah to receive this single honour, despite the fact that its terms were seemingly very humiliating, and the Muslims were greatly perturbed over this apparently rude rebuff to the prestige of Islam, so much so that even a stalwart like ‘Umar exclaimed in extreme grief and indignation that if the terms had been settled by any other person than the Holy Prophet, he would have scorned to listen to them (Hisham). The Treaty was, indeed, a great victory in that it opened the way to the expansion and spread of Islam and led to the Fall of Mecca and ultimately to the conquest of the whole of Arabia. It proved to be a master-stroke
Commentary:
The reference in the words "a clear victory" seems to be to the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah. It is remarkable that though, during the previous brief six years of his life at Medina, the Holy Prophet had gained great victories over his enemies which had crippled and crushed their fighting power, yet none of them is called "a clear victory" in the Quran. It was reserved for the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah to receive this single honour, in spite of the fact that its terms were seemingly so humiliating that the Muslims were greatly perturbed over this apparently rude rebuff to the prestige of Islam, and even a stalwart like ‘Umar exclaimed in extreme grief and indignation that had the terms been settled by any other person than the Holy Prophet, he would have scorned to listen to them (Hisham). The Treaty was indeed a great victory in that it opened the way to the expansion and spread of Islam and led to the Fall of Mecca and ultimately to the conquest of the whole of Arabia. It proved to be a master stroke of strategy as the Holy Prophet’s "political status as an equal and independent power was acknowledged by the Quraish" (Mohammad at Medina by Montgomery Watt).
As the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah constitutes a great landmark in the early history of Islam and as it forms the principal topic dealt with in the Surah under comment, it needs to be treated at some length.
The Holy Prophet had seen a vision that he was making a circuit of the Ka‘bah along with a party of his followers. In fulfilment of his vision, the Prophet started for Mecca with about 1500 Muslims to perform the Lesser Pilgrimage in 6 A.H., in the month of Dhul-Qa‘dah, one of the four sacred months in which, according to Arab tradition and usage, fighting was forbidden, even before Islam. When he reached ‘Usfan, a place a few miles distant from Mecca, he was informed by an advance party whom he had sent under the command of ‘Abbad bin Bishar that the Quraish were bent upon barring his entry into Mecca. In order to avoid an armed clash the Prophet changed his route and "after a fatiguing march through devious and rugged pathways reached Hudai-biyyah," where he encamped. The Prophet had declared that he would accept all the demands of the Quraish for the honour of the Holy Place (Hisham), but the Quraish were firmly resolved not to allow him to enter Mecca, whatever he might say or do. Messages were exchanged in an attempt to find a solution to the impasse. After heated and protracted parleys in which the Holy Prophet left no stone unturned, even at the cost of his prestige, to arrive at a reasonable compromise with the Quraish, a treaty was signed of which the terms were:
War shall be suspended for ten years. Whosoever would like to join the Holy Prophet or enter into treaty with him, shall have liberty to do so. The same will apply to whosoever would like to join the Quraish or enter into treaty with them. If a believing man goes over to the Prophet from Mecca without the permission of his guardian, he shall be sent back to his guardian; but should any of the followers of the Prophet return to the Quraish, they shall not be sent back. The Prophet shall retire this year without entering the city. Next year he and his Companions may visit Mecca only for three days to perform عمرة (Lesser Pilgrimage), but they shall carry no arms save sheathed swords (Bukhari, Hisham & Muir).
The terms of the Treaty were demonstrably very humiliating. The Muslims were greatly upset. No words could adequately describe their grief, and sense of humiliation and injured pride. The third term was particularly galling. But the Holy Prophet was quite calm and tranquil. Being convinced of the moral force of Islam, he knew that "a believer who had once tasted the sweetness of faith would prefer to be cast into fire than to revert to disbelief" (Bukhari), and that he would be a source of strength to his religion and other believers wherever he might happen to be. The case of Abu Basir, and that of Abu Jandal and their associates fully justified his conviction. He wanted to have a peaceful atmosphere. He knew that a peaceful soil was most congenial for the spread of Islam, and Islam did spread very rapidly after the signing of the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah. When as a result of violation by the Quraish of the terms of the Treaty, the Prophet marched on Mecca two years later, ten thousand faithful Companions were under his command, instead of the paltry 1500 who were with him on the occasion of the signing of the Treaty. Thus the Treaty and its aftermath gave in advance the direct lie to the false and foolish propaganda that was to be conducted by Christian missionaries in our own time, that Islam was propagated by the sword.
One immediate effect of the Treaty was that the tribes of Banu Khuza‘ah entered into an alliance with the Holy Prophet, while the Banu Bakar sided with the Quraish, an incident which 1ater on led to the march on Mecca. The Treaty did indeed prove to be "a clear victory." The Companions of the Holy Prophet were rightly proud of being present on the occasion, and quite justified in regarding the signing of the Treaty, and not the conquest of Mecca as "the victory referred to in the present verse" (Bukhari). According to them no victory was greater and more far-reaching in its results and effects than this Treaty (Hisham). And the Holy Prophet himself called it a victory (Baihaqi as quoted by Zurqani).
1264
这里的 “一个明显的胜利” 似指赫戴比亚条约。虽然穆圣在麦地那当初短促的六年生活时期赢得了几次对敌的战争, 摧毁了敌人的战斗力, 然而这些胜利在 «古兰经» 中竟然一次也没有被称为 “明显的胜利”。接受这一不同寻常的荣誉要等到赫戴比亚条约的签订, 虽说事实上条款看来十分令人屈辱。穆斯林们为伊斯兰教的威望遭到显然粗暴的挫伤而困扰, 以致哪怕像欧麦尔这样的中坚份子也在极其悲愤之中惊呼, 假设此项协议是由穆圣之外的其他人士所达致, 他将不屑一顾 (هِشَام, Hisham)。条约确是一次巨大的胜利, 因为这打开了扩展和传播伊斯兰教的道路, 导致麦加的攻克并使伊斯兰教最终征服整个阿拉伯。这证明是穆圣在战略上的一个妙着, 因为他的政治地位作为平等和独立的力量已被古莱什人所承认。(«穆罕默德在麦地那» 蒙哥马利•瓦特著) 穆圣梦见自己率领着一伙信士绕着天房转的精神景象。为了实现这个精神景象, 他在圣月中带了1500名穆斯林赴麦加进行小朝。根据阿拉伯传统和习惯, 圣月中禁止战斗, 伊斯兰教以前也是如此。当他到达麦加附近几里外一个叫乌斯范 (عُسْفَان, ‘Usfan) 的地方, 他那由阿巴德•彬•比希尔 (عَبَّادْ بِنْ بِشْر, ‘Abbad bin Bishr) 指挥的先追队伍向他报告说, 古莱西人决心禁止他进城。为避免武装冲突, 穆圣改变了他的路线, 经过劳累的行军, 由迂迴不平的小路到达了他扎营的赫戴比亚。穆圣宣布为了圣地的荣誉他愿意接受古莱什人的一切要求, (هِشَام, Hisham) 但不管他说什么也不放他进麦加。双方交换了意见, 试图找一个打破僵局的办法。穆圣千方百计, 甚至不顾自己的威望, 想跟古莱西人达成一项合理的妥协, 经过几次热烈而持久的谈判, 签订了条约, 其条款有: “中止战争十年”。凡愿加入穆圣或与他缔约的人都可以有自由, 凡愿加入古莱什的人或与他们缔约的人同样可以照办。如果信者未经其保护人允许就从麦加去穆圣那里, 将被送回保护人; 但穆圣的信徒如返回古莱什的人, 是不会送回的。今年穆圣将返回, 而不进城。次年他和他的伙伴只能去麦加三天, 做小朝觐, 但除了上鞘之剑以外不能携带武器 (布哈理)。
看来条款十分叫人丢脸。穆斯林大为不满。痛苦、屈辱、自尊心受创, 非语言所能确切表达。第三条尤其令人痛心。但穆圣不动声色, 十分冷静。他深信伊斯兰教的道德力量, “知道一个曾经尝到过信仰的甜头的信徒宁入火狱也不会皈依虚假的宗教” (布哈理); 他要证明不管他在哪里, 这都是他们的宗教的力量源泉。因此这个条约证明是 “一个明显的胜利”。穆圣的伙伴完全可以为自己当时在场而骄傲, 并且极有理由把条约看作而不是把征服麦加看作 “这一节经文所提到的一次胜利”。根据他们的看法, 从结果和成效方面看, 没有比这个条约更伟大更有深远的意义了(هِشَام, Hisham)。穆圣自己也称这为一次大胜利 (بَيْهَقِی, Baihaqi)。«古兰经» 上称这是一次明显的胜利 (第二节), 最高的成就 (第六节); 大报应 (第十一节); 安拉对穆圣的完美无缺的恩宠 (第三节), 因为这一胜利打开了伊斯兰教在精神上和政治上征服的大闸门。
3817
Commentary:
The reference in the words "a clear victory" seems to be to the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah. It is remarkable that though, during the previous brief six years of his life at Medina, the Holy Prophet had gained great victories over his enemies which had crippled and crushed their fighting power, yet none of them is called "a clear victory" in the Quran. It was reserved for the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah to receive this single honour, in spite of the fact that its terms were seemingly so humiliating that the Muslims were greatly perturbed over this apparently rude rebuff to the prestige of Islam, and even a stalwart like ‘Umar exclaimed in extreme grief and indignation that had the terms been settled by any other person than the Holy Prophet, he would have scorned to listen to them (Hisham). The Treaty was indeed a great victory in that it opened the way to the expansion and spread of Islam and led to the Fall of Mecca and ultimately to the conquest of the whole of Arabia. It proved to be a master stroke of strategy as the Holy Prophet’s "political status as an equal and independent power was acknowledged by the Quraish" (Mohammad at Medina by Montgomery Watt).
As the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah constitutes a great landmark in the early history of Islam and as it forms the principal topic dealt with in the Surah under comment, it needs to be treated at some length.
The Holy Prophet had seen a vision that he was making a circuit of the Ka‘bah along with a party of his followers. In fulfilment of his vision, the Prophet started for Mecca with about 1500 Muslims to perform the Lesser Pilgrimage in 6 A.H., in the month of Dhul-Qa‘dah, one of the four sacred months in which, according to Arab tradition and usage, fighting was forbidden, even before Islam. When he reached ‘Usfan, a place a few miles distant from Mecca, he was informed by an advance party whom he had sent under the command of ‘Abbad bin Bishar that the Quraish were bent upon barring his entry into Mecca. In order to avoid an armed clash the Prophet changed his route and "after a fatiguing march through devious and rugged pathways reached Hudai-biyyah," where he encamped. The Prophet had declared that he would accept all the demands of the Quraish for the honour of the Holy Place (Hisham), but the Quraish were firmly resolved not to allow him to enter Mecca, whatever he might say or do. Messages were exchanged in an attempt to find a solution to the impasse. After heated and protracted parleys in which the Holy Prophet left no stone unturned, even at the cost of his prestige, to arrive at a reasonable compromise with the Quraish, a treaty was signed of which the terms were:
War shall be suspended for ten years. Whosoever would like to join the Holy Prophet or enter into treaty with him, shall have liberty to do so. The same will apply to whosoever would like to join the Quraish or enter into treaty with them. If a believing man goes over to the Prophet from Mecca without the permission of his guardian, he shall be sent back to his guardian; but should any of the followers of the Prophet return to the Quraish, they shall not be sent back. The Prophet shall retire this year without entering the city. Next year he and his Companions may visit Mecca only for three days to perform عمرة (Lesser Pilgrimage), but they shall carry no arms save sheathed swords (Bukhari, Hisham & Muir).
The terms of the Treaty were demonstrably very humiliating. The Muslims were greatly upset. No words could adequately describe their grief, and sense of humiliation and injured pride. The third term was particularly galling. But the Holy Prophet was quite calm and tranquil. Being convinced of the moral force of Islam, he knew that "a believer who had once tasted the sweetness of faith would prefer to be cast into fire than to revert to disbelief" (Bukhari), and that he would be a source of strength to his religion and other believers wherever he might happen to be. The case of Abu Basir, and that of Abu Jandal and their associates fully justified his conviction. He wanted to have a peaceful atmosphere. He knew that a peaceful soil was most congenial for the spread of Islam, and Islam did spread very rapidly after the signing of the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah. When as a result of violation by the Quraish of the terms of the Treaty, the Prophet marched on Mecca two years later, ten thousand faithful Companions were under his command, instead of the paltry 1500 who were with him on the occasion of the signing of the Treaty. Thus the Treaty and its aftermath gave in advance the direct lie to the false and foolish propaganda that was to be conducted by Christian missionaries in our own time, that Islam was propagated by the sword.
One immediate effect of the Treaty was that the tribes of Banu Khuza‘ah entered into an alliance with the Holy Prophet, while the Banu Bakar sided with the Quraish, an incident which 1ater on led to the march on Mecca. The Treaty did indeed prove to be "a clear victory." The Companions of the Holy Prophet were rightly proud of being present on the occasion, and quite justified in regarding the signing of the Treaty, and not the conquest of Mecca as "the victory referred to in the present verse" (Bukhari). According to them no victory was greater and more far-reaching in its results and effects than this Treaty (Hisham). And the Holy Prophet himself called it a victory (Baihaqi as quoted by Zurqani).
2763
The reference in the words 'a clear Victory' seems to be to the Treaty of Hudaibiyah. It is remarkable that though, during the early brief six years of his life at Medina, the Holy Prophet had gained great victories over his enemies which had crippled and crushed their fighting power, yet none of them is called 'a clear victory' in the Qur’an. It was reserved for the Treaty of Hudaibiyah to receive this single honour, despite the fact that its terms were seemingly very humiliating, and the Muslims were greatly perturbed over this apparently rude rebuff to the prestige of Islam, so much so that even a stalwart like ‘Umar exclaimed in extreme grief and indignation that if the terms had been settled by any other person than the Holy Prophet, he would have scorned to listen to them (Hisham). The Treaty was, indeed, a great victory in that it opened the way to the expansion and spread of Islam and led to the Fall of Mecca and ultimately to the conquest of the whole of Arabia. It proved to be a master-stroke
لِّيَغْفِرَ لَكَ ٱللَّهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِن ذَنۢبِكَ وَمَا تَأَخَّرَ وَيُتِمَّ نِعْمَتَهُۥ عَلَيْكَ وَيَهْدِيَكَ صِرَٰطًا مُّسْتَقِيمًا
یہ سورۃ صلح حدیبیہ کے متعلق ہے اور اس میں کہا گیا ہے کہ فتح مکہ سے پہلے ایک اور فتح آنے والی ہے یعنی حدیبیہ کی صلح۔ جس میں عرب کے بہت سے قبیلے رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم سے معاہدہ کریں گے۔ محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کو چاہیے اس وقت عفو سے کام لیں اور جو خطائیں عرب پہلے کر چکے ہیں ان کے لئے بھی مغفرت چاہیں اور ان کے لئے بھی جو صلح حدیبیہ اور فتح مکہ کے زمانہ کے درمیان ہونے والی ہیں۔ ورنہ یہ مرادنہیں کہ رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم نے کوئی گناہ کیا تھا۔ چنانچہ ہر شخص سمجھ سکتا ہے کہ جہاں بھی ذَنْب کا ذکر آتا ہے فتح کے موقعہ پر آتا ہے۔ پس ذَنْبسے مراد آپ کا کیا ہو
The verse has been deliberately misrepresented, or, through lack of knowledge of Arabic idiom and phrase, misinterpreted by some Christian writers as signifying that the Holy Prophet was guilty of moral lapses. It is an article of faith with Muslims, as enjoined by the Qur’an, that God’s Prophets are born sinless and they remain sinless throughout their lives. They do not say or do anything contrary to Divine commandments (21:28). As they are commissioned by God to purge men of sins, so they cannot possibly commit sins themselves. And of Divine Messengers the Holy Prophet was the noblest and the purest. The Qur’an abounds in verses which speak in glowing terms of the purity and spotlessness of his life (2:130; 3:32; 3:165; 6:163; 7:158; 8:25; 33:22; 48:11; 53:3, 4; 68:5 & 81:20-22). For the expression li-Yaghfira, see {2612}.
A man of such high moral stature as the Holy Prophet, who raised a whole people, sunk into the lowest depths of moral turpitude, to the highest pinnacle of spiritual eminence, could not possibly be guilty of such moral lapses as his detractors have vainly sought to impute to him. A quite simple and harmless word, Dhanb, has been taken advantage of to malign him. The word signifies such frailties as adhere to human nature, and to errors as are calculated to bring about harmful results. The verse signifies that God would protect the Holy Prophet from the harmful results that would follow in the wake of the promised victory referred to in the preceding verse, inasmuch as large masses of people would enter the fold of Islam, and naturally their moral and spiritual training and upbringing would not be of the desired standard. That is why wherever in the Qur’an success and victories are promised to the Holy Prophet, he is enjoined to seek protection of God from his Dhanb, i.e. human weaknesses wh
The words 'past and present' signify that the charges, that were levelled against the Holy Prophet in the past by the Quraish, and those that will be levelled against him in future by his enemies, will all be dispelled and he will stand completely vindicated.
Important Words:
لیغفر (that He may cover up). They say غفر المتاع i.e. he put the goods into the bag and covered and protected them. غفرانand مغفرة both infinitive nouns mean, protection and preservation. مغفر means, helmet and غفارة means, cloth worn beneath the veil to keep it clean (Lane, Mufradat & Aqrab). See also 2:59; 14:42 & 40:56.
ذنبک (thy shortcomings).ذنبه means, he followed his trail, not quitting his track. ذنب therefore, signifies such natural failings or frailties as adhere to human nature. أذنب means, he committed a sin, a crime, a misdemeanour, fault, etc. According to Imam Raghib ذنب means, such errors and mistakes as bring about a harmful result. It differs from اثم in being either intentional or committed through inadvertence while اثم is peculiarly intentional (Lane). See also 3:17.
Commentary:
The verse has been deliberately misrepresented, or, through lack of knowledge of Arabic idiom and phrase, misinterpreted, by Christian missionaries as signifying that the Holy Prophet was guilty of some moral lapses. But it bears no such construction. It is an article of faith with Muslims, as enjoined by the Quran that God’s Prophets are born sinless and they remain sinless throughout their lives. They are incapable of saying or doing anything contrary to Divine commandments (21:28). As they are commissioned by God to purge men of sins, they cannot themselves commit sins. And of Divine Messengers the Holy Prophet was the noblest and the purest. The Quran abounds in verses which speak in glowing terms of the purity and spotlessness of his life. Here are a few of them:
(a) Say, if you love Allah, follow me; then will Allah love you (3:32). (b) Verily, Allah has conferred a favour on the believers by raising among them a Messenger from among themselves, who recites to them His signs, and purifies them and teaches them the Book and wisdom (3:165). (c) Say, my Prayer and my sacrifice and my life and my death are all for Allah, the Lord of all the worlds (6:163). (d) Those who follow the Messenger, the Prophet, the Immaculate (sinless) One…(7:158). (e) O ye who believe! respond to Allah, and the Messenger when he (the Messenger) calls you that he may give you life (8:25). (f) Verily, you have in the Prophet of Allah an excellent model (33:22). (g) Verily, those who swear allegiance to thee, indeed, swear allegiance to Allah (48:11). (h) Your Companion has neither erred, nor has he gone astray, nor does he speak out of his own desire (53:3-4). (i) And thou dost surely possess very high moral excellences (68:5). (j) A noble Messenger, possessor of power, established in the presence of the Lord of the Throne, one who should be obeyed and who is faithful to his trust (81:20-22).
A man of such high moral stature, as the Holy Prophet, who raised a whole people sunk into the lowest depths of moral turpitude to the highest pinnacles of spiritual eminence, could not possibly be guilty of such moral lapses as his detractors seek to impute to him.
A quite simple and harmless word— ذنب —is taken advantage of to malign him. The word, among other things, signifies such frailties as adhere to human nature, and errors as are calculated to bring about harmful results. In this sense of the word the verse signifies that God would protect the Holy Prophet from the harmful results that would follow in the wake of the promised victory referred to in the preceding verse, inasmuch as, large masses of people would enter the fold of Islam, and naturally their moral and spiritual training and upbringing would not be of the desired standard. That is why wherever in the Quran success and victories are promised to the Holy Prophet, he is enjoined to seek protection of God from his ذنب i.e. human weakness which might stand in the way of the realization of his great mission which is the spread and expansion of Islam and the creation of a disciplined community of high morals. The fact that of the four words جناح and جرم and اثم and ذنب, which possess almost similar connotations, the first three have not been used in the Quran with regard to Prophets of God, shows that ذنب does not possess the sinister meaning which the other three words possess. Besides, according to the Quranic idiom, the expression ذنبک, if at all ذنبbe taken to signify a sin or crime, would mean "the sins attributed to thee or alleged to have been committed by thee or the sins committed against thee." Elsewhere in the Quran (5:30) a similar expression اثمی (my sin) means, the sin committed against me. Thus the verse under comment means that as a result of the great victory, i.e. the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah, all the sins and crimes and faults which his enemies imputed to the Holy Prophet, viz. that he was a cheat, an impostor or forger of lies against God and man, etc., would prove to be false, inasmuch as all sorts of people by coming into contact with Muslims would find out the truth about him. Moreover, the context also supports this meaning because grant of a clear victory and the completion of Divine favour upon the Holy Prophet, referred to in this and the preceding verse do not seem to possess any relevance to the forgiveness of sins, if ذنب be taken to mean a sin. And theexpression لک may also mean "for thy sake".
The words "past and present" signify that the charges that have been levelled against the Holy Prophet in the past by the Quraish and those that will be levelled against him in future by his enemies, will all be dispelled and he will stand completely vindicated. The words seem to embody a great prophecy that in some future time the Holy Prophet will be misrepresented and misunderstood but that all misunderstandings will eventually be dissipated and Islam will shine forth in full glory, and its superiority will be established over all rival Faiths.
1
یہ سورۃ صلح حدیبیہ کے متعلق ہے اور اس میں کہا گیا ہے کہ فتح مکہ سے پہلے ایک اور فتح آنے والی ہے یعنی حدیبیہ کی صلح۔ جس میں عرب کے بہت سے قبیلے رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم سے معاہدہ کریں گے۔ محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کو چاہیے اس وقت عفو سے کام لیں اور جو خطائیں عرب پہلے کر چکے ہیں ان کے لئے بھی مغفرت چاہیں اور ان کے لئے بھی جو صلح حدیبیہ اور فتح مکہ کے زمانہ کے درمیان ہونے والی ہیں۔ ورنہ یہ مرادنہیں کہ رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم نے کوئی گناہ کیا تھا۔ چنانچہ ہر شخص سمجھ سکتا ہے کہ جہاں بھی ذَنْب کا ذکر آتا ہے فتح کے موقعہ پر آتا ہے۔ پس ذَنْبسے مراد آپ کا کیا ہو
3818
Important Words:
لیغفر (that He may cover up). They say غفر المتاع i.e. he put the goods into the bag and covered and protected them. غفرانand مغفرة both infinitive nouns mean, protection and preservation. مغفر means, helmet and غفارة means, cloth worn beneath the veil to keep it clean (Lane, Mufradat & Aqrab). See also 2:59; 14:42 & 40:56.
ذنبک (thy shortcomings).ذنبه means, he followed his trail, not quitting his track. ذنب therefore, signifies such natural failings or frailties as adhere to human nature. أذنب means, he committed a sin, a crime, a misdemeanour, fault, etc. According to Imam Raghib ذنب means, such errors and mistakes as bring about a harmful result. It differs from اثم in being either intentional or committed through inadvertence while اثم is peculiarly intentional (Lane). See also 3:17.
Commentary:
The verse has been deliberately misrepresented, or, through lack of knowledge of Arabic idiom and phrase, misinterpreted, by Christian missionaries as signifying that the Holy Prophet was guilty of some moral lapses. But it bears no such construction. It is an article of faith with Muslims, as enjoined by the Quran that God’s Prophets are born sinless and they remain sinless throughout their lives. They are incapable of saying or doing anything contrary to Divine commandments (21:28). As they are commissioned by God to purge men of sins, they cannot themselves commit sins. And of Divine Messengers the Holy Prophet was the noblest and the purest. The Quran abounds in verses which speak in glowing terms of the purity and spotlessness of his life. Here are a few of them:
(a) Say, if you love Allah, follow me; then will Allah love you (3:32). (b) Verily, Allah has conferred a favour on the believers by raising among them a Messenger from among themselves, who recites to them His signs, and purifies them and teaches them the Book and wisdom (3:165). (c) Say, my Prayer and my sacrifice and my life and my death are all for Allah, the Lord of all the worlds (6:163). (d) Those who follow the Messenger, the Prophet, the Immaculate (sinless) One…(7:158). (e) O ye who believe! respond to Allah, and the Messenger when he (the Messenger) calls you that he may give you life (8:25). (f) Verily, you have in the Prophet of Allah an excellent model (33:22). (g) Verily, those who swear allegiance to thee, indeed, swear allegiance to Allah (48:11). (h) Your Companion has neither erred, nor has he gone astray, nor does he speak out of his own desire (53:3-4). (i) And thou dost surely possess very high moral excellences (68:5). (j) A noble Messenger, possessor of power, established in the presence of the Lord of the Throne, one who should be obeyed and who is faithful to his trust (81:20-22).
A man of such high moral stature, as the Holy Prophet, who raised a whole people sunk into the lowest depths of moral turpitude to the highest pinnacles of spiritual eminence, could not possibly be guilty of such moral lapses as his detractors seek to impute to him.
A quite simple and harmless word— ذنب —is taken advantage of to malign him. The word, among other things, signifies such frailties as adhere to human nature, and errors as are calculated to bring about harmful results. In this sense of the word the verse signifies that God would protect the Holy Prophet from the harmful results that would follow in the wake of the promised victory referred to in the preceding verse, inasmuch as, large masses of people would enter the fold of Islam, and naturally their moral and spiritual training and upbringing would not be of the desired standard. That is why wherever in the Quran success and victories are promised to the Holy Prophet, he is enjoined to seek protection of God from his ذنب i.e. human weakness which might stand in the way of the realization of his great mission which is the spread and expansion of Islam and the creation of a disciplined community of high morals. The fact that of the four words جناح and جرم and اثم and ذنب, which possess almost similar connotations, the first three have not been used in the Quran with regard to Prophets of God, shows that ذنب does not possess the sinister meaning which the other three words possess. Besides, according to the Quranic idiom, the expression ذنبک, if at all ذنبbe taken to signify a sin or crime, would mean "the sins attributed to thee or alleged to have been committed by thee or the sins committed against thee." Elsewhere in the Quran (5:30) a similar expression اثمی (my sin) means, the sin committed against me. Thus the verse under comment means that as a result of the great victory, i.e. the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah, all the sins and crimes and faults which his enemies imputed to the Holy Prophet, viz. that he was a cheat, an impostor or forger of lies against God and man, etc., would prove to be false, inasmuch as all sorts of people by coming into contact with Muslims would find out the truth about him. Moreover, the context also supports this meaning because grant of a clear victory and the completion of Divine favour upon the Holy Prophet, referred to in this and the preceding verse do not seem to possess any relevance to the forgiveness of sins, if ذنب be taken to mean a sin. And theexpression لک may also mean "for thy sake".
The words "past and present" signify that the charges that have been levelled against the Holy Prophet in the past by the Quraish and those that will be levelled against him in future by his enemies, will all be dispelled and he will stand completely vindicated. The words seem to embody a great prophecy that in some future time the Holy Prophet will be misrepresented and misunderstood but that all misunderstandings will eventually be dissipated and Islam will shine forth in full glory, and its superiority will be established over all rival Faiths.
2764
The verse has been deliberately misrepresented, or, through lack of knowledge of Arabic idiom and phrase, misinterpreted by some Christian writers as signifying that the Holy Prophet was guilty of moral lapses. It is an article of faith with Muslims, as enjoined by the Qur’an, that God’s Prophets are born sinless and they remain sinless throughout their lives. They do not say or do anything contrary to Divine commandments (21:28). As they are commissioned by God to purge men of sins, so they cannot possibly commit sins themselves. And of Divine Messengers the Holy Prophet was the noblest and the purest. The Qur’an abounds in verses which speak in glowing terms of the purity and spotlessness of his life (2:130; 3:32; 3:165; 6:163; 7:158; 8:25; 33:22; 48:11; 53:3, 4; 68:5 & 81:20-22). For the expression li-Yaghfira, see {2612}.
2765
A man of such high moral stature as the Holy Prophet, who raised a whole people, sunk into the lowest depths of moral turpitude, to the highest pinnacle of spiritual eminence, could not possibly be guilty of such moral lapses as his detractors have vainly sought to impute to him. A quite simple and harmless word, Dhanb, has been taken advantage of to malign him. The word signifies such frailties as adhere to human nature, and to errors as are calculated to bring about harmful results. The verse signifies that God would protect the Holy Prophet from the harmful results that would follow in the wake of the promised victory referred to in the preceding verse, inasmuch as large masses of people would enter the fold of Islam, and naturally their moral and spiritual training and upbringing would not be of the desired standard. That is why wherever in the Qur’an success and victories are promised to the Holy Prophet, he is enjoined to seek protection of God from his Dhanb, i.e. human weaknesses wh
2766
The words 'past and present' signify that the charges, that were levelled against the Holy Prophet in the past by the Quraish, and those that will be levelled against him in future by his enemies, will all be dispelled and he will stand completely vindicated.
وَيَنصُرَكَ ٱللَّهُ نَصْرًا عَزِيزًا
Allah’s help came in the form of the rapid spread of Islam in Arabia after the signing of the Treaty of Hudaibiyah, and the Holy Prophet was acknowledged as the Head of an independent sovereign State.
Commentary:
Allah’s help came in the form of the rapid spread of Islam in Arabia after the signing of the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah, and the Holy Prophet was acknowledged as the Head of an independent sovereign State.
3819
Commentary:
Allah’s help came in the form of the rapid spread of Islam in Arabia after the signing of the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah, and the Holy Prophet was acknowledged as the Head of an independent sovereign State.
2767
Allah’s help came in the form of the rapid spread of Islam in Arabia after the signing of the Treaty of Hudaibiyah, and the Holy Prophet was acknowledged as the Head of an independent sovereign State.
هُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنزَلَ ٱلسَّكِينَةَ فِى قُلُوبِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ لِيَزْدَادُوٓا۟ إِيمَٰنًا مَّعَ إِيمَٰنِهِمْ ۗ وَلِلَّهِ جُنُودُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلِيمًا حَكِيمًا
The expression shows that though, due to a misunderstanding about the terms of the Treaty of Hudaibiyah the believers were temporarily perturbed, they never lost peace of mind so far as fighting in the cause of Allah was concerned, and were fully convinced that Divine hosts were with them. That is why when a false news reached Hudaibiyah that ‘Uthman, the Prophet’s envoy to the Meccans, had been killed, and the Holy Prophet invited Muslims to take a solemn oath at his hand that they would avenge the death of ‘Uthman and would fight under his banner to the bitter end, all of them took the oath without evincing the least hesitation.
9:26.
33:10; 74:32.
Commentary:
Twice, in this Surah has the statement been made that "God sent down tranquillity upon the believers" (see v. 27) and twice the declaration that "to Allah belong the hosts of the heavens and the earth." These expressions show that though, due to a misunderstanding about the terms of the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah, the believers were temporarily perturbed, they never lost peace of mind so far as fighting in the cause of Allah was concerned, and were fully convinced that divine hosts were with them. That is why when a false news reached Hudaibiyyah that ‘Uthman, the Prophet’s envoy to the Meccans, had been killed, and the Prophet invited Muslims to take a solemn oath at his hand that they would avenge the death of ‘Uthman and would fight under his banner to the bitter end, all of them took the oath without evincing the least hesitation.
a
9:26.
b
33:10; 74:32.
3820
Commentary:
Twice, in this Surah has the statement been made that "God sent down tranquillity upon the believers" (see v. 27) and twice the declaration that "to Allah belong the hosts of the heavens and the earth." These expressions show that though, due to a misunderstanding about the terms of the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah, the believers were temporarily perturbed, they never lost peace of mind so far as fighting in the cause of Allah was concerned, and were fully convinced that divine hosts were with them. That is why when a false news reached Hudaibiyyah that ‘Uthman, the Prophet’s envoy to the Meccans, had been killed, and the Prophet invited Muslims to take a solemn oath at his hand that they would avenge the death of ‘Uthman and would fight under his banner to the bitter end, all of them took the oath without evincing the least hesitation.
2768
The expression shows that though, due to a misunderstanding about the terms of the Treaty of Hudaibiyah the believers were temporarily perturbed, they never lost peace of mind so far as fighting in the cause of Allah was concerned, and were fully convinced that Divine hosts were with them. That is why when a false news reached Hudaibiyah that ‘Uthman, the Prophet’s envoy to the Meccans, had been killed, and the Holy Prophet invited Muslims to take a solemn oath at his hand that they would avenge the death of ‘Uthman and would fight under his banner to the bitter end, all of them took the oath without evincing the least hesitation.
لِّيُدْخِلَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ وَٱلْمُؤْمِنَٰتِ جَنَّٰتٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا وَيُكَفِّرَ عَنْهُمْ سَيِّـَٔاتِهِمْ ۚ وَكَانَ ذَٰلِكَ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ فَوْزًا عَظِيمًا
8:30; 64:10; 66:9.
یعنی ایمان کی زیادتی کے نتیجہ میں ایک تو اُخروی انعام بڑھ جائے گا۔ دوسرے وہ گناہوں سے پاک ہو جائیں گے۔
8:30; 64:10; 66:9.
8:30; 64:10; 66:9.
a
8:30; 64:10; 66:9.
1
یعنی ایمان کی زیادتی کے نتیجہ میں ایک تو اُخروی انعام بڑھ جائے گا۔ دوسرے وہ گناہوں سے پاک ہو جائیں گے۔
a
8:30; 64:10; 66:9.
a
8:30; 64:10; 66:9.
وَيُعَذِّبَ ٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ وَٱلْمُنَٰفِقَٰتِ وَٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ وَٱلْمُشْرِكَٰتِ ٱلظَّآنِّينَ بِٱللَّهِ ظَنَّ ٱلسَّوْءِ ۚ عَلَيْهِمْ دَآئِرَةُ ٱلسَّوْءِ ۖ وَغَضِبَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَعَنَهُمْ وَأَعَدَّ لَهُمْ جَهَنَّمَ ۖ وَسَآءَتْ مَصِيرًا
یعنی مومنوں کے ایمان کی زیادتی منافق مردوں اور منافق عورتوں کے عذاب کا موجب ہو جائے گی۔ یعنی وہ تو یہ امید رکھتے تھے کہ ان حالات میں مومن متزلزل ہو جائیں گے۔ لیکن نتیجہ اُلٹا نکلا کہ وہ ایمان میں اور بھی بڑھ گئے پس منافقوں اور مشرکوں کے ہاتھ میں سوائے کڑھنے اور جلنے کے عذاب کے کچھ بھی نہ آیا۔ اسی طرح ان لوگوں کے ہاتھ بھی کچھ نہ آیا۔ جو اللہ تعالیٰ پر بدگمانی کرتے تھے۔ اور سمجھتے تھے کہ ان کی تدبیریں اسلام کو نقصان پہنچائیں گی۔
33:25.
9:98.
33:25.
9:98.
Important Words:
دائرة (calamity) is derived from دار which means, it (an event) came about. دار الدھر means, the time took a turn; it changed. دار بینھم الکأس means, the wine-cup went round them. دائرة means, the circuit of a thing; an evil turn of fortune; calamity; defeat; rout; slaughter; death. دارت علیھم الدوائر means, calamities befell them (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse means that every turn of fortune adds to the faith of believers and any addition to faith of believers increases the heart-burning and jealousy of disbelievers and the hypocrites. The latter had entertained the false hope that the terms of the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah would bring about a weakening of faith among the believers but the opposite happened and this caused heart-burning among them.
b
33:25.
c
9:98.
2
یعنی مومنوں کے ایمان کی زیادتی منافق مردوں اور منافق عورتوں کے عذاب کا موجب ہو جائے گی۔ یعنی وہ تو یہ امید رکھتے تھے کہ ان حالات میں مومن متزلزل ہو جائیں گے۔ لیکن نتیجہ اُلٹا نکلا کہ وہ ایمان میں اور بھی بڑھ گئے پس منافقوں اور مشرکوں کے ہاتھ میں سوائے کڑھنے اور جلنے کے عذاب کے کچھ بھی نہ آیا۔ اسی طرح ان لوگوں کے ہاتھ بھی کچھ نہ آیا۔ جو اللہ تعالیٰ پر بدگمانی کرتے تھے۔ اور سمجھتے تھے کہ ان کی تدبیریں اسلام کو نقصان پہنچائیں گی۔
b
33:25.
c
9:98.
3821
Important Words:
دائرة (calamity) is derived from دار which means, it (an event) came about. دار الدھر means, the time took a turn; it changed. دار بینھم الکأس means, the wine-cup went round them. دائرة means, the circuit of a thing; an evil turn of fortune; calamity; defeat; rout; slaughter; death. دارت علیھم الدوائر means, calamities befell them (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse means that every turn of fortune adds to the faith of believers and any addition to faith of believers increases the heart-burning and jealousy of disbelievers and the hypocrites. The latter had entertained the false hope that the terms of the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah would bring about a weakening of faith among the believers but the opposite happened and this caused heart-burning among them.
b
33:25.
c
9:98.
وَلِلَّهِ جُنُودُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَزِيزًا حَكِيمًا
See 48:5.
Commentary:
The verse warns disbelievers and hypocrites that all their evil thoughts and designs against believers would do the latter no harm, because Allah is with them and His hosts are at their back.
a
See 48:5.
3822
Commentary:
The verse warns disbelievers and hypocrites that all their evil thoughts and designs against believers would do the latter no harm, because Allah is with them and His hosts are at their back.
إِنَّآ أَرْسَلْنَٰكَ شَٰهِدًا وَمُبَشِّرًا وَنَذِيرًا
25:57; 33:46; 35:25.
25:57; 33:46; 35:25.
25:57; 33:46; 35:25.
Commentary:
The verse refers to three attributes of the Holy Prophet. He was شاھد i.e. his whole life constituted a standing testimony to the existence of the Almighty God Who gave him success against very heavy odds. He was مبشر because he gave believers the glad tidings of bliss and benediction in this life as well as in the life to come, and he was نذیر (Warner) for those who rejected his Message.
a
25:57; 33:46; 35:25.
b
25:57; 33:46; 35:25.
3822A
Commentary:
The verse refers to three attributes of the Holy Prophet. He was شاھد i.e. his whole life constituted a standing testimony to the existence of the Almighty God Who gave him success against very heavy odds. He was مبشر because he gave believers the glad tidings of bliss and benediction in this life as well as in the life to come, and he was نذیر (Warner) for those who rejected his Message.
a
25:57; 33:46; 35:25.
لِّتُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ وَتُعَزِّرُوهُ وَتُوَقِّرُوهُ وَتُسَبِّحُوهُ بُكْرَةً وَأَصِيلًا
5:13.
عربی کا ایک قاعدہ انتشارِ ضمائر کا بھی ہے جس کے معنے یہ ہوتے ہیں کہ ایک ہی فقرہ میں کئی پہلے گذرے ہوئے وجودوں کی طرف ایک ضمیر پھیری جاتی ہے اور اس ضمیر کے معنے کرتے وقت کبھی وہ ایک وجود کی طرف پھرتی ہے اور کبھی دوسرے کی طرف۔ چنانچہ اس آیت میں تُعَزِّرُوْہُ میں ہٗ کی ضمیر رسول کی طرف پھرتی ہے اور تُوَقِّرُوْہُ میں ہٗ کی ضمیر خداتعالیٰ اور رسول دونوں کی طرف پھرتی ہے اور تُسَبِّحُوْہُ میں خداتعالیٰ کی طرف پھرتی ہے گویا ضمیر تو ایک ہی ہے لیکن اس کے مرجع مختلف ہیں کبھی خداتعالیٰ ہے اور کبھی رسول۔
5:13.
5:13.
b
5:13.
3
عربی کا ایک قاعدہ انتشارِ ضمائر کا بھی ہے جس کے معنے یہ ہوتے ہیں کہ ایک ہی فقرہ میں کئی پہلے گذرے ہوئے وجودوں کی طرف ایک ضمیر پھیری جاتی ہے اور اس ضمیر کے معنے کرتے وقت کبھی وہ ایک وجود کی طرف پھرتی ہے اور کبھی دوسرے کی طرف۔ چنانچہ اس آیت میں تُعَزِّرُوْہُ میں ہٗ کی ضمیر رسول کی طرف پھرتی ہے اور تُوَقِّرُوْہُ میں ہٗ کی ضمیر خداتعالیٰ اور رسول دونوں کی طرف پھرتی ہے اور تُسَبِّحُوْہُ میں خداتعالیٰ کی طرف پھرتی ہے گویا ضمیر تو ایک ہی ہے لیکن اس کے مرجع مختلف ہیں کبھی خداتعالیٰ ہے اور کبھی رسول۔
c
5:13.
b
5:13.
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يُبَايِعُونَكَ إِنَّمَا يُبَايِعُونَ ٱللَّهَ يَدُ ٱللَّهِ فَوْقَ أَيْدِيهِمْ ۚ فَمَن نَّكَثَ فَإِنَّمَا يَنكُثُ عَلَىٰ نَفْسِهِۦ ۖ وَمَنْ أَوْفَىٰ بِمَا عَٰهَدَ عَلَيْهُ ٱللَّهَ فَسَيُؤْتِيهِ أَجْرًا عَظِيمًا
这里指的是, 在赫戴比亚的一棵树下穆圣亲率信者们所立的誓言。
The reference is to the oath taken by the believers at the hand of the Holy Prophet under a tree at Hudaibiyah (Bukhari).
Commentary:
The reference in the verse is to the oath taken by the believers at the hands of the Holy Prophet under a tree at Hudaibiyyah when a rumour reached him that ‘Uthman, his special envoy, had been killed by the Meccans. The believers were asked to declare on solemn oath that they would stand by the Holy Prophet at all costs and would fight under his banner to the bitter end.
1265
这里指的是, 在赫戴比亚的一棵树下穆圣亲率信者们所立的誓言。
3823
Commentary:
The reference in the verse is to the oath taken by the believers at the hands of the Holy Prophet under a tree at Hudaibiyyah when a rumour reached him that ‘Uthman, his special envoy, had been killed by the Meccans. The believers were asked to declare on solemn oath that they would stand by the Holy Prophet at all costs and would fight under his banner to the bitter end.
2769
The reference is to the oath taken by the believers at the hand of the Holy Prophet under a tree at Hudaibiyah (Bukhari).
سَيَقُولُ لَكَ ٱلْمُخَلَّفُونَ مِنَ ٱلْأَعْرَابِ شَغَلَتْنَآ أَمْوَٰلُنَا وَأَهْلُونَا فَٱسْتَغْفِرْ لَنَا ۚ يَقُولُونَ بِأَلْسِنَتِهِم مَّا لَيْسَ فِى قُلُوبِهِمْ ۚ قُلْ فَمَن يَمْلِكُ لَكُم مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ شَيْـًٔا إِنْ أَرَادَ بِكُمْ ضَرًّا أَوْ أَرَادَ بِكُمْ نَفْعًۢا ۚ بَلْ كَانَ ٱللَّهُ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ خَبِيرًۢا
3:168.
اعراب سے مراد وہ عرب ہیں جو جنگل میں رہتے تھے۔ ان آیات میں ان لوگوں میں سے جومنافق تھے‘ یعنی عامر‘ اسد اور غطفان کے قبائل میں سے‘ ان کا ذکر ہے۔
یعنی جنگِ تبوک میں۔ مفسرین اسے فتح مکہ پر لگاتے ہیں۔ ہم نے تبوک پر لگایا ہے جو بعد میں ہوئی ہے۔ چونکہ اس سورۃ میں سَیَقُوْلُ لَکَ الْمُخَلَّفُوْنَ کے الفاظ ہیں جو آئندہ پر دلالت کرتے ہیں اس لئے ہمارا استدلال زیادہ صحیح ہے۔ کیونکہ سورۃ توبہ سے معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ پیچھے رہنے والے لوگ تبوک کے واقعہ سے تعلق رکھتے تھے۔
3:168.
Bedouin tribes around Medina, who apparently had friendly relations with the Muslims, were also invited to join the party of 1500 Muslims who went to Mecca to perform the Lesser Pilgrimage. Though the Holy Prophet went on a mission of peace, they thought that the Quraish would not allow his entry into Mecca and that in all likelihood there would be a clash of arms and Muslims not being properly armed would be defeated, and, therefore, going with the Holy Prophet was tantamount to marching on into the jaws of death (Muir & Kathir). The verse may equally apply to those tribes who had remained behind in the expedition to Tabuk because analogous words have been used in Surah At-Taubah about them.
102:2.
3:168.
13:17; 25:4.
Commentary:
Reference in this verse is to those Bedouin tribes around Medina who apparently had friendly relations with the Muslims. These tribes were also invited to join the party of 1500 Muslims who were going to Mecca to perform the Lesser Pilgrimage (عمرة). Though the Prophet was going on a mission of peace, these desert tribes thought that the Quraish would not allow his entry into Mecca and that in all likelihood there would be a clash of arms and Muslims not being properly armed would be defeated, and therefore going with the Holy Prophet was tantamount to marching into the jaws of death (Muir, Hisham & Kathir). The verse may equally apply to those tribes who had remained behind in the expedition to Tabuk because analogous words have been used in Surah At-Taubah about them.
c
3:168.
1
اعراب سے مراد وہ عرب ہیں جو جنگل میں رہتے تھے۔ ان آیات میں ان لوگوں میں سے جومنافق تھے‘ یعنی عامر‘ اسد اور غطفان کے قبائل میں سے‘ ان کا ذکر ہے۔
2
یعنی جنگِ تبوک میں۔ مفسرین اسے فتح مکہ پر لگاتے ہیں۔ ہم نے تبوک پر لگایا ہے جو بعد میں ہوئی ہے۔ چونکہ اس سورۃ میں سَیَقُوْلُ لَکَ الْمُخَلَّفُوْنَ کے الفاظ ہیں جو آئندہ پر دلالت کرتے ہیں اس لئے ہمارا استدلال زیادہ صحیح ہے۔ کیونکہ سورۃ توبہ سے معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ پیچھے رہنے والے لوگ تبوک کے واقعہ سے تعلق رکھتے تھے۔
a
102:2.
b
3:168.
c
13:17; 25:4.
3824
Commentary:
Reference in this verse is to those Bedouin tribes around Medina who apparently had friendly relations with the Muslims. These tribes were also invited to join the party of 1500 Muslims who were going to Mecca to perform the Lesser Pilgrimage (عمرة). Though the Prophet was going on a mission of peace, these desert tribes thought that the Quraish would not allow his entry into Mecca and that in all likelihood there would be a clash of arms and Muslims not being properly armed would be defeated, and therefore going with the Holy Prophet was tantamount to marching into the jaws of death (Muir, Hisham & Kathir). The verse may equally apply to those tribes who had remained behind in the expedition to Tabuk because analogous words have been used in Surah At-Taubah about them.
a
3:168.
2770
Bedouin tribes around Medina, who apparently had friendly relations with the Muslims, were also invited to join the party of 1500 Muslims who went to Mecca to perform the Lesser Pilgrimage. Though the Holy Prophet went on a mission of peace, they thought that the Quraish would not allow his entry into Mecca and that in all likelihood there would be a clash of arms and Muslims not being properly armed would be defeated, and, therefore, going with the Holy Prophet was tantamount to marching on into the jaws of death (Muir & Kathir). The verse may equally apply to those tribes who had remained behind in the expedition to Tabuk because analogous words have been used in Surah At-Taubah about them.
بَلْ ظَنَنتُمْ أَن لَّن يَنقَلِبَ ٱلرَّسُولُ وَٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ إِلَىٰٓ أَهْلِيهِمْ أَبَدًا وَزُيِّنَ ذَٰلِكَ فِى قُلُوبِكُمْ وَظَنَنتُمْ ظَنَّ ٱلسَّوْءِ وَكُنتُمْ قَوْمًۢا بُورًا
Wish being father to the thought, the Hypocrites, whenever invited by the Holy Prophet to join him in an expedition, entertained the fond hope that Muslims being very weak would never return safe to their families. Therefore, on one pretext or another, they asked to be excused. But their wishful thinking always ended in frustration and severe disappointment, and the Muslims returned successful from almost every expedition.
Commentary:
Wish being father to the thought, the hypocrites, whenever invited by the Prophet to join him in an expedition, entertained the fond hope that Muslims being very weak would never come back safe to their families. Therefore, on one pretext or another, they requested to be excused. But their wishful thinking, says the verse, always ended in frustration and severe disappointment, and the Muslims returned successful from almost every expedition.
3825
Commentary:
Wish being father to the thought, the hypocrites, whenever invited by the Prophet to join him in an expedition, entertained the fond hope that Muslims being very weak would never come back safe to their families. Therefore, on one pretext or another, they requested to be excused. But their wishful thinking, says the verse, always ended in frustration and severe disappointment, and the Muslims returned successful from almost every expedition.
2771
Wish being father to the thought, the Hypocrites, whenever invited by the Holy Prophet to join him in an expedition, entertained the fond hope that Muslims being very weak would never return safe to their families. Therefore, on one pretext or another, they asked to be excused. But their wishful thinking always ended in frustration and severe disappointment, and the Muslims returned successful from almost every expedition.
وَمَن لَّمْ يُؤْمِنۢ بِٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ فَإِنَّآ أَعْتَدْنَا لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ سَعِيرًا
18:103; 29:69; 33:9; 76:5.
18:103; 29:69; 33:9; 76:5.
18:103; 29:69; 33:9; 76:5.
a
18:103; 29:69; 33:9; 76:5.
a
18:103; 29:69; 33:9; 76:5.
a
18:103; 29:69; 33:9; 76:5.
وَلِلَّهِ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ يَغْفِرُ لِمَن يَشَآءُ وَيُعَذِّبُ مَن يَشَآءُ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ غَفُورًا رَّحِيمًا
b
40:17.
c
3:130; 5:19.
b
40:17.
c
3:130; 5:19.
b
40:17.
c
3:130; 5:19.
سَيَقُولُ ٱلْمُخَلَّفُونَ إِذَا ٱنطَلَقْتُمْ إِلَىٰ مَغَانِمَ لِتَأْخُذُوهَا ذَرُونَا نَتَّبِعْكُمْ ۖ يُرِيدُونَ أَن يُبَدِّلُوا۟ كَلَٰمَ ٱللَّهِ ۚ قُل لَّن تَتَّبِعُونَا كَذَٰلِكُمْ قَالَ ٱللَّهُ مِن قَبْلُ ۖ فَسَيَقُولُونَ بَلْ تَحْسُدُونَنَا ۚ بَلْ كَانُوا۟ لَا يَفْقَهُونَ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا
تبوک سے لائے ہوئے اموال یا جنگ خیبر میں حاصل شدہ اموال کی طرف اشارہ ہے۔
The reference is to the booty which fell into the hands of Muslims in the Khaibar expedition. The Surah was revealed when the Holy Prophet was on his way back from Hudaibiyah. In v.20, the Muslims were promised great spoils. It is to these spoils that the present verse refers. Shortly after his return from Hudaibiyah, the Holy Prophet marched against the Jews of Khaibar to punish them for their repeated acts of treachery. Those Bedouin tribes, who had contrived to remain behind when the Holy Prophet went to Mecca for the Lesser Pilgrimage, finding that his cause had prospered and that they would have a good share of the booty if they joined the expedition to Khaibar, requested him to allow them to accompany the Muslim army. They were told that they could not do so as the promise of booty was made only to those sincere Muslims who were with the Holy Prophet at Hudaibiyah.
Commentary:
The reference in the words, "When you go forth to the spoils that you take them," is to the booty which fell into the hands of Muslims in the Khaibar expedition. The Surah under comment was revealed to the Prophet when he was on his way back from Hudaibiyyah. In v. 20, the Muslims have been promised great spoils. It is to these spoils that the present verse refers. Having returned from Hudaibiyyah, the Prophet, after a short stay at Medina, marched against the Jews of Khaibar to punish them for their repeated acts of treachery. Those Bedouin tribes who had contrived to remain behind when the Prophet went to Mecca for the Lesser Pilgrimage, finding that his cause had prospered and that they would have a good share of the booty if they joined the expedition to Khaibar, requested the Prophet to be allowed to accompany the Muslim army. They were told that they could not do so as the promise of booty was made only to those sincere Muslims who were with the Holy Prophet at Hudaibiyyah.
1
تبوک سے لائے ہوئے اموال یا جنگ خیبر میں حاصل شدہ اموال کی طرف اشارہ ہے۔
3826
Commentary:
The reference in the words, "When you go forth to the spoils that you take them," is to the booty which fell into the hands of Muslims in the Khaibar expedition. The Surah under comment was revealed to the Prophet when he was on his way back from Hudaibiyyah. In v. 20, the Muslims have been promised great spoils. It is to these spoils that the present verse refers. Having returned from Hudaibiyyah, the Prophet, after a short stay at Medina, marched against the Jews of Khaibar to punish them for their repeated acts of treachery. Those Bedouin tribes who had contrived to remain behind when the Prophet went to Mecca for the Lesser Pilgrimage, finding that his cause had prospered and that they would have a good share of the booty if they joined the expedition to Khaibar, requested the Prophet to be allowed to accompany the Muslim army. They were told that they could not do so as the promise of booty was made only to those sincere Muslims who were with the Holy Prophet at Hudaibiyyah.
2772
The reference is to the booty which fell into the hands of Muslims in the Khaibar expedition. The Surah was revealed when the Holy Prophet was on his way back from Hudaibiyah. In v.20, the Muslims were promised great spoils. It is to these spoils that the present verse refers. Shortly after his return from Hudaibiyah, the Holy Prophet marched against the Jews of Khaibar to punish them for their repeated acts of treachery. Those Bedouin tribes, who had contrived to remain behind when the Holy Prophet went to Mecca for the Lesser Pilgrimage, finding that his cause had prospered and that they would have a good share of the booty if they joined the expedition to Khaibar, requested him to allow them to accompany the Muslim army. They were told that they could not do so as the promise of booty was made only to those sincere Muslims who were with the Holy Prophet at Hudaibiyah.
قُل لِّلْمُخَلَّفِينَ مِنَ ٱلْأَعْرَابِ سَتُدْعَوْنَ إِلَىٰ قَوْمٍ أُو۟لِى بَأْسٍ شَدِيدٍ تُقَٰتِلُونَهُمْ أَوْ يُسْلِمُونَ ۖ فَإِن تُطِيعُوا۟ يُؤْتِكُمُ ٱللَّهُ أَجْرًا حَسَنًا ۖ وَإِن تَتَوَلَّوْا۟ كَمَا تَوَلَّيْتُم مِّن قَبْلُ يُعَذِّبْكُمْ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًا
اس آیت میں کسریٰ اور قیصر کے ساتھ کی جنگوں کا ذکر ہے۔ منافقوں سے کہا گیا ہے کہ اگر ان کے ساتھ جنگوں میں ہمت دکھاؤ گے تو قصور معاف ہو جائے گا‘ ورنہ خداتعالیٰ کا عذاب تمہیں ملے گا۔
حضرت عمر رضی اللہ عنہ کے زمانہ میں کچھ عرب رؤساء کے لڑکے آپ کے پاس آئے اور کہا ہم چاہتے ہیں کہ ہمارے باپ دادوں کے اعمال ہمارے راستہ میں حائل نہ ہوں۔ آپ ہمارے خاندانوں کو جانتے ہیں کوئی ایسی تدبیر بتائیں کہ یہ پچھلا داغ مٹ جائے۔ اس وقت حضرت عمر رضی اللہ عنہ کی آنکھوں میں آنسو آگئے اور بول نہ سکے۔ ہاتھ سے شام کی طرف اشارہ کیا اور اشارۃً بتایا کہ اگر وہاں چلے جاؤ تو شاید کفارہ ہو جائے۔ چنانچ
اس میں اشارہ ہے کہ وہ جنگیں بہت عرصہ تک لمبی چلی جائیں گی۔
یہ حکم نہیں کہ مسلمان ہونے تک ان سے لڑو بلکہ مستقبل کا صیغہ ہے اور واقعہ بتایا ہے کہ وہ دشمن جب تک مسلمان نہ ہوں گے تم سے لڑتے جائیں گے۔ چنانچہ روم اور فارس نے ایسا ہی کیا۔
The words, 'a people of mighty valour,' may refer to the mighty forces of the Byzantine and Iranian Empires which were far superior in material means and numbers than any other enemy the Muslims had met so far. The verse constituted a warning that the Muslims would come into conflict with those mighty foes and would have to wage prolonged wars with them till the latter would be completely defeated and brought to their knees. The laggards are here told that though they cannot be allowed to march against the Jews of Khaibar and partake of the booty, yet in the near future they would be called upon to fight against a much more powerful enemy and that, if they then responded to the call, they would receive a good reward. The verse also signifies that wars with the Byzantine and Iranian Empires would be fierce and long.
Commentary:
The words "a people of mighty valour," may refer to the mighty forces of the Byzantine and Iranian Empires which were far superior in means, material and numbers than any other enemy the Muslims had met so far. The verse constituted a warning that the Muslims would come into conflict with those mighty foes and would have to wage prolonged wars with them till the latter were broken and brought to their knees. The laggards are thus told that though they cannot be allowed to march against the Jews of Khaibar and partake of the booty, yet in the near future they would be called upon to fight against a much more powerful foe and, if they then responded to the call, they would receive a good reward. The verse also signifies that wars with the Byzantine and Iranian Empires would be fierce and long.
2
اس آیت میں کسریٰ اور قیصر کے ساتھ کی جنگوں کا ذکر ہے۔ منافقوں سے کہا گیا ہے کہ اگر ان کے ساتھ جنگوں میں ہمت دکھاؤ گے تو قصور معاف ہو جائے گا‘ ورنہ خداتعالیٰ کا عذاب تمہیں ملے گا۔
حضرت عمر رضی اللہ عنہ کے زمانہ میں کچھ عرب رؤساء کے لڑکے آپ کے پاس آئے اور کہا ہم چاہتے ہیں کہ ہمارے باپ دادوں کے اعمال ہمارے راستہ میں حائل نہ ہوں۔ آپ ہمارے خاندانوں کو جانتے ہیں کوئی ایسی تدبیر بتائیں کہ یہ پچھلا داغ مٹ جائے۔ اس وقت حضرت عمر رضی اللہ عنہ کی آنکھوں میں آنسو آگئے اور بول نہ سکے۔ ہاتھ سے شام کی طرف اشارہ کیا اور اشارۃً بتایا کہ اگر وہاں چلے جاؤ تو شاید کفارہ ہو جائے۔ چنانچ
3
اس میں اشارہ ہے کہ وہ جنگیں بہت عرصہ تک لمبی چلی جائیں گی۔
4
یہ حکم نہیں کہ مسلمان ہونے تک ان سے لڑو بلکہ مستقبل کا صیغہ ہے اور واقعہ بتایا ہے کہ وہ دشمن جب تک مسلمان نہ ہوں گے تم سے لڑتے جائیں گے۔ چنانچہ روم اور فارس نے ایسا ہی کیا۔
3827
Commentary:
The words "a people of mighty valour," may refer to the mighty forces of the Byzantine and Iranian Empires which were far superior in means, material and numbers than any other enemy the Muslims had met so far. The verse constituted a warning that the Muslims would come into conflict with those mighty foes and would have to wage prolonged wars with them till the latter were broken and brought to their knees. The laggards are thus told that though they cannot be allowed to march against the Jews of Khaibar and partake of the booty, yet in the near future they would be called upon to fight against a much more powerful foe and, if they then responded to the call, they would receive a good reward. The verse also signifies that wars with the Byzantine and Iranian Empires would be fierce and long.
2773
The words, 'a people of mighty valour,' may refer to the mighty forces of the Byzantine and Iranian Empires which were far superior in material means and numbers than any other enemy the Muslims had met so far. The verse constituted a warning that the Muslims would come into conflict with those mighty foes and would have to wage prolonged wars with them till the latter would be completely defeated and brought to their knees. The laggards are here told that though they cannot be allowed to march against the Jews of Khaibar and partake of the booty, yet in the near future they would be called upon to fight against a much more powerful enemy and that, if they then responded to the call, they would receive a good reward. The verse also signifies that wars with the Byzantine and Iranian Empires would be fierce and long.
لَّيْسَ عَلَى ٱلْأَعْمَىٰ حَرَجٌ وَلَا عَلَى ٱلْأَعْرَجِ حَرَجٌ وَلَا عَلَى ٱلْمَرِيضِ حَرَجٌ ۗ وَمَن يُطِعِ ٱللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُۥ يُدْخِلْهُ جَنَّٰتٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ ۖ وَمَن يَتَوَلَّ يُعَذِّبْهُ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًا
9:91.
4:14; 24:53; 33:72.
9:91.
4:14; 24:53; 33:72.
Commentary:
The disbelievers have repeatedly been threatened with "a grievous and burning punishment" in the Surah. This is to warn them that the terms of the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah over which they and their fellows had gloated, would prove for them an abiding source of ignominious heart-burning.
a
9:91.
b
4:14; 24:53; 33:72.
a
9:91.
b
4:14; 24:53; 33:72.
3827A
Commentary:
The disbelievers have repeatedly been threatened with "a grievous and burning punishment" in the Surah. This is to warn them that the terms of the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah over which they and their fellows had gloated, would prove for them an abiding source of ignominious heart-burning.
a
9:91.
b
4:14; 24:53; 33:72.
۞ لَّقَدْ رَضِىَ ٱللَّهُ عَنِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ إِذْ يُبَايِعُونَكَ تَحْتَ ٱلشَّجَرَةِ فَعَلِمَ مَا فِى قُلُوبِهِمْ فَأَنزَلَ ٱلسَّكِينَةَ عَلَيْهِمْ وَأَثَٰبَهُمْ فَتْحًا قَرِيبًا
穆圣得到报告说, 由于外交惯例和礼节没有得到遵守, 他的使节欧思曼已遭麦加人暗杀, 于是在赫戴比亚的一棵树下举行了效忠宣誓。使穆圣没法忍受的, 与其说是杀害了欧思曼, 还不如说违背了神圣而历史悠久的外交惯例。据说这个誓言叫做 بَيْعَةُ الرِّضْوَان (Bai‘atur-Ridwan), 意思是指那些幸运的人们, 他们宣誓后博得了安拉的喜悦。
“胜利在望” 这几个字, 指的是在海巴尔 (خَيْبَر, Khaibar) 的胜利。穆圣从赫戴比亚归来后, 立即率军征伐海巴尔的犹太人 (该地是犹太人阴谋诡计的温床), 军中都是在赫戴比亚和穆圣在一起的穆斯林。
بیعت حدیبیہ کا ذکر ہے جبکہ صحابہؓ موت کی قسم کھا کر آنحضرت صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کی بیعت کر رہے تھے۔
یعنی خیبر۔
The swearing of allegiance took place at Hudaibiyah under an Acacia tree after a report had reached the Holy Prophet that in breach of ambassadorial usage and etiquette his envoy, ‘Uthman, had been assassinated by the Meccans. It was, perhaps, not so much the reported murder of ‘Uthman as the violation of a sacred and time-honoured usage that exhausted the Holy Prophet’s patience. The oath came to be known as Bai‘atur-Ridwan, which signified that those lucky people who had taken the oath had obtained God’s pleasure.
What greater proof could there be that God had sent down tranquillity on Muslims than that, being only about 1500 in number and being far away from home and being friendless and surrounded by hostile tribes and faced by a powerful enemy who was entrenched in his citadel, they were prepared to fight rather than agree to the proposed terms of the Treaty.
The words 'victory at hand' refer to the victory at Khaibar. On his return from Hudaibiyah the Holy Prophet led an expedition against the Jews of Khaibar (a great hotbed of Jewish intrigue and conspiracy) with those Muslims who were with him at Hudaibiyah.
Commentary:
The swearing of allegiance referred to in the verse took place at Hudaibiyyah under an acacia tree after a report had reached the Holy Prophet that in breach of ambassadorial usage or etiquette his envoy, ‘Uthman, had been killed at Mecca. It was, perhaps, not so much the reported murder of ‘Uthman as the violation of a sacred and time-honoured custom that exhausted the Prophet’s patience. He invited his followers to take a solemn oath at his hand that they would fight the Quraish to the last breath of their lives. The oath came to be known as Bai‘atur-Ridwan, which signified that those lucky people who had taken the oath had obtained God’s pleasure.
The words, "He knew what was in their hearts," mean that God was well conversant with the state of their minds, viz. that they were quite honest and sincere in their oaths and were anxious to vindicate their sincerity with their blood.
What greater proof could there be that "God sent down tranquillity on Muslims," than that, being only about 1500 in number and being far away from home, friendless and surrounded by hostile tribes and faced by a powerful enemy who was entrenched in his citadel, the Muslims were prepared to fight rather than agree to the proposed terms of the Treaty. The expression, "He rewarded them with a victory near at hand" refers to the victory of Khaibar. On his return from Hudaibiyyah the Prophet led an expedition against the Jews of Khaibar (a great hotbed of Jewish intrigue and conspiracy) with those Muslims who were with him at Hudaibiyyah. Judged by worldly standards of political strategy, and in view of the apparently humiliating terms of the Treaty and of the feeling of frustration that some of the Companions felt at those terms, the Holy Prophet should have been a beaten and embittered man, yet God has styled the Treaty "a clear victory" (v. 2), "a grand achievement" (v. 6); "a mighty reward" (v. 11); and "the completion and perfection of His favour on the Prophet" (v. 3). What was it that made this "humiliating" Treaty such a significant event in the annals of Islam? The answer is: Because it opened the floodgates of spiritual and political conquests for Islam. The signing of the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah was immediately followed by the conquest of Khaibar, a Jewish stronghold and a source of great danger and anxiety for Muslims. Besides, the Islamic Republic at Medina came to be recognized as an independent sovereign state, and within the brief space of three or four years the whole of Arabia was at the feet of the Holy Prophet, followed by a chain of victories which culminated in the defeat and destruction of the great and powerful Byzantine and Iranian Empires.
1266
穆圣得到报告说, 由于外交惯例和礼节没有得到遵守, 他的使节欧思曼已遭麦加人暗杀, 于是在赫戴比亚的一棵树下举行了效忠宣誓。使穆圣没法忍受的, 与其说是杀害了欧思曼, 还不如说违背了神圣而历史悠久的外交惯例。据说这个誓言叫做 بَيْعَةُ الرِّضْوَان (Bai‘atur-Ridwan), 意思是指那些幸运的人们, 他们宣誓后博得了安拉的喜悦。
1267
“胜利在望” 这几个字, 指的是在海巴尔 (خَيْبَر, Khaibar) 的胜利。穆圣从赫戴比亚归来后, 立即率军征伐海巴尔的犹太人 (该地是犹太人阴谋诡计的温床), 军中都是在赫戴比亚和穆圣在一起的穆斯林。
1
بیعت حدیبیہ کا ذکر ہے جبکہ صحابہؓ موت کی قسم کھا کر آنحضرت صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کی بیعت کر رہے تھے۔
2
یعنی خیبر۔
3828
Commentary:
The swearing of allegiance referred to in the verse took place at Hudaibiyyah under an acacia tree after a report had reached the Holy Prophet that in breach of ambassadorial usage or etiquette his envoy, ‘Uthman, had been killed at Mecca. It was, perhaps, not so much the reported murder of ‘Uthman as the violation of a sacred and time-honoured custom that exhausted the Prophet’s patience. He invited his followers to take a solemn oath at his hand that they would fight the Quraish to the last breath of their lives. The oath came to be known as Bai‘atur-Ridwan, which signified that those lucky people who had taken the oath had obtained God’s pleasure.
The words, "He knew what was in their hearts," mean that God was well conversant with the state of their minds, viz. that they were quite honest and sincere in their oaths and were anxious to vindicate their sincerity with their blood.
What greater proof could there be that "God sent down tranquillity on Muslims," than that, being only about 1500 in number and being far away from home, friendless and surrounded by hostile tribes and faced by a powerful enemy who was entrenched in his citadel, the Muslims were prepared to fight rather than agree to the proposed terms of the Treaty. The expression, "He rewarded them with a victory near at hand" refers to the victory of Khaibar. On his return from Hudaibiyyah the Prophet led an expedition against the Jews of Khaibar (a great hotbed of Jewish intrigue and conspiracy) with those Muslims who were with him at Hudaibiyyah. Judged by worldly standards of political strategy, and in view of the apparently humiliating terms of the Treaty and of the feeling of frustration that some of the Companions felt at those terms, the Holy Prophet should have been a beaten and embittered man, yet God has styled the Treaty "a clear victory" (v. 2), "a grand achievement" (v. 6); "a mighty reward" (v. 11); and "the completion and perfection of His favour on the Prophet" (v. 3). What was it that made this "humiliating" Treaty such a significant event in the annals of Islam? The answer is: Because it opened the floodgates of spiritual and political conquests for Islam. The signing of the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah was immediately followed by the conquest of Khaibar, a Jewish stronghold and a source of great danger and anxiety for Muslims. Besides, the Islamic Republic at Medina came to be recognized as an independent sovereign state, and within the brief space of three or four years the whole of Arabia was at the feet of the Holy Prophet, followed by a chain of victories which culminated in the defeat and destruction of the great and powerful Byzantine and Iranian Empires.
2774
The swearing of allegiance took place at Hudaibiyah under an Acacia tree after a report had reached the Holy Prophet that in breach of ambassadorial usage and etiquette his envoy, ‘Uthman, had been assassinated by the Meccans. It was, perhaps, not so much the reported murder of ‘Uthman as the violation of a sacred and time-honoured usage that exhausted the Holy Prophet’s patience. The oath came to be known as Bai‘atur-Ridwan, which signified that those lucky people who had taken the oath had obtained God’s pleasure.
2775
What greater proof could there be that God had sent down tranquillity on Muslims than that, being only about 1500 in number and being far away from home and being friendless and surrounded by hostile tribes and faced by a powerful enemy who was entrenched in his citadel, they were prepared to fight rather than agree to the proposed terms of the Treaty.
2776
The words 'victory at hand' refer to the victory at Khaibar. On his return from Hudaibiyah the Holy Prophet led an expedition against the Jews of Khaibar (a great hotbed of Jewish intrigue and conspiracy) with those Muslims who were with him at Hudaibiyah.
وَمَغَانِمَ كَثِيرَةً يَأْخُذُونَهَا ۗ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَزِيزًا حَكِيمًا
'Great spoils' may refer to the great gains which the Muslims got as a result of the 'near victory' promised in the preceding verse.
Commentary:
"Great Spoils" may refer to the great gains which the Muslims got as a result of the "near victory" promised in the preceding verse.
The repeated mention in the Surah of the Divine attributes "Mighty," "Wise" and "Powerful over all things" seems to signify that the seemingly humiliating Treaty of Hudaibiyyah proved a source of great power for Muslims, as it had been signed by the Prophet in obedience to God’s command Who is Mighty, Wise and Powerful.
3829
Commentary:
"Great Spoils" may refer to the great gains which the Muslims got as a result of the "near victory" promised in the preceding verse.
The repeated mention in the Surah of the Divine attributes "Mighty," "Wise" and "Powerful over all things" seems to signify that the seemingly humiliating Treaty of Hudaibiyyah proved a source of great power for Muslims, as it had been signed by the Prophet in obedience to God’s command Who is Mighty, Wise and Powerful.
2777
'Great spoils' may refer to the great gains which the Muslims got as a result of the 'near victory' promised in the preceding verse.
وَعَدَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ مَغَانِمَ كَثِيرَةً تَأْخُذُونَهَا فَعَجَّلَ لَكُمْ هَٰذِهِۦ وَكَفَّ أَيْدِىَ ٱلنَّاسِ عَنكُمْ وَلِتَكُونَ ءَايَةً لِّلْمُؤْمِنِينَ وَيَهْدِيَكُمْ صِرَٰطًا مُّسْتَقِيمًا
5:12.
یعنی خیبر کے اموال۔
یعنی حدیبیہ کے موقعہ پر۔
5:12.
'Great spoils' mentioned in this verse may refer to the great booty which fell into the hands of Muslims in the conquests, which followed the victory at Khaibar in the rest of Arabia and the neighbouring countries, but the words, 'He has given you this in advance,' evidently refer to the spoils gained at Khaibar. The words, 'has restrained the hands of men from you,' mean that the Treaty of Hudaibiyah had ushered in a period of peace for Muslims.
5:12.
Commentary:
"Great Spoils" mentioned here may refer to the great booty which fell into the hands of Muslims in the conquests which followed the victory at Khaibar, in the rest of Arabia and the neighbouring countries, but the words "He has given you this in advance," evidently refer to the spoils gained at Khaibar. The words فعجل لکم ھذہ may also signify the good things of the present life. The words, "has restrained the hands of men from you", mean that the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah had ushered in a period of peace for Muslims.
a
5:12.
3
یعنی خیبر کے اموال۔
4
یعنی حدیبیہ کے موقعہ پر۔
a
5:12.
3830
Commentary:
"Great Spoils" mentioned here may refer to the great booty which fell into the hands of Muslims in the conquests which followed the victory at Khaibar, in the rest of Arabia and the neighbouring countries, but the words "He has given you this in advance," evidently refer to the spoils gained at Khaibar. The words فعجل لکم ھذہ may also signify the good things of the present life. The words, "has restrained the hands of men from you", mean that the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah had ushered in a period of peace for Muslims.
a
5:12.
2778
'Great spoils' mentioned in this verse may refer to the great booty which fell into the hands of Muslims in the conquests, which followed the victory at Khaibar in the rest of Arabia and the neighbouring countries, but the words, 'He has given you this in advance,' evidently refer to the spoils gained at Khaibar. The words, 'has restrained the hands of men from you,' mean that the Treaty of Hudaibiyah had ushered in a period of peace for Muslims.
وَأُخْرَىٰ لَمْ تَقْدِرُوا۟ عَلَيْهَا قَدْ أَحَاطَ ٱللَّهُ بِهَا ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرًا
这里体现了一个预言, 即穆斯林在海巴尔取胜之后还会多次大胜。
اس آیت میں بتایا ہے کہ خیبر کی فتوحات کے بعد اور فتوحات بھی ہوں گی۔
The verse embodies a prophecy that Muslims will achieve other great victories after the victory at Khaibar.
Commentary:
The verse embodies a prophecy that Muslims will achieve other great victories after the victory of Khaibar.
1268
这里体现了一个预言, 即穆斯林在海巴尔取胜之后还会多次大胜。
5
اس آیت میں بتایا ہے کہ خیبر کی فتوحات کے بعد اور فتوحات بھی ہوں گی۔
3831
Commentary:
The verse embodies a prophecy that Muslims will achieve other great victories after the victory of Khaibar.
2779
The verse embodies a prophecy that Muslims will achieve other great victories after the victory at Khaibar.
وَلَوْ قَٰتَلَكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لَوَلَّوُا۟ ٱلْأَدْبَٰرَ ثُمَّ لَا يَجِدُونَ وَلِيًّا وَلَا نَصِيرًا
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that whenever true believers will stand facing disbelievers in battle array, the disbelievers would suffer defeat. The verse may also mean that if fighting had broken out at Hudaibiyyah the disbelievers would certainly have suffered defeat.
3832
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that whenever true believers will stand facing disbelievers in battle array, the disbelievers would suffer defeat. The verse may also mean that if fighting had broken out at Hudaibiyyah the disbelievers would certainly have suffered defeat.
سُنَّةَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلَّتِى قَدْ خَلَتْ مِن قَبْلُ ۖ وَلَن تَجِدَ لِسُنَّةِ ٱللَّهِ تَبْدِيلًا
17:78; 33:63; 35:44.
17:78; 33:63; 35:44.
17:78; 33:63; 35:44.
Commentary:
The verse means that it has always been the Law of God that truth must ultimately triumph and falsehood suffer defeat; and God’s Law knows no change. This fact is writ large on the face of human history.
b
17:78; 33:63; 35:44.
a
17:78; 33:63; 35:44.
3833
Commentary:
The verse means that it has always been the Law of God that truth must ultimately triumph and falsehood suffer defeat; and God’s Law knows no change. This fact is writ large on the face of human history.
b
17:78; 33:63; 35:44.
وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى كَفَّ أَيْدِيَهُمْ عَنكُمْ وَأَيْدِيَكُمْ عَنْهُم بِبَطْنِ مَكَّةَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ أَنْ أَظْفَرَكُمْ عَلَيْهِمْ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ بَصِيرًا
鉴于穆斯林那时的处境和赫戴比亚条约所产生的深远影响, 这个条约确是一大胜利。这里还指穆斯林到赫戴比亚之前安拉恩赐给他们的多次胜利--------在白德尔的胜利; 穆圣和穆斯林遭到十分危急的处境之后从吴候德安全回麦地那和他们遭到严重损失之后在壕沟战役中彻底挫败阴谋消灭伊斯兰教的麦加人, 等等。在某种意义上说, 这些都是信仰者对不信仰者的胜利。
In view of the circumstances in which the Muslims were then placed and of the far-reaching results it produced, the Treaty of Hudaibiyah was, indeed, a great victory. The words may also refer to the victories that God had granted to Muslims before they came to Hudaibiyah—the victory at Badr, the safe return from Uhud to Medina of Muslims and the Holy Prophet, after they had been placed in a very dangerous and delicate situation, and the complete frustration of the Meccans in their evil designs to destroy Islam in the Battle of the Trench when they were repulsed with severe loss, etc. In a sense these were all victories of believers over disbelievers.
Commentary:
The words "after He had given you victory over them," may signify that in view of the circumstances in which the Muslims were then placed and of the far-reaching results it produced, the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah was tantamount to a great victory. The words may also refer to the victories that God had granted to Muslims before they came to Hudaibiyyah—the victory at Badr, the safe return of Muslims and the Holy Prophet to Medina from Uhud after they had been placed in a very dangerous and delicate situation, and the complete frustration of the Meccans in their evil designs to destroy Islam in the Battle of the Ditch when they were repulsed with severe loss, etc. In a sense these were all victories of believers over disbelievers.
1269
鉴于穆斯林那时的处境和赫戴比亚条约所产生的深远影响, 这个条约确是一大胜利。这里还指穆斯林到赫戴比亚之前安拉恩赐给他们的多次胜利--------在白德尔的胜利; 穆圣和穆斯林遭到十分危急的处境之后从吴候德安全回麦地那和他们遭到严重损失之后在壕沟战役中彻底挫败阴谋消灭伊斯兰教的麦加人, 等等。在某种意义上说, 这些都是信仰者对不信仰者的胜利。
3834
Commentary:
The words "after He had given you victory over them," may signify that in view of the circumstances in which the Muslims were then placed and of the far-reaching results it produced, the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah was tantamount to a great victory. The words may also refer to the victories that God had granted to Muslims before they came to Hudaibiyyah—the victory at Badr, the safe return of Muslims and the Holy Prophet to Medina from Uhud after they had been placed in a very dangerous and delicate situation, and the complete frustration of the Meccans in their evil designs to destroy Islam in the Battle of the Ditch when they were repulsed with severe loss, etc. In a sense these were all victories of believers over disbelievers.
2780
In view of the circumstances in which the Muslims were then placed and of the far-reaching results it produced, the Treaty of Hudaibiyah was, indeed, a great victory. The words may also refer to the victories that God had granted to Muslims before they came to Hudaibiyah—the victory at Badr, the safe return from Uhud to Medina of Muslims and the Holy Prophet, after they had been placed in a very dangerous and delicate situation, and the complete frustration of the Meccans in their evil designs to destroy Islam in the Battle of the Trench when they were repulsed with severe loss, etc. In a sense these were all victories of believers over disbelievers.
هُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَصَدُّوكُمْ عَنِ ٱلْمَسْجِدِ ٱلْحَرَامِ وَٱلْهَدْىَ مَعْكُوفًا أَن يَبْلُغَ مَحِلَّهُۥ ۚ وَلَوْلَا رِجَالٌ مُّؤْمِنُونَ وَنِسَآءٌ مُّؤْمِنَٰتٌ لَّمْ تَعْلَمُوهُمْ أَن تَطَـُٔوهُمْ فَتُصِيبَكُم مِّنْهُم مَّعَرَّةٌۢ بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ ۖ لِّيُدْخِلَ ٱللَّهُ فِى رَحْمَتِهِۦ مَن يَشَآءُ ۚ لَوْ تَزَيَّلُوا۟ لَعَذَّبْنَا ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًا
8:35; 22:26.
There was a nucleus of Muslims in Mecca and if the fight had taken place, Muslim army would have unknowingly killed their own brethren in Faith, thereby causing great injury to their own cause, and earning obloquy and opprobrium in addition.
8:35; 16:89; 22:26; 43:38.
2:197.
Important Words:
معرة (blame) is derived from عر (‘arra). They say عرت الابل i.e. the camels were or became mangy or scabby. عرہ means, he did to him an abominable thing; he did to him what he disliked; he disgraced him. عرہ بشر means, he aspersed him or charged or upbraided him with evil, or he wronged him. معرة means, a cause of reviling or being reviled; a crime or sin that is noxious like mange or scab; a foul or abominable thing; a cause of grief or vexation; disgrace; annoyance, hurt, harm or injury (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse means that though the Meccans gloated over the terms of the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah which, in their ignorance, they thought were very advantageous to them and humiliating for Muslims, and though the latter feeling that the terms were being forcibly wrung from them were crestfallen and did not know that in reality the terms had laid the foundations of a very prosperous and bright future for Islam, yet God had His own design in not permitting the fight to take place. There was a nucleus of Muslims in Mecca and if the fight had taken place, the Muslim army would have unknowingly killed their own brethren in faith, thereby causing great injury to their own cause, and earning obloquy and opprobrium for themselves. In fact, from whatever angle the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah may be viewed it was indeed a great victory.
a
8:35; 22:26.
1270
麦加有一个穆斯林的中心组织, 如发生战争, 穆斯林军队有可能误杀信奉安拉的亲兄弟, 由此对自身的大业造成巨大的损害及平白地添增辱骂和丑名。
a
8:35; 16:89; 22:26; 43:38.
b
2:197.
3835
Important Words:
معرة (blame) is derived from عر (‘arra). They say عرت الابل i.e. the camels were or became mangy or scabby. عرہ means, he did to him an abominable thing; he did to him what he disliked; he disgraced him. عرہ بشر means, he aspersed him or charged or upbraided him with evil, or he wronged him. معرة means, a cause of reviling or being reviled; a crime or sin that is noxious like mange or scab; a foul or abominable thing; a cause of grief or vexation; disgrace; annoyance, hurt, harm or injury (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse means that though the Meccans gloated over the terms of the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah which, in their ignorance, they thought were very advantageous to them and humiliating for Muslims, and though the latter feeling that the terms were being forcibly wrung from them were crestfallen and did not know that in reality the terms had laid the foundations of a very prosperous and bright future for Islam, yet God had His own design in not permitting the fight to take place. There was a nucleus of Muslims in Mecca and if the fight had taken place, the Muslim army would have unknowingly killed their own brethren in faith, thereby causing great injury to their own cause, and earning obloquy and opprobrium for themselves. In fact, from whatever angle the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah may be viewed it was indeed a great victory.
a
8:35; 22:26.
2781
There was a nucleus of Muslims in Mecca and if the fight had taken place, Muslim army would have unknowingly killed their own brethren in Faith, thereby causing great injury to their own cause, and earning obloquy and opprobrium in addition.
إِذْ جَعَلَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ فِى قُلُوبِهِمُ ٱلْحَمِيَّةَ حَمِيَّةَ ٱلْجَٰهِلِيَّةِ فَأَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ سَكِينَتَهُۥ عَلَىٰ رَسُولِهِۦ وَعَلَى ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ وَأَلْزَمَهُمْ كَلِمَةَ ٱلتَّقْوَىٰ وَكَانُوٓا۟ أَحَقَّ بِهَا وَأَهْلَهَا ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمًا
9:26.
9:26.
Against their own tradition and usage that access to and circuit of the Ka‘bah was not to be prevented in the four Sacred Months, the pagans of Mecca, from a false sense of dignity and national pride, had made it a point of honour with them not to allow Muslims to enter Mecca and perform the ‘Umrah (Lesser Pilgrimage). But 'Allah sent His tranquillity' upon the Muslims and though they were greatly upset over the seemingly humiliating terms of the Treaty, yet in deference to the wish and command of their beloved Master they bore all this with restrainted and patience and did not abandon the path of rectitude and righteousness under the most severe provocation. The Companions of the Holy Prophet alone were capable of setting such a noble example.
9:26.
Important Words:
حمیة (prideful indignation) is inf. noun from حمی which means, he refused to bear or endure or tolerate wrongful treatment. They say حمی عنه او منه i.e. he was ashamed, and he disdained or scorned to do it. حمی علیه means, he was angry with him. حمیة(syn. أنفة and غیرة) means, disdain, scorn or indignation; jealousy; indignation which is the result of a feeling of pride (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse means that against their own tradition and usage that access to, and the circuit of, the Ka‘bah was not to be prevented in the four Sacred Months, the pagans of Mecca, from a false sense of dignity and national pride, had made it a point of honour with them not to allow Muslims to enter Mecca and perform the Lesser Pilgrimage (عمرة). But "Allah sent His tranquillity" upon the Muslims and though they were greatly upset over the seemingly humiliating terms of the Treaty, yet in deference to the command of their noble Master they bore it all with becoming restraint and patient and did not abandon the path of rectitude and righteousness under the most severe provocation. The Companions of the Holy Prophetalone were capable of setting such a noble example.
b
9:26.
a
9:26.
3836
Important Words:
حمیة (prideful indignation) is inf. noun from حمی which means, he refused to bear or endure or tolerate wrongful treatment. They say حمی عنه او منه i.e. he was ashamed, and he disdained or scorned to do it. حمی علیه means, he was angry with him. حمیة(syn. أنفة and غیرة) means, disdain, scorn or indignation; jealousy; indignation which is the result of a feeling of pride (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse means that against their own tradition and usage that access to, and the circuit of, the Ka‘bah was not to be prevented in the four Sacred Months, the pagans of Mecca, from a false sense of dignity and national pride, had made it a point of honour with them not to allow Muslims to enter Mecca and perform the Lesser Pilgrimage (عمرة). But "Allah sent His tranquillity" upon the Muslims and though they were greatly upset over the seemingly humiliating terms of the Treaty, yet in deference to the command of their noble Master they bore it all with becoming restraint and patient and did not abandon the path of rectitude and righteousness under the most severe provocation. The Companions of the Holy Prophetalone were capable of setting such a noble example.
b
9:26.
2782
Against their own tradition and usage that access to and circuit of the Ka‘bah was not to be prevented in the four Sacred Months, the pagans of Mecca, from a false sense of dignity and national pride, had made it a point of honour with them not to allow Muslims to enter Mecca and perform the ‘Umrah (Lesser Pilgrimage). But 'Allah sent His tranquillity' upon the Muslims and though they were greatly upset over the seemingly humiliating terms of the Treaty, yet in deference to the wish and command of their beloved Master they bore all this with restrainted and patience and did not abandon the path of rectitude and righteousness under the most severe provocation. The Companions of the Holy Prophet alone were capable of setting such a noble example.
لَّقَدْ صَدَقَ ٱللَّهُ رَسُولَهُ ٱلرُّءْيَا بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖ لَتَدْخُلُنَّ ٱلْمَسْجِدَ ٱلْحَرَامَ إِن شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ ءَامِنِينَ مُحَلِّقِينَ رُءُوسَكُمْ وَمُقَصِّرِينَ لَا تَخَافُونَ ۖ فَعَلِمَ مَا لَمْ تَعْلَمُوا۟ فَجَعَلَ مِن دُونِ ذَٰلِكَ فَتْحًا قَرِيبًا
رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم نے رؤیا میں دیکھا تھا کہ ہم خانہ کعبہ کا طواف کر رہے ہیں۔ اس خواب کو پورا کرنے کے لئے آپ مکہ جانے کے لئے روانہ ہوئے۔ لیکن حدیبیہ کے مقام پر روک دئیے گئے۔ آخر کفار نے درخواست کی کہ اس سال طواف نہ کریں۔ مگر اگلے سال ہم آپ کا راستہ کھلا چھوڑ دیں گے۔ اس وقت طواف کر لیں۔ اس درخواست کو آپ نے منظور کر لیا اور معاہدہ میں شامل کر لیا اسی وعدہ کی طرف اس آیت میں اشارہ ہے۔
یہ پھر خیبر کی فتح کا ذکر ہے۔
The verse refers to the Vision which the Holy Prophet had seen that he was performing the circuit of the Ka‘bah with his Companions (Bukhari). He set out for Mecca with about 1500 of his Companions to perform the Lesser Pilgrimage. He was not allowed access to the Ka‘bah by the Quraish though the Surah was clear and emphatic that the Prophet’s Vision was true and that the Muslims would most certainly enter the Ka‘bah and perform the ceremonies of the Lesser Pilgrimage. The Holy Prophet’s journey, besides serving other useful purposes to which reference is already made, established an important precedent that sometimes even great Prophets of God are liable to place seemingly erroneous interpretations on their visions.
Commentary:
The Holy Prophet had seen a vision that he was performing the circuit of the Ka‘bah with his Companions (Bukhari). The Prophet set out for Mecca with about 1500 of his Companions to perform the Lesser Pilgrimage. It is to this "vision"that the verse under comment refers. The Prophet was not allowed access to the Ka‘bah by the Quraish. On the contrary, he had to sign a treaty of which the terms as mentioned above seemed to be very humiliating and hurtful to the Muslims’ self-respect. They were highly upset, the illustrious ‘Umar, more than anyone else, not only at the terms, but also at the fact that the vision as he understood it had not been fulfilled, could not understand how the Prophet’s journey had served its purpose. He was not quite satisfied with the explanation that the vision did not signify the Pilgrimage would be performed that very year. He was in this frame of mind when, on the way back to Medina, this Surah was revealed and the Prophet called for him and recited it to him. The Surah was clear and emphatic that the Prophet’s vision was true and that the Muslims would most certainly enter the Ka‘bah and perform the ceremonies of the Lesser Pilgrimage. The Prophet’s journey, besides serving other useful purposes to which reference is already made, established an important precedent that sometimes even great Prophets of God are liable to place seemingly erroneous interpretations on their visions.
1
رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم نے رؤیا میں دیکھا تھا کہ ہم خانہ کعبہ کا طواف کر رہے ہیں۔ اس خواب کو پورا کرنے کے لئے آپ مکہ جانے کے لئے روانہ ہوئے۔ لیکن حدیبیہ کے مقام پر روک دئیے گئے۔ آخر کفار نے درخواست کی کہ اس سال طواف نہ کریں۔ مگر اگلے سال ہم آپ کا راستہ کھلا چھوڑ دیں گے۔ اس وقت طواف کر لیں۔ اس درخواست کو آپ نے منظور کر لیا اور معاہدہ میں شامل کر لیا اسی وعدہ کی طرف اس آیت میں اشارہ ہے۔
2
یہ پھر خیبر کی فتح کا ذکر ہے۔
3837
Commentary:
The Holy Prophet had seen a vision that he was performing the circuit of the Ka‘bah with his Companions (Bukhari). The Prophet set out for Mecca with about 1500 of his Companions to perform the Lesser Pilgrimage. It is to this "vision"that the verse under comment refers. The Prophet was not allowed access to the Ka‘bah by the Quraish. On the contrary, he had to sign a treaty of which the terms as mentioned above seemed to be very humiliating and hurtful to the Muslims’ self-respect. They were highly upset, the illustrious ‘Umar, more than anyone else, not only at the terms, but also at the fact that the vision as he understood it had not been fulfilled, could not understand how the Prophet’s journey had served its purpose. He was not quite satisfied with the explanation that the vision did not signify the Pilgrimage would be performed that very year. He was in this frame of mind when, on the way back to Medina, this Surah was revealed and the Prophet called for him and recited it to him. The Surah was clear and emphatic that the Prophet’s vision was true and that the Muslims would most certainly enter the Ka‘bah and perform the ceremonies of the Lesser Pilgrimage. The Prophet’s journey, besides serving other useful purposes to which reference is already made, established an important precedent that sometimes even great Prophets of God are liable to place seemingly erroneous interpretations on their visions.
2783
The verse refers to the Vision which the Holy Prophet had seen that he was performing the circuit of the Ka‘bah with his Companions (Bukhari). He set out for Mecca with about 1500 of his Companions to perform the Lesser Pilgrimage. He was not allowed access to the Ka‘bah by the Quraish though the Surah was clear and emphatic that the Prophet’s Vision was true and that the Muslims would most certainly enter the Ka‘bah and perform the ceremonies of the Lesser Pilgrimage. The Holy Prophet’s journey, besides serving other useful purposes to which reference is already made, established an important precedent that sometimes even great Prophets of God are liable to place seemingly erroneous interpretations on their visions.
هُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَرْسَلَ رَسُولَهُۥ بِٱلْهُدَىٰ وَدِينِ ٱلْحَقِّ لِيُظْهِرَهُۥ عَلَى ٱلدِّينِ كُلِّهِۦ ۚ وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ شَهِيدًا
61:10.
4:167; 13:44; 29:53.
The verse makes a very bold prophecy that Islam would eventually triumph over all other religions.
61:10.
4:167; 6:20; 13:44; 29:53.
Commentary:
In the preceding verse reference was made to the vision of the Holy Prophet which had brought about the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah which in turn led to the very rapid expansion of Islam in Arabia and to its consolidation, and ultimately to the Fall of Mecca and the submission of the whole of Arabia to the Holy Prophet. The present verse makes a very bold prophecy to the effect that not only would Islam prevail in Arabia but would also eventually triumph over all other religions. The signs of the fulfilment of this prophecy are already in evidence.
a
61:10.
b
4:167; 13:44; 29:53.
a
61:10.
b
4:167; 6:20; 13:44; 29:53.
3838
Commentary:
In the preceding verse reference was made to the vision of the Holy Prophet which had brought about the Treaty of Hudaibiyyah which in turn led to the very rapid expansion of Islam in Arabia and to its consolidation, and ultimately to the Fall of Mecca and the submission of the whole of Arabia to the Holy Prophet. The present verse makes a very bold prophecy to the effect that not only would Islam prevail in Arabia but would also eventually triumph over all other religions. The signs of the fulfilment of this prophecy are already in evidence.
a
61:10.
b
4:167; 13:44; 29:53.
2784
The verse makes a very bold prophecy that Islam would eventually triumph over all other religions.
مُّحَمَّدٌ رَّسُولُ ٱللَّهِ ۚ وَٱلَّذِينَ مَعَهُۥٓ أَشِدَّآءُ عَلَى ٱلْكُفَّارِ رُحَمَآءُ بَيْنَهُمْ ۖ تَرَىٰهُمْ رُكَّعًا سُجَّدًا يَبْتَغُونَ فَضْلًا مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَرِضْوَٰنًا ۖ سِيمَاهُمْ فِى وُجُوهِهِم مِّنْ أَثَرِ ٱلسُّجُودِ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ مَثَلُهُمْ فِى ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةِ ۚ وَمَثَلُهُمْ فِى ٱلْإِنجِيلِ كَزَرْعٍ أَخْرَجَ شَطْـَٔهُۥ فَـَٔازَرَهُۥ فَٱسْتَغْلَظَ فَٱسْتَوَىٰ عَلَىٰ سُوقِهِۦ يُعْجِبُ ٱلزُّرَّاعَ لِيَغِيظَ بِهِمُ ٱلْكُفَّارَ ۗ وَعَدَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ مِنْهُم مَّغْفِرَةً وَأَجْرًا عَظِيمًۢا
9:123.
59:9.
这些是希望在世界大事的进程中遗留下自己的标志的、进步和繁荣的民族的两个重要特点。«古兰经» 中别的地方 (5:55) 把真正的虔诚的穆斯林描写成对信者仁慈而谦虚, 对不信者刚强而坚定。
“这是 «摩西五经» 中对他们的描写” 一句可以指 «圣经» 中的描写, 即 “巴兰山 (فَارَان, Paran) 上发出他的光辉, 他带来一万名圣徒” 。(«申命记» 33:2) “而 «福音书» 描写他们好像庄稼” 一句可以指 «圣经» 中的另一个比喻, 即 “看哪, 有一个播种子 者出去播种。他播的时候;……另外有些种子落在好土壤里, 长大结实, 收成有一百倍的, 有六十倍的, 也有三十倍的。”。(«马太福音» 13:3-8) 前者似适于描写穆圣的伙伴, 后者适于比喻与耶稣同位的, 主许迈喜合, 他们以微不足道之起步, 势必发展为一壮大之团体, 逐步但却是不断地把伊斯兰教义传播到天涯海角, 直到它流传并超越一切的宗教, 到时, 它的对手将会对它的力量与威望感到又惊奇, 又妒羡。
اس آیت میں انجیل والوں کے مقابل کے اسلامی حصہ کی مثال بیان کی گئی ہے جو مسیح محمدی کی جماعت ہے۔
اس آیت میں اس پیشگوئی کی طرف اشارہ کیا گیا ہے جو متی باب۱۳ آیت ۳ تا ۹ میں ان الفاظ میں بیان ہوئی ہے کہ ’’ایک بونے والا بیج بونے نکلا اور بوتے وقت کچھ دانے راہ کے کنارے گرے اور پرندوں نے آکر انہیں ُچگ لیا اور کچھ پتھریلی زمین پر گرے۔ جہاں ان کو بہت مٹی نہ ملی اور گہری مٹی نہ ملنے کے سبب سے جلد اُگ آئے اور جب سورج نکلا تو جل گئے اور جڑھ نہ ہونے کے سبب سے سوکھ گئے اور کچھ جھاڑیوں میں گرے۔ اور جھاڑیوں نے بڑھ کر ان کو دبالیا۔ اور کچھ اچھی زمین میں گرے اور پھل لائے۔ کچھ سو گنا کچھ ساٹھ گنا۔ کچھ تیس گنا۔‘‘ قرآن مجید کی اس آیت میں بتایا گیا ہے کہ امت محمدیہ میں آنے والے مسیح ک
9:123.
59:9.
These are the two essential characteristics of a progressive and prosperous people who seek to leave their mark on the course of world events. Elsewhere in the Qur’an (5:55), the true and good Muslims have been described as kind and humble towards believers and hard and firm against disbelievers.
The words, 'This is their description in the Torah,' may refer to the biblical description, viz. 'he shined forth from mount Paran and he came with ten thousands of saints' (Deut. 33:2). And the expression, And their description in the Gospel is like unto a seed-produce, may refer to another biblical parable, viz. 'Behold, a sower went forth to sow; and when he sowed seeds; some fell into good ground and brought forth fruit, some hundredfold, some sixtyfold, some thirtyfold' (Matt. 13:3-8). The former description seems to apply to the Companions of the Holy Prophet and the latter parable to the followers of Jesus’s counterpart, the Promised Messiah, who, from a very small and insignificant beginning, are destined to develop into a mighty organization and gradually but progressively to carry the Message of Islam to the ends of the earth till it will prevail and triumph over all religions, and its opponents will wonder at, and be jealous of, its power and prestige.
9:123.
59:9.
Important Words:
أشداء (hard) is the plural of شدید which is derived from شد which means, he was or became strong. شد علی عدوہ means, he attacked his enemy. شدید means, firm or firm of heart; strong; compact; powerful; robust; courageous; brave; keen or tenacious; niggardly; avaricious; exalted (Lane & Aqrab).
سیما (mark) is derived from سوم (sawwama). They say سوم الفرس i.e. he put a mark upon the horse; he put the mark with iron such as is used for branding or with something whereby he should be known. سیما or سومة means, a mark, sign or token or badge by which a thing is known or by which the good is known from the bad (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The preceding verse had made a great prophecy about the eventual triumph of Islam over all other religious systems. The verse under comment signifies that the foundation of the grand and glorious future of Islam have already been laid by "Muhammad, the Messenger of Allah and those who are with him," and mentions some of the noble qualities of good and sincere believers, through whose selfless efforts this consummation will be brought about. They are brave, firm and courageous and not susceptible to the evil influences of bad persons and environment; on the contrary, they are loving and kind towards each other. These are the two essential characteristics of a progressive and rising people who seek to leave their mark on the course of world events. Elsewhere in the Quran (5:55) the true and good Muslims have been described as أذلة علی المؤمنین أعزة علی الکافرین i.e. kind and humble towards believers and hard and firm against disbelievers.
The words, "this is their description in the Torah," may refer to the Biblical description, viz. "he shined forth from mount Paran and he came with ten thousands of saints" (Deut. 33:2). And the expression, "and their description in the Gospel is like unto a seed-produce" may refer to another Biblical parable, viz. "Behold, a sower went forth to sow; and when he sowed seeds some fell into good ground, and brought forth fruit, some an hundredfold, some sixtyfold, some thirtyfold" (Matt. 13:3-8). The former description seems to apply to the Companions of the Holy Prophet and the latter parable to the followers of Jesus’ Counterpart, the Promised Messiah, who, from very small and insignificant beginnings, are destined to develop into a mighty organization and gradually but progressively to carry the Message of Islam to the ends of the earth till it will prevail and triumph over all religions, and its opponents will wonder at, and be jealous of, its power and prestige.
c
9:123.
d
59:9.
1271
这些是希望在世界大事的进程中遗留下自己的标志的、进步和繁荣的民族的两个重要特点。«古兰经» 中别的地方 (5:55) 把真正的虔诚的穆斯林描写成对信者仁慈而谦虚, 对不信者刚强而坚定。
1272
“这是 «摩西五经» 中对他们的描写” 一句可以指 «圣经» 中的描写, 即 “巴兰山 (فَارَان, Paran) 上发出他的光辉, 他带来一万名圣徒” 。(«申命记» 33:2) “而 «福音书» 描写他们好像庄稼” 一句可以指 «圣经» 中的另一个比喻, 即 “看哪, 有一个播种子 者出去播种。他播的时候;……另外有些种子落在好土壤里, 长大结实, 收成有一百倍的, 有六十倍的, 也有三十倍的。”。(«马太福音» 13:3-8) 前者似适于描写穆圣的伙伴, 后者适于比喻与耶稣同位的, 主许迈喜合, 他们以微不足道之起步, 势必发展为一壮大之团体, 逐步但却是不断地把伊斯兰教义传播到天涯海角, 直到它流传并超越一切的宗教, 到时, 它的对手将会对它的力量与威望感到又惊奇, 又妒羡。
1
اس آیت میں انجیل والوں کے مقابل کے اسلامی حصہ کی مثال بیان کی گئی ہے جو مسیح محمدی کی جماعت ہے۔
2
اس آیت میں اس پیشگوئی کی طرف اشارہ کیا گیا ہے جو متی باب۱۳ آیت ۳ تا ۹ میں ان الفاظ میں بیان ہوئی ہے کہ ’’ایک بونے والا بیج بونے نکلا اور بوتے وقت کچھ دانے راہ کے کنارے گرے اور پرندوں نے آکر انہیں ُچگ لیا اور کچھ پتھریلی زمین پر گرے۔ جہاں ان کو بہت مٹی نہ ملی اور گہری مٹی نہ ملنے کے سبب سے جلد اُگ آئے اور جب سورج نکلا تو جل گئے اور جڑھ نہ ہونے کے سبب سے سوکھ گئے اور کچھ جھاڑیوں میں گرے۔ اور جھاڑیوں نے بڑھ کر ان کو دبالیا۔ اور کچھ اچھی زمین میں گرے اور پھل لائے۔ کچھ سو گنا کچھ ساٹھ گنا۔ کچھ تیس گنا۔‘‘ قرآن مجید کی اس آیت میں بتایا گیا ہے کہ امت محمدیہ میں آنے والے مسیح ک
c
9:123.
d
59:9.
3839
Important Words:
أشداء (hard) is the plural of شدید which is derived from شد which means, he was or became strong. شد علی عدوہ means, he attacked his enemy. شدید means, firm or firm of heart; strong; compact; powerful; robust; courageous; brave; keen or tenacious; niggardly; avaricious; exalted (Lane & Aqrab).
سیما (mark) is derived from سوم (sawwama). They say سوم الفرس i.e. he put a mark upon the horse; he put the mark with iron such as is used for branding or with something whereby he should be known. سیما or سومة means, a mark, sign or token or badge by which a thing is known or by which the good is known from the bad (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The preceding verse had made a great prophecy about the eventual triumph of Islam over all other religious systems. The verse under comment signifies that the foundation of the grand and glorious future of Islam have already been laid by "Muhammad, the Messenger of Allah and those who are with him," and mentions some of the noble qualities of good and sincere believers, through whose selfless efforts this consummation will be brought about. They are brave, firm and courageous and not susceptible to the evil influences of bad persons and environment; on the contrary, they are loving and kind towards each other. These are the two essential characteristics of a progressive and rising people who seek to leave their mark on the course of world events. Elsewhere in the Quran (5:55) the true and good Muslims have been described as أذلة علی المؤمنین أعزة علی الکافرین i.e. kind and humble towards believers and hard and firm against disbelievers.
The words, "this is their description in the Torah," may refer to the Biblical description, viz. "he shined forth from mount Paran and he came with ten thousands of saints" (Deut. 33:2). And the expression, "and their description in the Gospel is like unto a seed-produce" may refer to another Biblical parable, viz. "Behold, a sower went forth to sow; and when he sowed seeds some fell into good ground, and brought forth fruit, some an hundredfold, some sixtyfold, some thirtyfold" (Matt. 13:3-8). The former description seems to apply to the Companions of the Holy Prophet and the latter parable to the followers of Jesus’ Counterpart, the Promised Messiah, who, from very small and insignificant beginnings, are destined to develop into a mighty organization and gradually but progressively to carry the Message of Islam to the ends of the earth till it will prevail and triumph over all religions, and its opponents will wonder at, and be jealous of, its power and prestige.
c
9:123.
d
59:9.
2785
These are the two essential characteristics of a progressive and prosperous people who seek to leave their mark on the course of world events. Elsewhere in the Qur’an (5:55), the true and good Muslims have been described as kind and humble towards believers and hard and firm against disbelievers.
2786
The words, 'This is their description in the Torah,' may refer to the biblical description, viz. 'he shined forth from mount Paran and he came with ten thousands of saints' (Deut. 33:2). And the expression, And their description in the Gospel is like unto a seed-produce, may refer to another biblical parable, viz. 'Behold, a sower went forth to sow; and when he sowed seeds; some fell into good ground and brought forth fruit, some hundredfold, some sixtyfold, some thirtyfold' (Matt. 13:3-8). The former description seems to apply to the Companions of the Holy Prophet and the latter parable to the followers of Jesus’s counterpart, the Promised Messiah, who, from a very small and insignificant beginning, are destined to develop into a mighty organization and gradually but progressively to carry the Message of Islam to the ends of the earth till it will prevail and triumph over all religions, and its opponents will wonder at, and be jealous of, its power and prestige.
الحجرات
Al-Hujurat
The Rooms • madinah • 18 Verses
بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ
1:1.
1:1.
a
1:1.
a
See 1:1.
3840
Commentary:
See 1:1.
a
1:1.
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تُقَدِّمُوا۟ بَيْنَ يَدَىِ ٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ ۖ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ
信者有责任对穆圣表示应有的尊敬和关切, 且须无条件地服从他, 切莫擅自发号施令或置自己的意愿于穆圣的意愿之前。
Believers are enjoined to show proper respect to, and regard for, the Holy Prophet and to give him unqualified obedience and not to anticipate his commands or to prefer their own wishes to his.
Commentary:
Mecca had fallen. The whole of Arabia lay prostrate at the Prophet’s feet. Life had become quite safe and secure for Muslims and wealth and great riches had come into their possession. A life of ease and comfort generally follows in the wake of riches, resulting in lack of discipline and other very serious social evils. Therefore rules of conduct have been revealed in this Surah to safeguard the Muslim Community against these evils. They are told to show proper respect and regard for the Holy Prophet and to give him unqualified obedience and not to anticipate his commands or to prefer their own wishes to his.
1273
信者有责任对穆圣表示应有的尊敬和关切, 且须无条件地服从他, 切莫擅自发号施令或置自己的意愿于穆圣的意愿之前。
3841
Commentary:
Mecca had fallen. The whole of Arabia lay prostrate at the Prophet’s feet. Life had become quite safe and secure for Muslims and wealth and great riches had come into their possession. A life of ease and comfort generally follows in the wake of riches, resulting in lack of discipline and other very serious social evils. Therefore rules of conduct have been revealed in this Surah to safeguard the Muslim Community against these evils. They are told to show proper respect and regard for the Holy Prophet and to give him unqualified obedience and not to anticipate his commands or to prefer their own wishes to his.
2787
Believers are enjoined to show proper respect to, and regard for, the Holy Prophet and to give him unqualified obedience and not to anticipate his commands or to prefer their own wishes to his.
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَرْفَعُوٓا۟ أَصْوَٰتَكُمْ فَوْقَ صَوْتِ ٱلنَّبِىِّ وَلَا تَجْهَرُوا۟ لَهُۥ بِٱلْقَوْلِ كَجَهْرِ بَعْضِكُمْ لِبَعْضٍ أَن تَحْبَطَ أَعْمَٰلُكُمْ وَأَنتُمْ لَا تَشْعُرُونَ
这里着重强调对穆圣要极为尊敬。穆斯林不得在他面前高声谈话, 或对他大声说话, 这不仅不礼貌, 而且被认为对穆斯林的德性有害处, 这种粗暴的做法显示不出对导师所应有的尊敬。
The verse lays great stress on observing an attitude of utmost respectfulness towards the Holy Prophet. The Muslims should not talk loudly in his presence or address him aloud which not only constitutes bad manners, but is calculated to do moral injury to one so rude as not to show due respect to the Leader.
Commentary:
The verse lays great stress on observing an attitude of utmost respectfulness towards the Holy Prophet. The Muslims should not talk loudly in his presence or address him aloud. This is not only bad manners but is calculated to do moral injury to one so rude as not to show respect due to the Leader.
1274
这里着重强调对穆圣要极为尊敬。穆斯林不得在他面前高声谈话, 或对他大声说话, 这不仅不礼貌, 而且被认为对穆斯林的德性有害处, 这种粗暴的做法显示不出对导师所应有的尊敬。
3842
Commentary:
The verse lays great stress on observing an attitude of utmost respectfulness towards the Holy Prophet. The Muslims should not talk loudly in his presence or address him aloud. This is not only bad manners but is calculated to do moral injury to one so rude as not to show respect due to the Leader.
2788
The verse lays great stress on observing an attitude of utmost respectfulness towards the Holy Prophet. The Muslims should not talk loudly in his presence or address him aloud which not only constitutes bad manners, but is calculated to do moral injury to one so rude as not to show due respect to the Leader.
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَغُضُّونَ أَصْوَٰتَهُمْ عِندَ رَسُولِ ٱللَّهِ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱمْتَحَنَ ٱللَّهُ قُلُوبَهُمْ لِلتَّقْوَىٰ ۚ لَهُم مَّغْفِرَةٌ وَأَجْرٌ عَظِيمٌ
在穆圣面前低声说话是表示对他尊敬, 表示自己内心的谦卑, 而不必要地提高嗓门是表示骄傲自大。
To speak in low tones in the presence of the Holy Prophet is indicative for respect for him and of one’s own humility of heart, while the raising of voice unnecessarily smacks of conceit and arrogance.
Important Words:
امتحن is derived from محن. They say, محن فلانا i.e. he tried or put to the test such a one. محنه عشرین سوطا means, he flogged him with twenty stripes. محن الفضة means, he purified the silver by putting it in the fire. محن البئر means, he took out the earth from the well and cleared it (Taj & Raghib).
Commentary:
To speak in low tones in the presence of the Prophet is indicative of respect for him and of one’s own humility of heart which is a good moral quality; while unnecessarily raising of voice smacks of conceit and arrogance.
1275
在穆圣面前低声说话是表示对他尊敬, 表示自己内心的谦卑, 而不必要地提高嗓门是表示骄傲自大。
3843
Important Words:
امتحن is derived from محن. They say, محن فلانا i.e. he tried or put to the test such a one. محنه عشرین سوطا means, he flogged him with twenty stripes. محن الفضة means, he purified the silver by putting it in the fire. محن البئر means, he took out the earth from the well and cleared it (Taj & Raghib).
Commentary:
To speak in low tones in the presence of the Prophet is indicative of respect for him and of one’s own humility of heart which is a good moral quality; while unnecessarily raising of voice smacks of conceit and arrogance.
2789
To speak in low tones in the presence of the Holy Prophet is indicative for respect for him and of one’s own humility of heart, while the raising of voice unnecessarily smacks of conceit and arrogance.
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يُنَادُونَكَ مِن وَرَآءِ ٱلْحُجُرَٰتِ أَكْثَرُهُمْ لَا يَعْقِلُونَ
Calling out to the Prophet in a loud voice from outside his house amounts to intruding upon his privacy and shows lack of respect for his person and his valuable time; and only an ill-mannered person would be guilty of such foolish behaviour.
Commentary:
Calling out to the Prophet in a loud voice from outside his house amounts to intruding upon his privacy and shows lack of respect for his person and for his valuable time; and only an ill-mannered person would be guilty of such foolish behaviour.
3844
Commentary:
Calling out to the Prophet in a loud voice from outside his house amounts to intruding upon his privacy and shows lack of respect for his person and for his valuable time; and only an ill-mannered person would be guilty of such foolish behaviour.
2790
Calling out to the Prophet in a loud voice from outside his house amounts to intruding upon his privacy and shows lack of respect for his person and his valuable time; and only an ill-mannered person would be guilty of such foolish behaviour.
وَلَوْ أَنَّهُمْ صَبَرُوا۟ حَتَّىٰ تَخْرُجَ إِلَيْهِمْ لَكَانَ خَيْرًا لَّهُمْ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِن جَآءَكُمْ فَاسِقٌۢ بِنَبَإٍ فَتَبَيَّنُوٓا۟ أَن تُصِيبُوا۟ قَوْمًۢا بِجَهَٰلَةٍ فَتُصْبِحُوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَا فَعَلْتُمْ نَٰدِمِينَ
4:95.
4:95.
Though after the Fall of Mecca almost the whole of Arabia had entered the fold of Islam, some tribes had still refused to accept the new order of things and were determined upon fighting the Muslims to the bitter end. Moreover, the neighbouring Byzantine and Iranian Empires were also awakening to a realization of the challenge to their power and prestige, which challenge they thought had arisen in Arabia, and war with Islam seemed inevitable. So this injunction was necessary. The Muslims are told that even when the exigencies of war necessitate prompt action to forestall a military move on the enemy’s part, rumours which are naturally very rife in time of war should not be given ready credence. They should be fully examined and tested and their correctness ascertained before action is taken upon them.
4:95.
Commentary:
Though after the Fall of Mecca, at the time when this Surah was revealed, almost the whole of Arabia had entered the fold of Islam. Some tribes still refused to accept the new order of things and were determined upon fighting the Muslims to the bitter end. Moreover, the neighbouring Byzantine and Persian Empires were awakening to a realization of the challenge to their power which they thought had arisen in Arabia, and war with Islam seemed inevitable. So the direction embodied in the verse under comment was necessary. The Muslims are told that even when the exigencies of war necessitate prompt action to forestall a military move on the enemy’s part, rumours which are naturally very much rife in time of war should not be given ready credence. They should be tested and their correctness ascertained before action is taken upon them.
a
4:95.
a
4:95.
3845
Commentary:
Though after the Fall of Mecca, at the time when this Surah was revealed, almost the whole of Arabia had entered the fold of Islam. Some tribes still refused to accept the new order of things and were determined upon fighting the Muslims to the bitter end. Moreover, the neighbouring Byzantine and Persian Empires were awakening to a realization of the challenge to their power which they thought had arisen in Arabia, and war with Islam seemed inevitable. So the direction embodied in the verse under comment was necessary. The Muslims are told that even when the exigencies of war necessitate prompt action to forestall a military move on the enemy’s part, rumours which are naturally very much rife in time of war should not be given ready credence. They should be tested and their correctness ascertained before action is taken upon them.
a
4:95.
2791
Though after the Fall of Mecca almost the whole of Arabia had entered the fold of Islam, some tribes had still refused to accept the new order of things and were determined upon fighting the Muslims to the bitter end. Moreover, the neighbouring Byzantine and Iranian Empires were also awakening to a realization of the challenge to their power and prestige, which challenge they thought had arisen in Arabia, and war with Islam seemed inevitable. So this injunction was necessary. The Muslims are told that even when the exigencies of war necessitate prompt action to forestall a military move on the enemy’s part, rumours which are naturally very rife in time of war should not be given ready credence. They should be fully examined and tested and their correctness ascertained before action is taken upon them.
وَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ فِيكُمْ رَسُولَ ٱللَّهِ ۚ لَوْ يُطِيعُكُمْ فِى كَثِيرٍ مِّنَ ٱلْأَمْرِ لَعَنِتُّمْ وَلَٰكِنَّ ٱللَّهَ حَبَّبَ إِلَيْكُمُ ٱلْإِيمَٰنَ وَزَيَّنَهُۥ فِى قُلُوبِكُمْ وَكَرَّهَ إِلَيْكُمُ ٱلْكُفْرَ وَٱلْفُسُوقَ وَٱلْعِصْيَانَ ۚ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلرَّٰشِدُونَ
在这里告诉穆斯林, 穆圣可能与他们协商关于他们的事情, 但不要希望他必定听从人家的意见, 因为他是从安拉接受指导, 而且他是负起最后责任的。
Muslims are here told that the Holy Prophet might seek counsel in matters concerning them, but he should not be expected necessarily to follow their advice as he receives guidance from on High and because also his is the final responsibility.
6:109.
Commentary:
The verse continues the general theme of the Surah, the immediately preceding verse constituting a necessary parenthesis. In the earlier verses the Muslims were enjoined to give unquestioning obedience to the Holy Prophet and to show respect to him which befitted his station as God’s great Prophet. In this verse they are told that the Prophet would seek their counsel in matters concerning them but he should not be expected to follow their advice as he received guidance from on high and because also his was the final responsibility, and their judgement, at best, might be defective. It was enough for them that God, through His Grace, "has endeared faith to you."
1276
在这里告诉穆斯林, 穆圣可能与他们协商关于他们的事情, 但不要希望他必定听从人家的意见, 因为他是从安拉接受指导, 而且他是负起最后责任的。
a
6:109.
3846
Commentary:
The verse continues the general theme of the Surah, the immediately preceding verse constituting a necessary parenthesis. In the earlier verses the Muslims were enjoined to give unquestioning obedience to the Holy Prophet and to show respect to him which befitted his station as God’s great Prophet. In this verse they are told that the Prophet would seek their counsel in matters concerning them but he should not be expected to follow their advice as he received guidance from on high and because also his was the final responsibility, and their judgement, at best, might be defective. It was enough for them that God, through His Grace, "has endeared faith to you."
2792
Muslims are here told that the Holy Prophet might seek counsel in matters concerning them, but he should not be expected necessarily to follow their advice as he receives guidance from on High and because also his is the final responsibility.
فَضْلًا مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَنِعْمَةً ۚ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَكِيمٌ
وَإِن طَآئِفَتَانِ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ ٱقْتَتَلُوا۟ فَأَصْلِحُوا۟ بَيْنَهُمَا ۖ فَإِنۢ بَغَتْ إِحْدَىٰهُمَا عَلَى ٱلْأُخْرَىٰ فَقَٰتِلُوا۟ ٱلَّتِى تَبْغِى حَتَّىٰ تَفِىٓءَ إِلَىٰٓ أَمْرِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ فَإِن فَآءَتْ فَأَصْلِحُوا۟ بَيْنَهُمَا بِٱلْعَدْلِ وَأَقْسِطُوٓا۟ ۖ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُقْسِطِينَ
اِس آیت میں یو‘ این‘ او کا نقشہ کھینچا گیا ہے۔ افسوس لیگ آف نیشنز نے اس پر پورا عمل نہ کیا اور ناکام رہی۔
یو۔ این۔ او بھی بزدلی دکھا رہی ہے اور ناکامی کے آثار ہیں۔ جب تک پوری طرح اس آیت میں بتائی ہوئی شرائط پر یو۔ این۔ او عمل نہ کرے گی۔ کامیاب نہ ہوگی۔
لفظ مومن سے دھوکا نہیں کھانا چاہیے۔ مومن کا لفظ اس لئے رکھا ہے کہ مسلمان قومیں مسلمانوں کے درمیان ہی فیصلہ کرا سکتی ہیں ورنہ اصولی طور پر یہ آیت ساری قوموں کے لئے اپنے اندر راہنمائی رکھتی ہیں۔
یعنی صلح کرتے وقت اپنے فوائد سامنے نہ رکھا کرو۔ اصل مسئلہ کا فیصلہ کروایا کرو۔ اس بارہ میں صرف ایک مثال ملتی ہے اور وہ امریکہ کی ہے جس نے کوریا اور سویز کے جھگڑوں میں یہ نیک نمونہ دکھایا ہے۔
اس سے مراد یہ ہے کہ ان لڑنے والی قوموں میں صلح کراتے وقت اپنا کوئی فائدہ حاصل کرنے کی کوشش نہ کیا کرو۔
8:2.
A great danger to the security and solidarity of a Muslim State are the disputes and quarrels that haply might arise between different Muslim groups or parties. This verse provides an effective remedy to compose such differences. Primarily, it deals with the settlement of disputes between Muslim parties, but it equally embodies a sound basis on which a really effective League of Nations or a United Nations Organization can be built. The verse lays down a sound principle for the maintenance of international peace.
8:2.
Commentary:
The central theme of the Surah is the solidarity of Islam. Directions and rules of conduct which are calculated to achieve and maintain this solidarity have been laid down in it in some detail. Some of these rules have been mentioned in the preceding verses, others follow in the verses that come later. A great danger to the security and solidarity of the Muslim State or Community are the disputes and quarrels that haply might arise between different Muslim groups or parties. The verse under comment provides a most effective remedy to compose these quarrels. Primarily, the verse deals with the settlement of disputes between Muslim parties, but it equally embodies a sound basis on which a really effective "League of Nations" or a "United Nations Organisation" can be built. The verse lays down the following principles for the maintenance of international peace.
As soon as there are indications of disagreement between two nations, the other nations, instead of taking sides with one or the other, should at once serve notice upon them, calling upon them to submit their differences for settlement to a "League of Nations" or "United Nations Organisation", as the case may be. If they agree, the dispute will be amicably settled. But if one of them refuses to submit to the "League", or having submitted refuses to accept the award of the "League" and prepares to make war, the other nations should all fight it. It is evident that one nation, however strong, cannot withstand the united might of all other nations and is bound to make a speedy submission. In that event, terms of peace should be settled between the two original parties to the dispute. The other nations should act merely as mediators and not as parties to the dispute, and should not put forward new claims arising out of the conflict with the refractory nation, for that would lay the foundation of fresh disputes and quarrels. The terms of peace should be just and equitable with reference to the merits of the dispute; they should be confined to the original dispute between the parties and should not be allowed to travel beyond it.
It is only such a "League" or "Organisation" which can safely be entrusted with the maintenance of international peace, not a League or Organisation whose very existence is dependent upon the goodwill of others.
b
8:2.
1277
穆斯林国家的安全和团结所遇到的危险是穆斯林之间两派或两党偶尔可能引起的争吵和不和。这里提供了一个协调这样分歧的有效弥补方法。这个办法主要涉及的是穆斯林党派之间争执的解决办法, 但同样体现了缔结一个真正有效的各国联盟或联合国组织的基础。这里制订了一条维持国际和平的健全原则。
1
اِس آیت میں یو‘ این‘ او کا نقشہ کھینچا گیا ہے۔ افسوس لیگ آف نیشنز نے اس پر پورا عمل نہ کیا اور ناکام رہی۔
یو۔ این۔ او بھی بزدلی دکھا رہی ہے اور ناکامی کے آثار ہیں۔ جب تک پوری طرح اس آیت میں بتائی ہوئی شرائط پر یو۔ این۔ او عمل نہ کرے گی۔ کامیاب نہ ہوگی۔
2
لفظ مومن سے دھوکا نہیں کھانا چاہیے۔ مومن کا لفظ اس لئے رکھا ہے کہ مسلمان قومیں مسلمانوں کے درمیان ہی فیصلہ کرا سکتی ہیں ورنہ اصولی طور پر یہ آیت ساری قوموں کے لئے اپنے اندر راہنمائی رکھتی ہیں۔
3
یعنی صلح کرتے وقت اپنے فوائد سامنے نہ رکھا کرو۔ اصل مسئلہ کا فیصلہ کروایا کرو۔ اس بارہ میں صرف ایک مثال ملتی ہے اور وہ امریکہ کی ہے جس نے کوریا اور سویز کے جھگڑوں میں یہ نیک نمونہ دکھایا ہے۔
4
اس سے مراد یہ ہے کہ ان لڑنے والی قوموں میں صلح کراتے وقت اپنا کوئی فائدہ حاصل کرنے کی کوشش نہ کیا کرو۔
a
8:2.
3847
Commentary:
The central theme of the Surah is the solidarity of Islam. Directions and rules of conduct which are calculated to achieve and maintain this solidarity have been laid down in it in some detail. Some of these rules have been mentioned in the preceding verses, others follow in the verses that come later. A great danger to the security and solidarity of the Muslim State or Community are the disputes and quarrels that haply might arise between different Muslim groups or parties. The verse under comment provides a most effective remedy to compose these quarrels. Primarily, the verse deals with the settlement of disputes between Muslim parties, but it equally embodies a sound basis on which a really effective "League of Nations" or a "United Nations Organisation" can be built. The verse lays down the following principles for the maintenance of international peace.
As soon as there are indications of disagreement between two nations, the other nations, instead of taking sides with one or the other, should at once serve notice upon them, calling upon them to submit their differences for settlement to a "League of Nations" or "United Nations Organisation", as the case may be. If they agree, the dispute will be amicably settled. But if one of them refuses to submit to the "League", or having submitted refuses to accept the award of the "League" and prepares to make war, the other nations should all fight it. It is evident that one nation, however strong, cannot withstand the united might of all other nations and is bound to make a speedy submission. In that event, terms of peace should be settled between the two original parties to the dispute. The other nations should act merely as mediators and not as parties to the dispute, and should not put forward new claims arising out of the conflict with the refractory nation, for that would lay the foundation of fresh disputes and quarrels. The terms of peace should be just and equitable with reference to the merits of the dispute; they should be confined to the original dispute between the parties and should not be allowed to travel beyond it.
It is only such a "League" or "Organisation" which can safely be entrusted with the maintenance of international peace, not a League or Organisation whose very existence is dependent upon the goodwill of others.
a
8:2.
2793
A great danger to the security and solidarity of a Muslim State are the disputes and quarrels that haply might arise between different Muslim groups or parties. This verse provides an effective remedy to compose such differences. Primarily, it deals with the settlement of disputes between Muslim parties, but it equally embodies a sound basis on which a really effective League of Nations or a United Nations Organization can be built. The verse lays down a sound principle for the maintenance of international peace.
إِنَّمَا ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ إِخْوَةٌ فَأَصْلِحُوا۟ بَيْنَ أَخَوَيْكُمْ ۚ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ
这节经文特别强调伊斯兰教的兄弟关系。假如两个穆斯林或两个集团之间有不和与争论, 其他穆斯林有责任即刻采取步骤促成两者妥协。伊斯兰教的真正力量在于这种兄弟关系的理想, 这种理想超越了一切社会等级、肤色和气候的障碍。
یعنی اگر کبھی اختلاف ہو بھی جائے‘ تو ان کو یاد رکھنا چاہیے کہ ان کا آپس میں غالب تعلق اخوت اسلامی کا ہے چھوٹے چھوٹے جھگڑے اخوت اسلامی کو توڑنے کا باعث نہیں بننے چاہئیں۔
The verse lays special stress on Islamic brotherhood. If there happens to arise a quarrel or dispute between two Muslim individuals or groups, other Muslims are enjoined to take immediate steps to bring about reconciliation between them. Islam’s real strength lies in this ideal of brotherhood, which transcends all barriers of caste, colour or clime.
Commentary:
The verse lays special stress on Islamic brotherhood. Islam tolerates no discord or dissensions between brothers. If there happens to arise a quarrel or dispute between two Muslim individuals or groups, other Muslims are bound at once to bring about reconciliation between the quarrelling parties. Islam’s real strength lies in this ideal of brotherhood which transcends all barriers of caste, colour or clime.
1278
这节经文特别强调伊斯兰教的兄弟关系。假如两个穆斯林或两个集团之间有不和与争论, 其他穆斯林有责任即刻采取步骤促成两者妥协。伊斯兰教的真正力量在于这种兄弟关系的理想, 这种理想超越了一切社会等级、肤色和气候的障碍。
5
یعنی اگر کبھی اختلاف ہو بھی جائے‘ تو ان کو یاد رکھنا چاہیے کہ ان کا آپس میں غالب تعلق اخوت اسلامی کا ہے چھوٹے چھوٹے جھگڑے اخوت اسلامی کو توڑنے کا باعث نہیں بننے چاہئیں۔
3848
Commentary:
The verse lays special stress on Islamic brotherhood. Islam tolerates no discord or dissensions between brothers. If there happens to arise a quarrel or dispute between two Muslim individuals or groups, other Muslims are bound at once to bring about reconciliation between the quarrelling parties. Islam’s real strength lies in this ideal of brotherhood which transcends all barriers of caste, colour or clime.
2794
The verse lays special stress on Islamic brotherhood. If there happens to arise a quarrel or dispute between two Muslim individuals or groups, other Muslims are enjoined to take immediate steps to bring about reconciliation between them. Islam’s real strength lies in this ideal of brotherhood, which transcends all barriers of caste, colour or clime.
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا يَسْخَرْ قَوْمٌ مِّن قَوْمٍ عَسَىٰٓ أَن يَكُونُوا۟ خَيْرًا مِّنْهُمْ وَلَا نِسَآءٌ مِّن نِّسَآءٍ عَسَىٰٓ أَن يَكُنَّ خَيْرًا مِّنْهُنَّ ۖ وَلَا تَلْمِزُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَكُمْ وَلَا تَنَابَزُوا۟ بِٱلْأَلْقَٰبِ ۖ بِئْسَ ٱلِٱسْمُ ٱلْفُسُوقُ بَعْدَ ٱلْإِيمَٰنِ ۚ وَمَن لَّمْ يَتُبْ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ
68:12; 104:2.
68:12; 104:2.
68:12; 104:2.
Important Words:
لا تلمزوا (defame not) is derived from لمز. They say لمزہ i.e. he made a sign to him with the eye, or the like, as the head, and the lip, with low speech. This is the original signification; according to some other authorities the primary signification of the expression is: (1) he pushed him or impelled him or repelled him or he struck or beat him; (2) he blamed, upbraided, or reproached him; he found fault with him; or he did so in his face; or he spoke evil of him; or spoke of him in a manner that he disliked, mentioning vices or faults as chargeable to him, either behind his back or in his face, though it might be with truth (Lane, Aqrab & Raghib). See also 104:2.
لا تنابزوا (call not by nicknames) is derived from نبز which means, he called him by a surname or nick-name and is syn. with لقبه (laqqaba), mostly signifying, he called him by a nickname, or a name of reproach or an opprobrious appellation. It also signifies, he upbraided or reproached him; or the like, being syn. with لمزہ (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
See next verse.
a
68:12; 104:2.
a
68:12; 104:2.
3849
Important Words:
لا تلمزوا (defame not) is derived from لمز. They say لمزہ i.e. he made a sign to him with the eye, or the like, as the head, and the lip, with low speech. This is the original signification; according to some other authorities the primary signification of the expression is: (1) he pushed him or impelled him or repelled him or he struck or beat him; (2) he blamed, upbraided, or reproached him; he found fault with him; or he did so in his face; or he spoke evil of him; or spoke of him in a manner that he disliked, mentioning vices or faults as chargeable to him, either behind his back or in his face, though it might be with truth (Lane, Aqrab & Raghib). See also 104:2.
لا تنابزوا (call not by nicknames) is derived from نبز which means, he called him by a surname or nick-name and is syn. with لقبه (laqqaba), mostly signifying, he called him by a nickname, or a name of reproach or an opprobrious appellation. It also signifies, he upbraided or reproached him; or the like, being syn. with لمزہ (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
See next verse.
a
68:12; 104:2.
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱجْتَنِبُوا۟ كَثِيرًا مِّنَ ٱلظَّنِّ إِنَّ بَعْضَ ٱلظَّنِّ إِثْمٌ ۖ وَلَا تَجَسَّسُوا۟ وَلَا يَغْتَب بَّعْضُكُم بَعْضًا ۚ أَيُحِبُّ أَحَدُكُمْ أَن يَأْكُلَ لَحْمَ أَخِيهِ مَيْتًا فَكَرِهْتُمُوهُ ۚ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ تَوَّابٌ رَّحِيمٌ
53:29.
这章经文的要点是穆斯林个人间、团体中建立和平友好、睦邻关系和亲善, 这节经文和上一节经文提到了引起倾轧、纠纷和分歧的社会弊病; 这些社会弊病腐蚀、败坏社会并摧毁社会的核心; 穆斯林有责任防止它们。其中有的是取笑和嘲弄他人, 暗中监视人、呼外号、猜疑、暗中诽谤。在这里特别提到了妇女, 因为她们更容易成为这些弊病的牺牲品。这些弊病的主要根源是骄傲和虚伪的优越感, 这在下一章中明确论及。由于这一章奠定了伊斯兰教坚实有力的兄弟关系的基础, 遂而消除了穆斯林间的不睦与不和。
پھر غیبت کیوں کرتے ہو جو ایسی ہی بری شے ہے۔
53:29
The principal theme of the Surah being the establishment of concord, amity and goodwill among Muslim individuals and groups, this and the preceding verse mention some of those social evils which cause discord, dissensions and differences; and corrode, corrupt and contaminate a society and eat into its vitals; and enjoins Muslims to be on their guard against them. Ridiculing and taunting others, spying, and calling by nicknames, and suspicion and backbiting, are some of these social evils. Women have been particularly mentioned in this connection in that they are more prone to fall a victim to them. The main cause which lies at the root of these evils are conceit and a false sense of superiority, which the next verse expressly deals with. By removing these basic causes of disharmony and disagreement among Muslims the Surah has laid the foundation of a firm and solid brotherhood of Islam.
10:67; 53:29.
Commentary:
As stated above the principal theme of the Surah is the establishment of concord, amity and goodwill between Muslim individuals and groups and therefore it has mentioned some of those social evils which cause discord, dissensions and differences, and corrode, corrupt and contaminate a society, eating into its vitals, and enjoins Muslims to be on their guard against them. Ridiculing and taunting others, spying, and calling by nick-names, and suspicion and backbiting are some of these social evils. Women have been particularly mentioned here in that they are more prone to fall a victim to these evils. The main cause, which lies at the root of these evils, is conceit and a false sense of superiority, which the next verse expressly deals with. By removing the basic causes of disharmony and disagreement among Muslims the Surah has laid the foundation of a firm and solid brotherhood of Islam.
a
53:29.
1279
这章经文的要点是穆斯林个人间、团体中建立和平友好、睦邻关系和亲善, 这节经文和上一节经文提到了引起倾轧、纠纷和分歧的社会弊病; 这些社会弊病腐蚀、败坏社会并摧毁社会的核心; 穆斯林有责任防止它们。其中有的是取笑和嘲弄他人, 暗中监视人、呼外号、猜疑、暗中诽谤。在这里特别提到了妇女, 因为她们更容易成为这些弊病的牺牲品。这些弊病的主要根源是骄傲和虚伪的优越感, 这在下一章中明确论及。由于这一章奠定了伊斯兰教坚实有力的兄弟关系的基础, 遂而消除了穆斯林间的不睦与不和。
1
پھر غیبت کیوں کرتے ہو جو ایسی ہی بری شے ہے۔
a
10:67; 53:29.
3850
Commentary:
As stated above the principal theme of the Surah is the establishment of concord, amity and goodwill between Muslim individuals and groups and therefore it has mentioned some of those social evils which cause discord, dissensions and differences, and corrode, corrupt and contaminate a society, eating into its vitals, and enjoins Muslims to be on their guard against them. Ridiculing and taunting others, spying, and calling by nick-names, and suspicion and backbiting are some of these social evils. Women have been particularly mentioned here in that they are more prone to fall a victim to these evils. The main cause, which lies at the root of these evils, is conceit and a false sense of superiority, which the next verse expressly deals with. By removing the basic causes of disharmony and disagreement among Muslims the Surah has laid the foundation of a firm and solid brotherhood of Islam.
b
53:29
2795
The principal theme of the Surah being the establishment of concord, amity and goodwill among Muslim individuals and groups, this and the preceding verse mention some of those social evils which cause discord, dissensions and differences; and corrode, corrupt and contaminate a society and eat into its vitals; and enjoins Muslims to be on their guard against them. Ridiculing and taunting others, spying, and calling by nicknames, and suspicion and backbiting, are some of these social evils. Women have been particularly mentioned in this connection in that they are more prone to fall a victim to them. The main cause which lies at the root of these evils are conceit and a false sense of superiority, which the next verse expressly deals with. By removing these basic causes of disharmony and disagreement among Muslims the Surah has laid the foundation of a firm and solid brotherhood of Islam.
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ إِنَّا خَلَقْنَٰكُم مِّن ذَكَرٍ وَأُنثَىٰ وَجَعَلْنَٰكُمْ شُعُوبًا وَقَبَآئِلَ لِتَعَارَفُوٓا۟ ۚ إِنَّ أَكْرَمَكُمْ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ أَتْقَىٰكُمْ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلِيمٌ خَبِيرٌ
以上两节经文论述了伊斯兰教兄弟关系这题目之后, 这一节奠定了人类综合而广泛的兄弟关系的基础。这里实际上构成了基本宪章 (Magna Carta) 中人类自由平等、博爱的精神。它根除了来自种族傲慢或民族自大的错误及愚蠢的优越感。人类是安拉经由一双男女创造的, 因此, 在安拉面前, 人人平等。人的价值的评定不是根据肤色、所占有的财富、等级、社会地位、血统或出身, 而是根据他道德上的高尚与他对安拉和人类所履行的义务。天下是一家。部落、民族和种族的划分的目的是使他们彼此更了解, 为了能从彼此的民族性格和优良品质中得益。穆圣临终前不久在 “辞别朝觐” 时向广大的穆斯林群众发表讲话: “你们这些人呀! 你们的安拉是一个, 你们的祖先是一个, 阿拉伯人不比非阿拉伯人优越, 非阿拉伯人也不比阿拉伯人优越。白种人在哪方面也不比黑种人优越, 黑种人对白种人来说也是这样, 而优越性只取决于对安拉和人类的履行的职责的大小。由安拉看来, 你们中间最高贵的人是你们中间最守敬畏的人 (بَيْهَقِی, Baihaqi)。” 这种高尚的话概括了伊斯兰教的一个最崇高的理想和最有力的原则。穆圣在一个阶级差别鲜明的社会中讲了一条极为民主的原则。
یعنی قومیں اور نسلیں صرف امتیاز کے لئے ہیں جو ان کو تفاخر اور تکبر کا ذریعہ بناتا ہے وہ اسلام کے خلاف عمل کرتا ہے۔
Shu‘ub is the plural of Sha‘b which means, a great tribe; the parent of the tribes called Qabilah to which they refer their origin and which comprise them; a nation (Lane).
After having dealt with the subject of Islamic brotherhood in the preceding two verses, the present verse lays down the basis of an all- comprehensive, all-pervading brotherhood of man. The verse, in fact, constitutes the Magna Carta of human fraternity and equality. It lays the axe at the false and foolish notions of superiority, born of racial arrogance or national conceit. All men having been "created from a male and a female" as human beings all men have been declared equal in the sight of God. The worth of a man is not to be judged by the pigment of his skin, the amount of wealth he possesses, or by his rank or social status, descent or pedigree, but by his moral greatness and by the way in which he discharges his obligations to God and man. The whole human race is but one family. Division into tribes, nations, and races is meant to give them better knowledge of one another, in order that they might benefit from one another’s national characteristics and good qualities. On the occasion of the Last P
Important Words:
شعوباً (tribes) is the plural of شعب (sha‘bun) which is inf. noun from شعب (sha‘ba) which means, he collected, brought together or united; or he separated, put asunder; divided or separated. شعب means, a great tribe; the parent of the tribes called قبائل, to which they refer their origin and which comprises them; a nation; a people; a cleft or crack (Lane & Aqrab).
قبائل (subtribes) is the plural of قبیلة which is derived from قبل which means, he accepted; he took or received willingly. قبیلةmeans, a tribe; a subtribe; a family; a body of men from one father or mother (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
From the subject of Islamic brotherhood to which reference has been made in the preceding two verses, the Surahproceeds to lay down, in the verse under comment, the basis of an all-comprehensive, all-pervading brotherhood of man. The verse, in fact, constitutes the Magna Carta of human fraternity and equality. It has firmly laid the axe at the false and foolish notions of superiority, born of racial arrogance or national conceit. All men having been "created from a male and a female" as human beings have been declared equal in the sight of God. The worth of a man is not to be judged by the pigment of his skin, the amount of wealth he possesses or by his rank or social status, descent or pedigree, but by his moral greatness and the way in which he discharges his obligations to God and man. The whole human race is but one family. Division into tribes, nations, and races is meant to give them a better knowledge of one another, in order that they might benefit from one another’s national characteristics and good qualities. This, according to Islam, is the criterion of a person’s greatness and this is the only true and real criterion. The Holy Prophet explained the beautiful idea of the
brotherhood of man inculcated in this verse in his own inimitable way on the occasion of the Last Pilgrimage at Mecca, a short time before his death. Addressing a vast concourse of Muslims the Prophet said, "O ye men! Your God is One and your ancestor is one. An Arab possesses no superiority over a non-Arab, nor does a non-Arab over an Arab. A white is in no way superior to a red, nor, for that matter, a red to a white, but only to the extent to which he discharges his duty to God and man. The most honoured among you in the sight of God is the one who is most righteous" (Baihaqi). These noble words spoken by the Prophet during his Farewell Pilgrimage which have resounded through the centuries epitomize one of Islam’s loftiest ideals and strongest principles. It goes to the credit of the Holy Prophet that in a society riven with class distinction, he preached a message intensely democratic.
1280
以上两节经文论述了伊斯兰教兄弟关系这题目之后, 这一节奠定了人类综合而广泛的兄弟关系的基础。这里实际上构成了基本宪章 (Magna Carta) 中人类自由平等、博爱的精神。它根除了来自种族傲慢或民族自大的错误及愚蠢的优越感。人类是安拉经由一双男女创造的, 因此, 在安拉面前, 人人平等。人的价值的评定不是根据肤色、所占有的财富、等级、社会地位、血统或出身, 而是根据他道德上的高尚与他对安拉和人类所履行的义务。天下是一家。部落、民族和种族的划分的目的是使他们彼此更了解, 为了能从彼此的民族性格和优良品质中得益。穆圣临终前不久在 “辞别朝觐” 时向广大的穆斯林群众发表讲话: “你们这些人呀! 你们的安拉是一个, 你们的祖先是一个, 阿拉伯人不比非阿拉伯人优越, 非阿拉伯人也不比阿拉伯人优越。白种人在哪方面也不比黑种人优越, 黑种人对白种人来说也是这样, 而优越性只取决于对安拉和人类的履行的职责的大小。由安拉看来, 你们中间最高贵的人是你们中间最守敬畏的人 (بَيْهَقِی, Baihaqi)。” 这种高尚的话概括了伊斯兰教的一个最崇高的理想和最有力的原则。穆圣在一个阶级差别鲜明的社会中讲了一条极为民主的原则。
2
یعنی قومیں اور نسلیں صرف امتیاز کے لئے ہیں جو ان کو تفاخر اور تکبر کا ذریعہ بناتا ہے وہ اسلام کے خلاف عمل کرتا ہے۔
3851
Important Words:
شعوباً (tribes) is the plural of شعب (sha‘bun) which is inf. noun from شعب (sha‘ba) which means, he collected, brought together or united; or he separated, put asunder; divided or separated. شعب means, a great tribe; the parent of the tribes called قبائل, to which they refer their origin and which comprises them; a nation; a people; a cleft or crack (Lane & Aqrab).
قبائل (subtribes) is the plural of قبیلة which is derived from قبل which means, he accepted; he took or received willingly. قبیلةmeans, a tribe; a subtribe; a family; a body of men from one father or mother (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
From the subject of Islamic brotherhood to which reference has been made in the preceding two verses, the Surahproceeds to lay down, in the verse under comment, the basis of an all-comprehensive, all-pervading brotherhood of man. The verse, in fact, constitutes the Magna Carta of human fraternity and equality. It has firmly laid the axe at the false and foolish notions of superiority, born of racial arrogance or national conceit. All men having been "created from a male and a female" as human beings have been declared equal in the sight of God. The worth of a man is not to be judged by the pigment of his skin, the amount of wealth he possesses or by his rank or social status, descent or pedigree, but by his moral greatness and the way in which he discharges his obligations to God and man. The whole human race is but one family. Division into tribes, nations, and races is meant to give them a better knowledge of one another, in order that they might benefit from one another’s national characteristics and good qualities. This, according to Islam, is the criterion of a person’s greatness and this is the only true and real criterion. The Holy Prophet explained the beautiful idea of the
brotherhood of man inculcated in this verse in his own inimitable way on the occasion of the Last Pilgrimage at Mecca, a short time before his death. Addressing a vast concourse of Muslims the Prophet said, "O ye men! Your God is One and your ancestor is one. An Arab possesses no superiority over a non-Arab, nor does a non-Arab over an Arab. A white is in no way superior to a red, nor, for that matter, a red to a white, but only to the extent to which he discharges his duty to God and man. The most honoured among you in the sight of God is the one who is most righteous" (Baihaqi). These noble words spoken by the Prophet during his Farewell Pilgrimage which have resounded through the centuries epitomize one of Islam’s loftiest ideals and strongest principles. It goes to the credit of the Holy Prophet that in a society riven with class distinction, he preached a message intensely democratic.
2796
Shu‘ub is the plural of Sha‘b which means, a great tribe; the parent of the tribes called Qabilah to which they refer their origin and which comprise them; a nation (Lane).
2797
After having dealt with the subject of Islamic brotherhood in the preceding two verses, the present verse lays down the basis of an all- comprehensive, all-pervading brotherhood of man. The verse, in fact, constitutes the Magna Carta of human fraternity and equality. It lays the axe at the false and foolish notions of superiority, born of racial arrogance or national conceit. All men having been "created from a male and a female" as human beings all men have been declared equal in the sight of God. The worth of a man is not to be judged by the pigment of his skin, the amount of wealth he possesses, or by his rank or social status, descent or pedigree, but by his moral greatness and by the way in which he discharges his obligations to God and man. The whole human race is but one family. Division into tribes, nations, and races is meant to give them better knowledge of one another, in order that they might benefit from one another’s national characteristics and good qualities. On the occasion of the Last P
۞ قَالَتِ ٱلْأَعْرَابُ ءَامَنَّا ۖ قُل لَّمْ تُؤْمِنُوا۟ وَلَٰكِن قُولُوٓا۟ أَسْلَمْنَا وَلَمَّا يَدْخُلِ ٱلْإِيمَٰنُ فِى قُلُوبِكُمْ ۖ وَإِن تُطِيعُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُۥ لَا يَلِتْكُم مِّنْ أَعْمَٰلِكُمْ شَيْـًٔا ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ
所有的穆斯林都是伊斯兰教兄弟关系的组成部分。伊斯兰教给予不识字而没有文化的沙漠之子的权利是和给予文明而有文化的城市居民的权利是一样的, 只是它告诫前者要更努力学习、吸收伊斯兰教的教义, 并终生恪守。
اعراب ایک اصطلاح ہے جس کے معنے یہ ہیں کہ جنگلوں میں رہنے والے ایسے عرب جو تعلیم ظاہری اور تمدن سے محروم تھے۔
All Muslims form an integral part of the Islamic brotherhood. Islam confers as equal rights on the unlettered and uncultured sons of the desert as it does on the civilized and cultured dwellers of cities and towns; only it exhorts the former to make greater efforts to learn and assimilate the teachings of Islam and make them the rule of their lives.
Important Words:
لا یلت (will not detract) is derived from ألت which means, it (a thing) decreased, diminished, lessened; it became defective or deficient; incomplete or imperfect. ألته او ولته حقه means, he diminished to him his right or due or defrauded him of a portion of it (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
All Muslims form an integral part of Islamic brotherhood. Islam confers equal rights on the unlettered and uncultured sons of the desert as it does on the civilized and cultured dwellers of cities and towns; only it exhorts the former to make greater efforts to learn and assimilate the teachings of Islam and make them the rule of their lives.
1281
所有的穆斯林都是伊斯兰教兄弟关系的组成部分。伊斯兰教给予不识字而没有文化的沙漠之子的权利是和给予文明而有文化的城市居民的权利是一样的, 只是它告诫前者要更努力学习、吸收伊斯兰教的教义, 并终生恪守。
1
اعراب ایک اصطلاح ہے جس کے معنے یہ ہیں کہ جنگلوں میں رہنے والے ایسے عرب جو تعلیم ظاہری اور تمدن سے محروم تھے۔
3852
Important Words:
لا یلت (will not detract) is derived from ألت which means, it (a thing) decreased, diminished, lessened; it became defective or deficient; incomplete or imperfect. ألته او ولته حقه means, he diminished to him his right or due or defrauded him of a portion of it (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
All Muslims form an integral part of Islamic brotherhood. Islam confers equal rights on the unlettered and uncultured sons of the desert as it does on the civilized and cultured dwellers of cities and towns; only it exhorts the former to make greater efforts to learn and assimilate the teachings of Islam and make them the rule of their lives.
2798
All Muslims form an integral part of the Islamic brotherhood. Islam confers as equal rights on the unlettered and uncultured sons of the desert as it does on the civilized and cultured dwellers of cities and towns; only it exhorts the former to make greater efforts to learn and assimilate the teachings of Islam and make them the rule of their lives.
إِنَّمَا ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ ثُمَّ لَمْ يَرْتَابُوا۟ وَجَٰهَدُوا۟ بِأَمْوَٰلِهِمْ وَأَنفُسِهِمْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلصَّٰدِقُونَ
9:20; 61:12.
9:20; 61:12.
9:20; 61:12.
Commentary:
True and sincere belief to which reference has been made in the preceding verse consists of three important ingredients—strong and firm faith in Allah, absolute freedom from doubt and misgiving as to the truth of Islam and striving with all means within one’s power in the cause of God. It is only those sincere and steadfast Muslims who possess these qualifications who are entitled to be called "the truthful ones" i.e. those who have fulfilled their pledged word to God.
a
9:20; 61:12.
a
9:20; 61:12.
3853
Commentary:
True and sincere belief to which reference has been made in the preceding verse consists of three important ingredients—strong and firm faith in Allah, absolute freedom from doubt and misgiving as to the truth of Islam and striving with all means within one’s power in the cause of God. It is only those sincere and steadfast Muslims who possess these qualifications who are entitled to be called "the truthful ones" i.e. those who have fulfilled their pledged word to God.
a
9:20; 61:12.
قُلْ أَتُعَلِّمُونَ ٱللَّهَ بِدِينِكُمْ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌ
20:8; 22:71; 27:66.
20:8; 22:71; 27:66.
b
20:8; 22:71; 27:66.
a
10:19.
b
20:8; 22:71; 27:66.
b
20:8; 22:71; 27:66.
يَمُنُّونَ عَلَيْكَ أَنْ أَسْلَمُوا۟ ۖ قُل لَّا تَمُنُّوا۟ عَلَىَّ إِسْلَٰمَكُم ۖ بَلِ ٱللَّهُ يَمُنُّ عَلَيْكُمْ أَنْ هَدَىٰكُمْ لِلْإِيمَٰنِ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ
3:165.
3:165.
3:165.
Commentary:
True and sincere faith is the most precious possession of a Muslim. By accepting Islam he does no favour to anybody; on the contrary, it is a favour of God that one is guided to the Truth.
c
3:165.
c
3:165.
3854
Commentary:
True and sincere faith is the most precious possession of a Muslim. By accepting Islam he does no favour to anybody; on the contrary, it is a favour of God that one is guided to the Truth.
c
3:165.
إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَعْلَمُ غَيْبَ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ بَصِيرٌۢ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ
11:124; 16:78.
d
11:124; 16:78.
ق
Qaf
The Letter 'Qaf' • makkah • 45 Verses
بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ
1:1.
1:1.
a
1:1.
a
See 1:1.
3855
Commentary:
See 1:1.
a
1:1.
قٓ ۚ وَٱلْقُرْءَانِ ٱلْمَجِيدِ
قٓ (Qaf) 一字可以代表常德 قَدِيْر (Qadir), 意思是强大的主宰, 有力的主宰, 也可代表 اَلْقِيَامَةُ حَقٌّ (Al-Qiyamatu Haqqun) 即复生无疑是真实的。
The letter Qaf may stand for the Divine Attribute Qadir meaning, the Mighty God, or for the expression, Al-Qiyamatu Haqqun, i.e. the Resurrection is an undoubted reality.
The Qur’an is cited as an evidence that the Great Resurrection will, certainly, take place.
56:78.
Important Words:
The letter ق (Qaf) may stand for the Divine attribute قادر or قدیر (Qadir or Qadir) which means, the Mighty God; or the letter may stand for القیامة حق i.e. the Resurrection is an undoubted reality. This is the last abbreviated letter used in the Quran and therefore possesses a special significance. For a detailed explanation, however, of the abbreviated letters (المقطعات) see 2:2 & 19:2.
The letter و (by) among other things may mean, 'by' or 'I swear' or 'I cite as witness or evidence.' See also 37:2.
المجید (Glorious) is derived from مجد (majada) which means, he was or became possessed of or characterized by glory, honour, dignity, nobility, etc. or he was or became glorious, in a state of honour, dignity; noble. مجدتالابل means, the camels fed in a land abounding with pasture, and satiated themselves therewith, or lighted upon abundant herbage. أمجدہ means, he made it (a gift) large or abundant. They say أمجدنا فلان قری i.e. such a one gave us a sufficient and superabundant entertainment. The Arabs say أمجدہ سباً و ذماً i.e. he reviled and dispraised him much. أمجد الدایة means, he gave the beast of carnage much fodder. Thus the primary signification of the root word is abundance or superabundance. مجد (majdun) means, glory, honour, dignity, nobility; (syn. شرف و عز & کرم) or ample glory, nobility, honour, dignity, etc., or the acquisition of glory, honour, etc., or acquired or personal glory, honour, etc., transmitted by one’s ancestors. مجید means, a man possessing or characterized by glory, honour, dignity; nobility. المجید as an epithet of God signifies the Glorious or Great in dignity, Who gives liberally or bountifully.مجید is also applied in the Quran as an epithet to the Throne (عرش) of God and to the Quran itself and signifies exalted, sublime, noble, glorious (Lane & Aqrab). Sec also 38:2. The words القرآن المجید thus may mean, the Glorious Quran, the great Quran, the Quran possessing great and abundant good. In the last sense the word مجیدmay be synonymous with مبارک which is also one of the epithets used by the Quran for itself (6:156). Elsewhere the Quran has been called the Quran full of wisdom (36:3), the Quran full of exhortation (38:2), the Noble Quran (56:78), the Quran which explains things fully (12:3).
Commentary:
The construction of this verse exactly resembles that of 38:2. Taking the abbreviated letter ق as signifying 'the Powerful God,' the versemay mean that the Powerful God swears by the Quran, or that He cites the Quran as witness, that by acting upon its teaching and making it a rule of their lives, its followers will achieve glory, greatness and spiritual and material grandeur. And by taking the letter as signifying القیامة حق i.e. the Resurrection is an undoubted reality, the verse would signify that Resurrection will certainly take place and that the Glorious Quran can be cited as an evidence to prove this claim. The proof consists in the fact: (1) that the Quran has made two claims, viz. that by acting upon its teaching the weak, oppressed and persecuted followers of the Holy Prophet will achieve glory, greatness and spiritual and material eminence and an honoured place in the comity of the world’s great nations; and (2) that Resurrection will undoubtedly take place. The fulfilment of the first prophecy, the verse implies, will substantiate and establish the truth of the second claim.
1281A
قٓ (Qaf) 一字可以代表常德 قَدِيْر (Qadir), 意思是强大的主宰, 有力的主宰, 也可代表 اَلْقِيَامَةُ حَقٌّ (Al-Qiyamatu Haqqun) 即复生无疑是真实的。
b
56:78.
3856
Important Words:
The letter ق (Qaf) may stand for the Divine attribute قادر or قدیر (Qadir or Qadir) which means, the Mighty God; or the letter may stand for القیامة حق i.e. the Resurrection is an undoubted reality. This is the last abbreviated letter used in the Quran and therefore possesses a special significance. For a detailed explanation, however, of the abbreviated letters (المقطعات) see 2:2 & 19:2.
The letter و (by) among other things may mean, 'by' or 'I swear' or 'I cite as witness or evidence.' See also 37:2.
المجید (Glorious) is derived from مجد (majada) which means, he was or became possessed of or characterized by glory, honour, dignity, nobility, etc. or he was or became glorious, in a state of honour, dignity; noble. مجدتالابل means, the camels fed in a land abounding with pasture, and satiated themselves therewith, or lighted upon abundant herbage. أمجدہ means, he made it (a gift) large or abundant. They say أمجدنا فلان قری i.e. such a one gave us a sufficient and superabundant entertainment. The Arabs say أمجدہ سباً و ذماً i.e. he reviled and dispraised him much. أمجد الدایة means, he gave the beast of carnage much fodder. Thus the primary signification of the root word is abundance or superabundance. مجد (majdun) means, glory, honour, dignity, nobility; (syn. شرف و عز & کرم) or ample glory, nobility, honour, dignity, etc., or the acquisition of glory, honour, etc., or acquired or personal glory, honour, etc., transmitted by one’s ancestors. مجید means, a man possessing or characterized by glory, honour, dignity; nobility. المجید as an epithet of God signifies the Glorious or Great in dignity, Who gives liberally or bountifully.مجید is also applied in the Quran as an epithet to the Throne (عرش) of God and to the Quran itself and signifies exalted, sublime, noble, glorious (Lane & Aqrab). Sec also 38:2. The words القرآن المجید thus may mean, the Glorious Quran, the great Quran, the Quran possessing great and abundant good. In the last sense the word مجیدmay be synonymous with مبارک which is also one of the epithets used by the Quran for itself (6:156). Elsewhere the Quran has been called the Quran full of wisdom (36:3), the Quran full of exhortation (38:2), the Noble Quran (56:78), the Quran which explains things fully (12:3).
Commentary:
The construction of this verse exactly resembles that of 38:2. Taking the abbreviated letter ق as signifying 'the Powerful God,' the versemay mean that the Powerful God swears by the Quran, or that He cites the Quran as witness, that by acting upon its teaching and making it a rule of their lives, its followers will achieve glory, greatness and spiritual and material grandeur. And by taking the letter as signifying القیامة حق i.e. the Resurrection is an undoubted reality, the verse would signify that Resurrection will certainly take place and that the Glorious Quran can be cited as an evidence to prove this claim. The proof consists in the fact: (1) that the Quran has made two claims, viz. that by acting upon its teaching the weak, oppressed and persecuted followers of the Holy Prophet will achieve glory, greatness and spiritual and material eminence and an honoured place in the comity of the world’s great nations; and (2) that Resurrection will undoubtedly take place. The fulfilment of the first prophecy, the verse implies, will substantiate and establish the truth of the second claim.
2799
The letter Qaf may stand for the Divine Attribute Qadir meaning, the Mighty God, or for the expression, Al-Qiyamatu Haqqun, i.e. the Resurrection is an undoubted reality.
2800
The Qur’an is cited as an evidence that the Great Resurrection will, certainly, take place.
بَلْ عَجِبُوٓا۟ أَن جَآءَهُم مُّنذِرٌ مِّنْهُمْ فَقَالَ ٱلْكَٰفِرُونَ هَٰذَا شَىْءٌ عَجِيبٌ
7:64.
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that in spite of the fact that from time immemorial God has been sending His Messengers and Prophets to guide men to the path of truth and righteousness, the people, whenever there appeared a Prophet, wondered, and considered it highly improbable that God should commission as His Messenger an ordinary man from among themselves. This attitude of disbelievers towards Divine Messengers has been referred to at several other places also in the Quran (7:64; 10:3; 38:5).
a
7:64.
3857
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that in spite of the fact that from time immemorial God has been sending His Messengers and Prophets to guide men to the path of truth and righteousness, the people, whenever there appeared a Prophet, wondered, and considered it highly improbable that God should commission as His Messenger an ordinary man from among themselves. This attitude of disbelievers towards Divine Messengers has been referred to at several other places also in the Quran (7:64; 10:3; 38:5).
أَءِذَا مِتْنَا وَكُنَّا تُرَابًا ۖ ذَٰلِكَ رَجْعٌۢ بَعِيدٌ
13:6; 23:37.
13:6; 23:37.
b
13:6; 23:37.
b
13:6; 23:36; 27:68; 37:17.
3858
Commentary:
Greater is the disbelievers’ wonder at the idea, says the verse, that when they are dead and are reduced to dust, they will get a new life.
b
13:6; 23:37.
قَدْ عَلِمْنَا مَا تَنقُصُ ٱلْأَرْضُ مِنْهُمْ ۖ وَعِندَنَا كِتَٰبٌ حَفِيظٌۢ
پہلے لکھا جا چکا ہے کہ متقابل الفاظ میں سے ایک بیان کیا جائے تو عربی قاعدہ کے مطابق دوسرا بھی حسب ضرورت محذوف سمجھ لیا جاتا ہے اس قاعدہ کے مطابق ’’کم کرتی ہے‘‘ کے مقابل میں ہم نے ’’زیادہ کرتی ہے‘‘ کے الفاظ محذوف نکالے ہیں۔ اس آیت میں کم کرنے کا مطلب یہ ہے کہ مرنے کے بعد مٹی ان کو کھا جاتی ہے اور زیادہ کرنے سے یہ مراد ہے کہ مٹی جو غذا نکالتی ہے اس کو کھا کھا کر انسانی جسم بڑھتا ہے۔
The verse refutes the disbelievers’ objection mentioned in the preceding verse, viz. how when they are dead and reduced to broken bones and particles of dust they would be raised again. It is the physical body, it says, that disintegrates and perishes. The soul is imperishable and will be given a new body in the next world to account for the deeds done in this world which are recorded in 'a Book that preserves everything.' The verse may also mean that even the particles of objects which the earth disintegrates are well preserved in God’s knowledge. It may also signify that as complete knowledge about all the details of a thing presupposes the power to create it, and God is the Possessor of full knowledge of human anatomy and of the process of its disintegration, He, therefore, could and would recreate it after it had perished.
Commentary:
The verse refutes the disbelievers’ objection mentioned in the preceding verse, viz. that when they are dead and reduced to broken bones and particles of dust they would be raised again. It is the physical body, says the verse, that disintegrates and perishes. The soul is imperishable and will be given a new body to account for the deeds done in this world which are recorded in "a Book that preserves everything." The verse may also mean that even the particles of objects which the earth disintegrates are well preserved in God’s knowledge. It may also signify that as complete knowledge about all the details of a thing presupposes the power to create it, and God being the Possessor of full knowledge of human anatomy and the process of its disintegration could recreate it after it had perished.
The verse may also signify that just as the earth corrupts and swallows up dead bodies, it also possesses the means of nourishing living ones.
1
پہلے لکھا جا چکا ہے کہ متقابل الفاظ میں سے ایک بیان کیا جائے تو عربی قاعدہ کے مطابق دوسرا بھی حسب ضرورت محذوف سمجھ لیا جاتا ہے اس قاعدہ کے مطابق ’’کم کرتی ہے‘‘ کے مقابل میں ہم نے ’’زیادہ کرتی ہے‘‘ کے الفاظ محذوف نکالے ہیں۔ اس آیت میں کم کرنے کا مطلب یہ ہے کہ مرنے کے بعد مٹی ان کو کھا جاتی ہے اور زیادہ کرنے سے یہ مراد ہے کہ مٹی جو غذا نکالتی ہے اس کو کھا کھا کر انسانی جسم بڑھتا ہے۔
3859
Commentary:
The verse refutes the disbelievers’ objection mentioned in the preceding verse, viz. that when they are dead and reduced to broken bones and particles of dust they would be raised again. It is the physical body, says the verse, that disintegrates and perishes. The soul is imperishable and will be given a new body to account for the deeds done in this world which are recorded in "a Book that preserves everything." The verse may also mean that even the particles of objects which the earth disintegrates are well preserved in God’s knowledge. It may also signify that as complete knowledge about all the details of a thing presupposes the power to create it, and God being the Possessor of full knowledge of human anatomy and the process of its disintegration could recreate it after it had perished.
The verse may also signify that just as the earth corrupts and swallows up dead bodies, it also possesses the means of nourishing living ones.
2801
The verse refutes the disbelievers’ objection mentioned in the preceding verse, viz. how when they are dead and reduced to broken bones and particles of dust they would be raised again. It is the physical body, it says, that disintegrates and perishes. The soul is imperishable and will be given a new body in the next world to account for the deeds done in this world which are recorded in 'a Book that preserves everything.' The verse may also mean that even the particles of objects which the earth disintegrates are well preserved in God’s knowledge. It may also signify that as complete knowledge about all the details of a thing presupposes the power to create it, and God is the Possessor of full knowledge of human anatomy and of the process of its disintegration, He, therefore, could and would recreate it after it had perished.
بَلْ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِٱلْحَقِّ لَمَّا جَآءَهُمْ فَهُمْ فِىٓ أَمْرٍ مَّرِيجٍ
Important Words:
مریج (state of confusion) is derived from مرج (maraja) which means, he mixed a thing with another thing or two things together. مرج الامر (marija) means, the affair became corrupt, spoiled, disordered or in a confused or disordered state. مرج الناسmeans, the people became confused so that they could not extricate themselves from their perplexity (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse means that though disbelievers always reject the Divine Message, their rejection or denial does not rest on sure ground. They are always in a confused state of mind. They do not know what they should make of the Message. They call it poetry, sorcery, the day-dreaming of an ambitious visionary, the confused vapourings of an unhinged mind, or the forgery of an impostor (21:6). But the Holy Prophet and his followers stand on the bedrock of certainty and sure knowledge.
3860
Important Words:
مریج (state of confusion) is derived from مرج (maraja) which means, he mixed a thing with another thing or two things together. مرج الامر (marija) means, the affair became corrupt, spoiled, disordered or in a confused or disordered state. مرج الناسmeans, the people became confused so that they could not extricate themselves from their perplexity (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse means that though disbelievers always reject the Divine Message, their rejection or denial does not rest on sure ground. They are always in a confused state of mind. They do not know what they should make of the Message. They call it poetry, sorcery, the day-dreaming of an ambitious visionary, the confused vapourings of an unhinged mind, or the forgery of an impostor (21:6). But the Holy Prophet and his followers stand on the bedrock of certainty and sure knowledge.
أَفَلَمْ يَنظُرُوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱلسَّمَآءِ فَوْقَهُمْ كَيْفَ بَنَيْنَٰهَا وَزَيَّنَّٰهَا وَمَا لَهَا مِن فُرُوجٍ
37:7; 41:13; 67:6.
37:7; 41:13; 67:6.
This and the following few verses draw attention to the marvels of creation—the wonderful design in the universe, the celestial firmament with its countless beautiful planets and stars, the earth and its wide expanse teeming with human and animal life—and then points to the inevitable inference that the Great and Wise Designer, the Architect and the Controller, Who could bring into being this wonderful universe and Who placed man at its centre, does possess the power to recreate it after its disintegration and to give man a new life after he is dead.
15:17; 37:7; 41:13; 67:6.
Important Words:
فروج (flaws) is the plural of فرج which means, a cleft, an opening, a gap, and hence a flaw or defect (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
This and the following few verses draw attention to the marvels of creation, the wonderful design in the universe, to the celestial firmament with its countless beautiful planets and stars, to earth and its wide expanse teeming with human and animal life, and points to the inevitable inference that the Great and Wise Designer, the Architect and the Controller, Who could bring into being this wonderful universe and who placed man at its centre, does possess the power to recreate the universe after its disintegration, and to give man a new life after he is dead.
c
37:7; 41:13; 67:6.
a
15:17; 37:7; 41:13; 67:6.
3861
Important Words:
فروج (flaws) is the plural of فرج which means, a cleft, an opening, a gap, and hence a flaw or defect (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
This and the following few verses draw attention to the marvels of creation, the wonderful design in the universe, to the celestial firmament with its countless beautiful planets and stars, to earth and its wide expanse teeming with human and animal life, and points to the inevitable inference that the Great and Wise Designer, the Architect and the Controller, Who could bring into being this wonderful universe and who placed man at its centre, does possess the power to recreate the universe after its disintegration, and to give man a new life after he is dead.
a
37:7; 41:13; 67:6.
2802
This and the following few verses draw attention to the marvels of creation—the wonderful design in the universe, the celestial firmament with its countless beautiful planets and stars, the earth and its wide expanse teeming with human and animal life—and then points to the inevitable inference that the Great and Wise Designer, the Architect and the Controller, Who could bring into being this wonderful universe and Who placed man at its centre, does possess the power to recreate it after its disintegration and to give man a new life after he is dead.
وَٱلْأَرْضَ مَدَدْنَٰهَا وَأَلْقَيْنَا فِيهَا رَوَٰسِىَ وَأَنۢبَتْنَا فِيهَا مِن كُلِّ زَوْجٍۭ بَهِيجٍ
31:11.
31:11.
d
31:11.
b
13:4; 15:20; 31:11; 77:28.
c
27:61; 31:11.
b
31:11.
تَبْصِرَةً وَذِكْرَىٰ لِكُلِّ عَبْدٍ مُّنِيبٍ
假设自然的本性背后有一个目的, 那是合乎逻辑的。安拉是万物的设计者和创造者。这个观念连贯而完整地描绘了本源、设计和目的。创造背后存在目的的含意是死后有人生, 因为有一个观念妨害了安拉的整个计划的智慧, 妨害安拉创造宇宙的目的, 这个观念就是, 随着肉体的摆脱, 人的灵魂也忍受死亡的痛苦。
It is logical to assume a purpose behind physical nature. The concept of God as Designer and Creator of all things gives a coherent and complete picture of origin, design and purpose. And the existence of a purpose behind the creation implies the existence of a Life after death because the very idea, that with the dissolution of its physical tabernacle the human soul suffers death, militates against the whole design and wisdom of God and against His purpose in creating the universe.
Commentary:
It is logical to assume a purpose behind physical nature. The concept of God as Designer and Creator of all things gives a coherent and complete picture of origin, design and purpose. And the existence of a purpose behind the creation implies the existence of a life after death because the very idea that with the dissolution of its physical tabernacle the human soul suffers death militates against the whole design of God and the purpose in creating the universe.
1282
假设自然的本性背后有一个目的, 那是合乎逻辑的。安拉是万物的设计者和创造者。这个观念连贯而完整地描绘了本源、设计和目的。创造背后存在目的的含意是死后有人生, 因为有一个观念妨害了安拉的整个计划的智慧, 妨害安拉创造宇宙的目的, 这个观念就是, 随着肉体的摆脱, 人的灵魂也忍受死亡的痛苦。
3862
Commentary:
It is logical to assume a purpose behind physical nature. The concept of God as Designer and Creator of all things gives a coherent and complete picture of origin, design and purpose. And the existence of a purpose behind the creation implies the existence of a life after death because the very idea that with the dissolution of its physical tabernacle the human soul suffers death militates against the whole design of God and the purpose in creating the universe.
2803
It is logical to assume a purpose behind physical nature. The concept of God as Designer and Creator of all things gives a coherent and complete picture of origin, design and purpose. And the existence of a purpose behind the creation implies the existence of a Life after death because the very idea, that with the dissolution of its physical tabernacle the human soul suffers death, militates against the whole design and wisdom of God and against His purpose in creating the universe.
وَنَزَّلْنَا مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مَآءً مُّبَٰرَكًا فَأَنۢبَتْنَا بِهِۦ جَنَّٰتٍ وَحَبَّ ٱلْحَصِيدِ
25:49.
25:49.
24:44; 25:49.
a
25:49.
d
24:44; 25:49.
c
25:49.
وَٱلنَّخْلَ بَاسِقَٰتٍ لَّهَا طَلْعٌ نَّضِيدٌ
یعنی بہت کثرت سے اور گھنے ہوتے ہیں۔
Important Words:
باسقات (tall) is the plural of باسقة , fem. gen. of باسق which is act. part. from بسق. They say بسق النخل i.e. the palm trees were or became tall or exceedingly tall and full grown or they bore fruit. بسق علیھم means, he overcame them, excelled them or was superior to them. بسق فی علمه means, he excelled in his knowledge or learned the whole of it. بسقت الشمس means, the sun rose high. باسق الاخلاق means, a person endowed with noble, moral and mental qualities. نخلة باسقة means, an exceedingly tall palmtree or palm tree bearing fruit (Lane & Aqrab).
نضید or منضود (piled one above the other) is derived from نضد. They say نضد المتاع i.e. he put goods one upon the other or set them together in regular order or piled them up. تنضدت الاسنان means, the teeth were set in regular order (Lane & Aqrab).
1
یعنی بہت کثرت سے اور گھنے ہوتے ہیں۔
3863
Important Words:
باسقات (tall) is the plural of باسقة , fem. gen. of باسق which is act. part. from بسق. They say بسق النخل i.e. the palm trees were or became tall or exceedingly tall and full grown or they bore fruit. بسق علیھم means, he overcame them, excelled them or was superior to them. بسق فی علمه means, he excelled in his knowledge or learned the whole of it. بسقت الشمس means, the sun rose high. باسق الاخلاق means, a person endowed with noble, moral and mental qualities. نخلة باسقة means, an exceedingly tall palmtree or palm tree bearing fruit (Lane & Aqrab).
نضید or منضود (piled one above the other) is derived from نضد. They say نضد المتاع i.e. he put goods one upon the other or set them together in regular order or piled them up. تنضدت الاسنان means, the teeth were set in regular order (Lane & Aqrab).
رِّزْقًا لِّلْعِبَادِ ۖ وَأَحْيَيْنَا بِهِۦ بَلْدَةً مَّيْتًا ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ ٱلْخُرُوجُ
25:50; 43:12.
Just as God sends down rain from heaven and causes a dry, dead land to bloom and blossom and pulsate with a new vigorous life, and brings forth from the earth all sorts of flowers and fruits, similarly He can and will give a new life to man after he is dead.
25:50; 43:12.
Commentary:
The verse means that just as God sends down rain from heaven and causes a dry dead land to bloom and blossom and pulsate with a new vigorous life, and brings forth from the earth all sorts of flowers and fruits, similarly He can and will give a new life to man after he is dead so that he might account for and be rewarded or punished for the actions good or bad he might have done in this world.
b
25:50; 43:12.
1283
安拉自天降雨, 使干枯的不毛之地开出繁茂的花朵, 波动着强力的新生命, 大地上百花齐放, 硕果万千, 同样, 安拉能使人死后有新生。
a
25:50; 43:12.
3864
Commentary:
The verse means that just as God sends down rain from heaven and causes a dry dead land to bloom and blossom and pulsate with a new vigorous life, and brings forth from the earth all sorts of flowers and fruits, similarly He can and will give a new life to man after he is dead so that he might account for and be rewarded or punished for the actions good or bad he might have done in this world.
a
25:50; 43:12.
2804
Just as God sends down rain from heaven and causes a dry, dead land to bloom and blossom and pulsate with a new vigorous life, and brings forth from the earth all sorts of flowers and fruits, similarly He can and will give a new life to man after he is dead.
كَذَّبَتْ قَبْلَهُمْ قَوْمُ نُوحٍ وَأَصْحَٰبُ ٱلرَّسِّ وَثَمُودُ
9:70; 14:10; 38:13.
9:70; 14:10; 38:13.
c
9:70; 14:10; 38:13.
b
9:70; 14:10; 38:13; 40:32.
3865
Commentary:
For the People of Noah see 11:26-49; for اصحاب الرس (Companions of the Well) 25:39, and for Thamud 11:62-69.
b
9:70; 14:10; 38:13.
وَعَادٌ وَفِرْعَوْنُ وَإِخْوَٰنُ لُوطٍ
Commentary:
For ‘Ad see 11:51-61.
3866
Commentary:
For ‘Ad see 11:51-61.
وَأَصْحَٰبُ ٱلْأَيْكَةِ وَقَوْمُ تُبَّعٍ ۚ كُلٌّ كَذَّبَ ٱلرُّسُلَ فَحَقَّ وَعِيدِ
15:79; 26:177; 38:14.
لفظی معنے ’’َبَن والے‘‘ کے ہیں۔ لیکن مراد یمن سے فلسطین جاتے ہوئے وہ جنگل ہے جو مَدْیَن کے پاس واقعہ ہے۔
15:79; 26:177; 38:14.
15:79; 26:177; 38:14.
15:80; 26:140; 38:15.
Commentary:
For اصحاب الأیکة (Dwellers of the Wood) see 15:79 and for the People of Tubba‘ 44:38. The verse purports to say that the above-mentioned peoples were warned by their respective Prophets that if they rejected them, they would be punished in this world and would also have to account for their sins in the next. The first warning was literally fulfilled and, therefore, the second one is also bound to be fulfilled.
d
15:79; 26:177; 38:14.
2
لفظی معنے ’’َبَن والے‘‘ کے ہیں۔ لیکن مراد یمن سے فلسطین جاتے ہوئے وہ جنگل ہے جو مَدْیَن کے پاس واقعہ ہے۔
c
15:79; 26:177; 38:14.
d
15:80; 26:140; 38:15.
3867
Commentary:
For اصحاب الأیکة (Dwellers of the Wood) see 15:79 and for the People of Tubba‘ 44:38. The verse purports to say that the above-mentioned peoples were warned by their respective Prophets that if they rejected them, they would be punished in this world and would also have to account for their sins in the next. The first warning was literally fulfilled and, therefore, the second one is also bound to be fulfilled.
c
15:79; 26:177; 38:14.
أَفَعَيِينَا بِٱلْخَلْقِ ٱلْأَوَّلِ ۚ بَلْ هُمْ فِى لَبْسٍ مِّنْ خَلْقٍ جَدِيدٍ
50:39.
Important Words:
عیینا (We have become weary) is derived from عی (‘ayya). They say عی بأمرہ او عن أمرہ i.e. he lacked power, strength or ability to perform or accomplish his affair; was unable to execute it through or found not the right way to do it. عی الامر means, he was ignorant of the affair. أعیا means, he was or became tired, fatigued or wearied عی فی منطقه means, he found not the right way to express himself (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
In these verses "creation", besides its ordinary meaning, signifies spiritual awakening or revolution brought about by a Prophet among his people.
e
50:39.
1284
在所有这几节经文中, “创造” 除了一般意义外也意味着有位先知在他的宗族中造成了精神觉醒, 即革命。
a
50:39.
3868
Important Words:
عیینا (We have become weary) is derived from عی (‘ayya). They say عی بأمرہ او عن أمرہ i.e. he lacked power, strength or ability to perform or accomplish his affair; was unable to execute it through or found not the right way to do it. عی الامر means, he was ignorant of the affair. أعیا means, he was or became tired, fatigued or wearied عی فی منطقه means, he found not the right way to express himself (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
In these verses "creation", besides its ordinary meaning, signifies spiritual awakening or revolution brought about by a Prophet among his people.
d
50:39.
2805
In all these verses 'creation,' besides its ordinary meaning, signifies spiritual awakening or revolution which is brought about by a Prophet among his people.
وَلَقَدْ خَلَقْنَا ٱلْإِنسَٰنَ وَنَعْلَمُ مَا تُوَسْوِسُ بِهِۦ نَفْسُهُۥ ۖ وَنَحْنُ أَقْرَبُ إِلَيْهِ مِنْ حَبْلِ ٱلْوَرِيدِ
86:5.
Commentary:
Wonderful is God’s creation of the universe, but much more wonderful is the creation of man. The fact that man is master of his conduct and is responsible for his decisions is here put forward as another argument to support the inevitability of the Resurrection. In fact man’s life on Earth is "the seedbed of an eternal future".
b
86:5.
3869
Commentary:
Wonderful is God’s creation of the universe, but much more wonderful is the creation of man. The fact that man is master of his conduct and is responsible for his decisions is here put forward as another argument to support the inevitability of the Resurrection. In fact man’s life on Earth is "the seedbed of an eternal future".
إِذْ يَتَلَقَّى ٱلْمُتَلَقِّيَانِ عَنِ ٱلْيَمِينِ وَعَنِ ٱلشِّمَالِ قَعِيدٌ
根据有些注释家说, 坐在人右边的天使记录人的善举, 坐在人左边的天使记录人的恶行--------“在右边” 表示善举, “在左边” 表示恶行。人的一言一行都在环境中留下痕迹而永不磨灭。«古兰经» 其他章节 (24:25 & 36:66) 中说到人的肢体--------手、脚和舌--------将在最后审判日对人作不利的见证。因此人体不同部位也可以是这节经文中所提到的 “记录者” 即 “做记录的天使”。
انسان کے ساتھ ایسے فرشتے یا انسانی جسم کے حصے مقرر ہیں جو اس کے اعمال کو محفوظ رکھتے جاتے ہیں۔ اس جگہ انہی کا ذکر ہے۔
According to some Commentators the angel sitting on man’s right records his good actions and that on his left his bad actions—the words 'on the right' standing for his good actions and 'on the left' for his bad actions. Every deed or spoken word leaves its impress in the atmosphere and thus is preserved. Elsewhere in the Qur’an (24:25 & 36:66) it is stated that the limbs of man—his hands, feet and tongue—will bear witness against him on the Judgment Day. Thus the different parts of a man’s body may also be 'the recorders' referred to in the present verse as the Recording Angels.
Important Words:
یتلقی (will record) is derived from لقی. They say تلقی الشیء منه i.e. he received or got the thing; he learned it from him, hencepreserved or recorded it (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
According to some commentators the angel sitting on man’s right records his good actions and that on his left, his bad actions; the words 'on the right' standing for his good actions and 'on the left' for his bad actions. Every deed or spoken word leaves its impress in the atmosphere and thus is preserved. Elsewhere in the Quran it is stated that the limbs of man—his hands, feet and tongue—will bear witness against him on the Judgement Day. Thus different parts of a man’s body may also be the recorders referred to in the present verse as the two recording angels. See also 24:25; 36:66.
1285
根据有些注释家说, 坐在人右边的天使记录人的善举, 坐在人左边的天使记录人的恶行--------“在右边” 表示善举, “在左边” 表示恶行。人的一言一行都在环境中留下痕迹而永不磨灭。«古兰经» 其他章节 (24:25 & 36:66) 中说到人的肢体--------手、脚和舌--------将在最后审判日对人作不利的见证。因此人体不同部位也可以是这节经文中所提到的 “记录者” 即 “做记录的天使”。
1
انسان کے ساتھ ایسے فرشتے یا انسانی جسم کے حصے مقرر ہیں جو اس کے اعمال کو محفوظ رکھتے جاتے ہیں۔ اس جگہ انہی کا ذکر ہے۔
3870
Important Words:
یتلقی (will record) is derived from لقی. They say تلقی الشیء منه i.e. he received or got the thing; he learned it from him, hencepreserved or recorded it (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
According to some commentators the angel sitting on man’s right records his good actions and that on his left, his bad actions; the words 'on the right' standing for his good actions and 'on the left' for his bad actions. Every deed or spoken word leaves its impress in the atmosphere and thus is preserved. Elsewhere in the Quran it is stated that the limbs of man—his hands, feet and tongue—will bear witness against him on the Judgement Day. Thus different parts of a man’s body may also be the recorders referred to in the present verse as the two recording angels. See also 24:25; 36:66.
2806
According to some Commentators the angel sitting on man’s right records his good actions and that on his left his bad actions—the words 'on the right' standing for his good actions and 'on the left' for his bad actions. Every deed or spoken word leaves its impress in the atmosphere and thus is preserved. Elsewhere in the Qur’an (24:25 & 36:66) it is stated that the limbs of man—his hands, feet and tongue—will bear witness against him on the Judgment Day. Thus the different parts of a man’s body may also be 'the recorders' referred to in the present verse as the Recording Angels.
مَّا يَلْفِظُ مِن قَوْلٍ إِلَّا لَدَيْهِ رَقِيبٌ عَتِيدٌ
43:81; 82:11, 12; 86:5.
43:81; 82:11, 12; 86:5.
43:81; 82:11-12.
Important Words:
یلفظ (he utters) is aorist from لفظ. They say لفظه البحر i.e. the sea cast it forth upon the shore, لفظ فلان نفسه means, such a one died. لفظ القول او بالقول means, he uttered or spoke the word (Lane & Aqrab).
عتید (ready) is derived from عتد. They say عتد الشیء i.e. the thing was or became ready, at hand, prepared; it became great, big or bulky. عتید means, ready, at hand, near; bulky, big or great (Lane & Aqrab).
a
43:81; 82:11, 12; 86:5.
a
43:81; 82:11-12.
3871
Important Words:
یلفظ (he utters) is aorist from لفظ. They say لفظه البحر i.e. the sea cast it forth upon the shore, لفظ فلان نفسه means, such a one died. لفظ القول او بالقول means, he uttered or spoke the word (Lane & Aqrab).
عتید (ready) is derived from عتد. They say عتد الشیء i.e. the thing was or became ready, at hand, prepared; it became great, big or bulky. عتید means, ready, at hand, near; bulky, big or great (Lane & Aqrab).
a
43:81; 82:11, 12; 86:5.
وَجَآءَتْ سَكْرَةُ ٱلْمَوْتِ بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖ ذَٰلِكَ مَا كُنتَ مِنْهُ تَحِيدُ
6:94; 23:100.
6:94; 23:100.
6:94; 23:100.
Important Words:
تحید (thou wast trying to run from) is derived from حاد. They say حاد عنه او منه i.e. he turned aside or away from it; he removed or went away or went far away from it; he shunned or avoided it from fear or disdain. حاد عن الطریق means, he turned aside from the road (Lane & Aqrab).
b
6:94; 23:100.
b
6:94; 23:100.
3872
Important Words:
تحید (thou wast trying to run from) is derived from حاد. They say حاد عنه او منه i.e. he turned aside or away from it; he removed or went away or went far away from it; he shunned or avoided it from fear or disdain. حاد عن الطریق means, he turned aside from the road (Lane & Aqrab).
b
6:94; 23:100.
وَنُفِخَ فِى ٱلصُّورِ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ يَوْمُ ٱلْوَعِيدِ
18:100; 23:102; 36:52; 39:69; 69:14.
18:100; 23:102; 36:52; 39:69; 69:14.
18:100; 23:102; 36:52; 39:69; 69:14.
c
18:100; 23:102; 36:52; 39:69; 69:14.
c
18:100; 23:102; 36:52; 39:69; 69:14.
c
18:100; 23:102; 36:52; 39:69; 69:14.
وَجَآءَتْ كُلُّ نَفْسٍ مَّعَهَا سَآئِقٌ وَشَهِيدٌ
سَائِق (Sa’iq) 可以是坐在人左边的天使, 记录着人的恶行, 并将恶人驱入火狱作为惩罚, شَهِيْد (Shahid) 可以是坐在右边的天使, 记录着人的善举, 并将作出对善人有利的证明。这两个譬喻也可分别表示人滥用自己的肢体和才能以及恰当地善用自己的肢体和才能。
Sa’iq may be the angel that sits on man’s left and records his bad deeds and as a punishment for them will drive him to Hell, and Shahid may be the angel that sits on his right and records his good actions and will bear witness in his favour. Or, the two words metaphorically may stand respectively for man’s misused limbs and faculties and those well and properly used.
Commentary:
سائق (driver) may be the angel that sits on man’s left and records his bad deeds and as a punishment for them will drivehim to Hell, and شھید may be the angel that sits on his right and records his good actions and will bear witness in his favour. Or the two words metaphorically may stand for man’s misused limbs and faculties and those well and properly used. See also verse 18 above; 24:25 and 36:66.
1286
سَائِق (Sa’iq) 可以是坐在人左边的天使, 记录着人的恶行, 并将恶人驱入火狱作为惩罚, شَهِيْد (Shahid) 可以是坐在右边的天使, 记录着人的善举, 并将作出对善人有利的证明。这两个譬喻也可分别表示人滥用自己的肢体和才能以及恰当地善用自己的肢体和才能。
3873
Commentary:
سائق (driver) may be the angel that sits on man’s left and records his bad deeds and as a punishment for them will drivehim to Hell, and شھید may be the angel that sits on his right and records his good actions and will bear witness in his favour. Or the two words metaphorically may stand for man’s misused limbs and faculties and those well and properly used. See also verse 18 above; 24:25 and 36:66.
2807
Sa’iq may be the angel that sits on man’s left and records his bad deeds and as a punishment for them will drive him to Hell, and Shahid may be the angel that sits on his right and records his good actions and will bear witness in his favour. Or, the two words metaphorically may stand respectively for man’s misused limbs and faculties and those well and properly used.
لَّقَدْ كُنتَ فِى غَفْلَةٍ مِّنْ هَٰذَا فَكَشَفْنَا عَنكَ غِطَآءَكَ فَبَصَرُكَ ٱلْيَوْمَ حَدِيدٌ
یعنی آج تو اپنے سب عیب و صواب کو اچھی طرح سمجھ رہا ہے اور وہ دنیوی حالت بھول گیا ہے جبکہ اپنے ہر قول و فعل کے اچھے ہونے پر اصرار کرتا تھا۔
یعنی اس کے ساتھ لگا ہوا گواہ۔
In the next world the veil will be lifted from the eyes of man and his vision and mental perception will become clearer and sharper. He will see the consequences of his actions in an embodied form which were hidden from his eyes in this world and will realize that, which he used to regard merely as an illusion, was a hard and stark reality.
Important Words:
بصر (eye) means, eye; the light whereby the organ of sight perceives the things; knowledge; discernment; intelligence (Lane & Aqrab).
حدید (sharp) is derived from حد which means, he turned away or averted a person from a thing. حد شیئا عن غیرہ means, he distinguished or separated by some mark a thing from another. حد السکین means, he sharpened the knife. حد بصرہ الیه means, he looked sharply or attentively at him. رجل حدید means, a man sharp of intellect or understanding (Lane).
Commentary:
The verse means that in the next world the veil will be lifted from the eyes of man and his vision and mental perception will become clearer and sharper. He will see the consequences of his actions in an embodied form which were hidden from his eyes in this world and will realize that which he used to regard merely as an illusion, was a hard and stark reality.
2
یعنی آج تو اپنے سب عیب و صواب کو اچھی طرح سمجھ رہا ہے اور وہ دنیوی حالت بھول گیا ہے جبکہ اپنے ہر قول و فعل کے اچھے ہونے پر اصرار کرتا تھا۔
3
یعنی اس کے ساتھ لگا ہوا گواہ۔
3874
Important Words:
بصر (eye) means, eye; the light whereby the organ of sight perceives the things; knowledge; discernment; intelligence (Lane & Aqrab).
حدید (sharp) is derived from حد which means, he turned away or averted a person from a thing. حد شیئا عن غیرہ means, he distinguished or separated by some mark a thing from another. حد السکین means, he sharpened the knife. حد بصرہ الیه means, he looked sharply or attentively at him. رجل حدید means, a man sharp of intellect or understanding (Lane).
Commentary:
The verse means that in the next world the veil will be lifted from the eyes of man and his vision and mental perception will become clearer and sharper. He will see the consequences of his actions in an embodied form which were hidden from his eyes in this world and will realize that which he used to regard merely as an illusion, was a hard and stark reality.
2808
In the next world the veil will be lifted from the eyes of man and his vision and mental perception will become clearer and sharper. He will see the consequences of his actions in an embodied form which were hidden from his eyes in this world and will realize that, which he used to regard merely as an illusion, was a hard and stark reality.
وَقَالَ قَرِينُهُۥ هَٰذَا مَا لَدَىَّ عَتِيدٌ
یعنی انسانی اعضا یا فرشتے کہیں گے کہ اس کے اعمال و اقوال کا سب ریکارڈ ہمارے پاس موجود ہے اس لئے یہ کسی رنگ کا انکار نہیں کر سکتا۔ ہمارے ریکارڈ کو دیکھ لیجئیے۔ ساری بات آپ پر ثابت ہو جائے گی۔
Commentary:
قرینه (his companion) may signify his evil companion, or the Satan, who has been called elsewhere in the Quran, man’s evil companion 4:39; 43:39, because it is at his instigation that man defies God’s commandments.
4
یعنی انسانی اعضا یا فرشتے کہیں گے کہ اس کے اعمال و اقوال کا سب ریکارڈ ہمارے پاس موجود ہے اس لئے یہ کسی رنگ کا انکار نہیں کر سکتا۔ ہمارے ریکارڈ کو دیکھ لیجئیے۔ ساری بات آپ پر ثابت ہو جائے گی۔
3875
Commentary:
قرینه (his companion) may signify his evil companion, or the Satan, who has been called elsewhere in the Quran, man’s evil companion 4:39; 43:39, because it is at his instigation that man defies God’s commandments.
أَلْقِيَا فِى جَهَنَّمَ كُلَّ كَفَّارٍ عَنِيدٍ
68:13.
The dual form of Alqiya is used either because the command is given to the two angels—the Sa’iq and the Shahid, or, in order to impart emphasis to the command. This form of expression is also used in 23:100 where a plural verb is used for the subject in the singular. This is quite in consonance with the rules of Arabic grammar.
Important Words:
عنید (enemy) is derived from عند which means, he went aside from it; he opposed and rejected what was true or just; he overstepped or transgressed the proper bound or limit; he acted immoderately or in rebellion. عنید is used here in all the senses of the root word (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The dual form in ألقیا is used either because the command is given to the two angels—the سائق and the شھید —or in order to impart emphasis to the command. This form of expression is also used in 23:100 where a plural verb is used for the subject in the singular. The plural form ارجعون in that verse is used to lend emphasis to the disbelievers’ desire to be sentback to this world, and represents the repetition of the singular form ارجعنی (irj‘ini).
a
68:13.
3876
Important Words:
عنید (enemy) is derived from عند which means, he went aside from it; he opposed and rejected what was true or just; he overstepped or transgressed the proper bound or limit; he acted immoderately or in rebellion. عنید is used here in all the senses of the root word (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The dual form in ألقیا is used either because the command is given to the two angels—the سائق and the شھید —or in order to impart emphasis to the command. This form of expression is also used in 23:100 where a plural verb is used for the subject in the singular. The plural form ارجعون in that verse is used to lend emphasis to the disbelievers’ desire to be sentback to this world, and represents the repetition of the singular form ارجعنی (irj‘ini).
2809
The dual form of Alqiya is used either because the command is given to the two angels—the Sa’iq and the Shahid, or, in order to impart emphasis to the command. This form of expression is also used in 23:100 where a plural verb is used for the subject in the singular. This is quite in consonance with the rules of Arabic grammar.
مَّنَّاعٍ لِّلْخَيْرِ مُعْتَدٍ مُّرِيبٍ
68:13.
68:13.
68:13.
a
68:13.
a
68:13.
a
68:13.
ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَ مَعَ ٱللَّهِ إِلَٰهًا ءَاخَرَ فَأَلْقِيَاهُ فِى ٱلْعَذَابِ ٱلشَّدِيدِ
۞ قَالَ قَرِينُهُۥ رَبَّنَا مَآ أَطْغَيْتُهُۥ وَلَٰكِن كَانَ فِى ضَلَٰلٍۭ بَعِيدٍ
14:23.
یعنی انسان اب تو یہ کہتا ہے کہ خدا نے مجھے گمراہ کیا۔ لیکن قیامت کے دن اس کے نگران فرشتے یا اس کے جسم کے نگران حصے کہیں گے کہ ہم اس کی گمراہی کے موجب نہیں۔ یہ آپ گمراہ ہوا تھا اور اپنی گمراہی کا آپ ذمّہ دار ہے۔
14:23.
It is human nature that when an evil-doer is confronted with the evil consequences of his deeds, he seeks to shift his responsibility to others. It is this state of mind of the disbeliever which is depicted in this verse. He will hold Satan responsible for his own transgressions and sins.
14:23.
b
14:23.
1
یعنی انسان اب تو یہ کہتا ہے کہ خدا نے مجھے گمراہ کیا۔ لیکن قیامت کے دن اس کے نگران فرشتے یا اس کے جسم کے نگران حصے کہیں گے کہ ہم اس کی گمراہی کے موجب نہیں۔ یہ آپ گمراہ ہوا تھا اور اپنی گمراہی کا آپ ذمّہ دار ہے۔
b
14:23.
b
14:23.
2810
It is human nature that when an evil-doer is confronted with the evil consequences of his deeds, he seeks to shift his responsibility to others. It is this state of mind of the disbeliever which is depicted in this verse. He will hold Satan responsible for his own transgressions and sins.
قَالَ لَا تَخْتَصِمُوا۟ لَدَىَّ وَقَدْ قَدَّمْتُ إِلَيْكُم بِٱلْوَعِيدِ
Commentary:
It is human nature that when an evildoer is confronted with the evil consequences of his deeds, he seeks to shift his responsibility to others. It is this state of mind of the disbeliever which is depicted in this verse. He will hold the Satan responsible for his own transgressions and sins. See also 2:167-168.
3877
Commentary:
It is human nature that when an evildoer is confronted with the evil consequences of his deeds, he seeks to shift his responsibility to others. It is this state of mind of the disbeliever which is depicted in this verse. He will hold the Satan responsible for his own transgressions and sins. See also 2:167-168.
مَا يُبَدَّلُ ٱلْقَوْلُ لَدَىَّ وَمَآ أَنَا۠ بِظَلَّٰمٍ لِّلْعَبِيدِ
3:183; 8:52; 22:11; 41:47.
یعنی جو گواہ مَیں نے انسانوں پر فرشتوں میں سے یا اس کے اعضا میں سے مقرر کیے ہیں وہ جرات ہی نہیں کر سکتے کہ میرے سامنے بات کو بدل کر پیش کریں کیونکہ وہ صرف گواہ نہیں بلکہ ان کے پاس ریکارڈ بھی ہوگا اور ریکارڈ کو کوئی غلط قرار نہیں دے سکتا۔
یعنی مَیں نے گواہی کا ایسا انتظام کر دیا ہے جس کا انکار نہیں کیا جا سکتا اور میری سزا کو ظالمانہ سزا نہیں قرار دیا جا سکتا۔
3:183; 8:52; 22:11; 41:47.
3:183; 8:52; 22:11; 41:47.
Commentary:
God admonishes both the parties to stop wrangling and quarrelling and shifting the responsibility to one another as His sentence has already been pronounced and His Word never changes.
c
3:183; 8:52; 22:11; 41:47.
2
یعنی جو گواہ مَیں نے انسانوں پر فرشتوں میں سے یا اس کے اعضا میں سے مقرر کیے ہیں وہ جرات ہی نہیں کر سکتے کہ میرے سامنے بات کو بدل کر پیش کریں کیونکہ وہ صرف گواہ نہیں بلکہ ان کے پاس ریکارڈ بھی ہوگا اور ریکارڈ کو کوئی غلط قرار نہیں دے سکتا۔
3
یعنی مَیں نے گواہی کا ایسا انتظام کر دیا ہے جس کا انکار نہیں کیا جا سکتا اور میری سزا کو ظالمانہ سزا نہیں قرار دیا جا سکتا۔
c
3:183; 8:52; 22:11; 41:47.
3878
Commentary:
God admonishes both the parties to stop wrangling and quarrelling and shifting the responsibility to one another as His sentence has already been pronounced and His Word never changes.
a
3:183; 8:52; 22:11; 41:47.
يَوْمَ نَقُولُ لِجَهَنَّمَ هَلِ ٱمْتَلَأْتِ وَتَقُولُ هَلْ مِن مَّزِيدٍ
这里实际上是指人具有无限地犯罪能力和追求尘世安逸的无限的欲望, 由此铺设了通往火狱之路。
The dialogue is metaphorical. Hell has been personified here and words are put in its mouth to express its state or condition and not that it will actually speak, or, for that matter, it can speak. The word, Qala, has also been used in this sense in 41:12 where the heaven and the earth have been described as saying that they obey Divine laws willingly. It is one of the peculiarities and beauties of the Arabic language that it uses words and expressions for inanimate things which are used for human beings. See also {57} and 18:78.
The expression, in fact, points to man’s unlimited capacity for committing sins and his inordinate desire for worldly comforts by which he paves his way to Hell.
Commentary:
The dialogue is metaphorical. Hell has been personified here and words are put in its mouth to express its state or condition and not that it will actually speak or, for that matter, it can speak. The word قال has been used in this sense in 41:12 also where the heaven and the earth have been described as saying that they obey divine laws willingly. It is one of the peculiarities and beauties of the Arabic language that it uses words and expressions for inanimate things which are used for human beings.
There is a famous Arabic proverb:
قال الجدار للوتد لم تشقنی قالت سل من یدقنی
i.e. the wall said to the peg "why dost thou pierce me?" It said, "Ask him who strikes me from behind." Similarly, a famous Arab poet says:
یرید الرمح صدر أبی براء
و یعدل عن دماء بنی عقیل
i.e. the spear intends to pierce the breast of Abu Bara’, but it turns away from the blood of the sons of ‘Uqail. (Lane).
The expression ھل من مزید in fact, points to man’s unlimited capacity for committing sins and his inordinate desire for worldly comforts which pave his way to Hell.
1287
这里实际上是指人具有无限地犯罪能力和追求尘世安逸的无限的欲望, 由此铺设了通往火狱之路。
3879
Commentary:
The dialogue is metaphorical. Hell has been personified here and words are put in its mouth to express its state or condition and not that it will actually speak or, for that matter, it can speak. The word قال has been used in this sense in 41:12 also where the heaven and the earth have been described as saying that they obey divine laws willingly. It is one of the peculiarities and beauties of the Arabic language that it uses words and expressions for inanimate things which are used for human beings.
There is a famous Arabic proverb:
قال الجدار للوتد لم تشقنی قالت سل من یدقنی
i.e. the wall said to the peg "why dost thou pierce me?" It said, "Ask him who strikes me from behind." Similarly, a famous Arab poet says:
یرید الرمح صدر أبی براء
و یعدل عن دماء بنی عقیل
i.e. the spear intends to pierce the breast of Abu Bara’, but it turns away from the blood of the sons of ‘Uqail. (Lane).
The expression ھل من مزید in fact, points to man’s unlimited capacity for committing sins and his inordinate desire for worldly comforts which pave his way to Hell.
2811
The dialogue is metaphorical. Hell has been personified here and words are put in its mouth to express its state or condition and not that it will actually speak, or, for that matter, it can speak. The word, Qala, has also been used in this sense in 41:12 where the heaven and the earth have been described as saying that they obey Divine laws willingly. It is one of the peculiarities and beauties of the Arabic language that it uses words and expressions for inanimate things which are used for human beings. See also {57} and 18:78.
2812
The expression, in fact, points to man’s unlimited capacity for committing sins and his inordinate desire for worldly comforts by which he paves his way to Hell.
وَأُزْلِفَتِ ٱلْجَنَّةُ لِلْمُتَّقِينَ غَيْرَ بَعِيدٍ
یعنی مومن اس دن جنت کو خوب دیکھ سکیں گے تا کہ دل مطمئن ہوں یا یہ مراد ہے کہ آخری زمانہ میں دین کی اتنی تفسیر ہوگی کہ ہر مومن اپنے دل میں جنت کو قریب پائے گا۔
26:91; 81:14.
Whereas in the preceding verse, it is mentioned that more and more persons will be thrown into Hell in order to be purged and purified of their spiritual maladies, the present verse says that Heaven will also be brought near for the righteous and the God-fearing.
26:91; 81:14.
Commentary:
If, as mentioned in the preceding verse, more and more sinners will be thrown into Hell for being purged and purified of their spiritual maladies, the present verse says, that Heaven will also be brought near for the righteous and the God-fearing.
d
26:91; 81:14.
1288
因为前一节经文提到了为清除和净化人的精神弊病, 越来越多的人被投入火狱, 这里是说, 天园也将靠近正直而敬畏安拉的人。
4
یعنی مومن اس دن جنت کو خوب دیکھ سکیں گے تا کہ دل مطمئن ہوں یا یہ مراد ہے کہ آخری زمانہ میں دین کی اتنی تفسیر ہوگی کہ ہر مومن اپنے دل میں جنت کو قریب پائے گا۔
a
26:91; 81:14.
3880
Commentary:
If, as mentioned in the preceding verse, more and more sinners will be thrown into Hell for being purged and purified of their spiritual maladies, the present verse says, that Heaven will also be brought near for the righteous and the God-fearing.
b
26:91; 81:14.
2813
Whereas in the preceding verse, it is mentioned that more and more persons will be thrown into Hell in order to be purged and purified of their spiritual maladies, the present verse says that Heaven will also be brought near for the righteous and the God-fearing.
هَٰذَا مَا تُوعَدُونَ لِكُلِّ أَوَّابٍ حَفِيظٍ
مَّنْ خَشِىَ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنَ بِٱلْغَيْبِ وَجَآءَ بِقَلْبٍ مُّنِيبٍ
ٱدْخُلُوهَا بِسَلَٰمٍ ۖ ذَٰلِكَ يَوْمُ ٱلْخُلُودِ
a
14:24; 15:47; 36:59.
1289
无论惩罚可能显得多么可怕, 根据 «古兰经» 火狱是个一时的赎罪所, 而天园是个永久的归宿。天园的福祉无边无际 (11:109)。
a
14:24; 15:47; 36:59.
3881
Commentary:
However dreadful its punishments may appear, Hell, according to the Quran, is a temporary penitentiary, while Heaven is an eternal abode; its blessings know no limit or end (11:109).
a
14:24; 15:47; 36:59.
2814
However dreadful its punishments may appear, Hell, according to the Qur’an, is a temporary penitentiary, while Heaven is an eternal abode; its blessings know no limit or end (11:109).
لَهُم مَّا يَشَآءُونَ فِيهَا وَلَدَيْنَا مَزِيدٌ
10:27.
The righteous will have in Paradise what they desire to their heart’s content, but as man’s desires at best are limited, they will be given much more than what they desire or deserve, much more than what they would even contemplate or conceive.
10:27.
Commentary:
The righteous will have in Paradise what they desire, to their hearts’ content, but as man’s desires at best are limited, they will be given much more than what they desire or deserve, much more than what they would even contemplate or conceive. They will see the beautiful face of God and will bask in the warmth of His countenance. This beautiful vision in which the veil which divides man from Allah will be lifted and His Heavenly Glory disclosed to the soul, untrammelled by its earthy raiments is, according to some authorities, what is meant by the words ولدینا مزید i.e. and with Us is a good deal more.
b
10:27.
1290
正直的人在天园中将心满意足, 但人的欲望充其量也有限度, 他们将得到的比他们想象或应得的要多, 甚至比他们深思或想象的要多得多。
b
10:27.
3882
Commentary:
The righteous will have in Paradise what they desire, to their hearts’ content, but as man’s desires at best are limited, they will be given much more than what they desire or deserve, much more than what they would even contemplate or conceive. They will see the beautiful face of God and will bask in the warmth of His countenance. This beautiful vision in which the veil which divides man from Allah will be lifted and His Heavenly Glory disclosed to the soul, untrammelled by its earthy raiments is, according to some authorities, what is meant by the words ولدینا مزید i.e. and with Us is a good deal more.
b
10:27.
2815
The righteous will have in Paradise what they desire to their heart’s content, but as man’s desires at best are limited, they will be given much more than what they desire or deserve, much more than what they would even contemplate or conceive.
وَكَمْ أَهْلَكْنَا قَبْلَهُم مِّن قَرْنٍ هُمْ أَشَدُّ مِنْهُم بَطْشًا فَنَقَّبُوا۟ فِى ٱلْبِلَٰدِ هَلْ مِن مَّحِيصٍ
یعنی ملک میں ایسے سامان پیدا کرنے شروع کیے کہ وہ اس عذاب سے بچ جائیں لیکن خدائی سزا سے بچنے کے لئے انسانی تدبیریں کہاں کام دے سکتی ہیں۔
19:75; 47:14.
The words in the text literally mean: 'Burrowed into the earth to save themselves,' and seem to refer to the present day underground trenches as protection against bombing attacks.
17:18; 19:75; 21:12; 36:32.
Important Words:
نقبوا (went about) is the intensive form of نقب (naqaba) which means, he made a hole through a wall; he perforated, pierced or made a hole through anything. نقب فی الارض means, he went or went away through the land or country or journeyed or traversed through the land.
Commentary:
Divine punishment, when it comes, is overwhelming and all-encompassing. There is no escape or refuge from it, however one may try.
c
19:75; 47:14.
1291
经文中这一句字面上的意思是: “潜伏地洞中救自己”, 似乎也指今天防止轰炸袭击的地下战壕。
1
یعنی ملک میں ایسے سامان پیدا کرنے شروع کیے کہ وہ اس عذاب سے بچ جائیں لیکن خدائی سزا سے بچنے کے لئے انسانی تدبیریں کہاں کام دے سکتی ہیں۔
c
17:18; 19:75; 21:12; 36:32.
3883
Important Words:
نقبوا (went about) is the intensive form of نقب (naqaba) which means, he made a hole through a wall; he perforated, pierced or made a hole through anything. نقب فی الارض means, he went or went away through the land or country or journeyed or traversed through the land.
Commentary:
Divine punishment, when it comes, is overwhelming and all-encompassing. There is no escape or refuge from it, however one may try.
c
19:75; 47:14.
2815A
The words in the text literally mean: 'Burrowed into the earth to save themselves,' and seem to refer to the present day underground trenches as protection against bombing attacks.
إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَذِكْرَىٰ لِمَن كَانَ لَهُۥ قَلْبٌ أَوْ أَلْقَى ٱلسَّمْعَ وَهُوَ شَهِيدٌ
Qalb, means, the heart; the soul; the conscience; the mind; and signifies the best part of a thing. They say ma la-hu Qalbun, i.e. he has no intellect or intelligence (Lane).
Important Words:
قلب (heart) means, heart, the soul; the conscience; the mind, meaning the intellect; the endeavour to understand, and consideration. They say ماله قلب i.e. he has no intellect or intelligence; the purest or best or choicest part of a thing; قلب الجیش means, the main body of the army; as distinguished from the van and the rear and the two wings. The word also signifies, a man genuine or pure in respect of origin or lineage, holding a middle place among his people (Lane & Aqrab).
3884
Important Words:
قلب (heart) means, heart, the soul; the conscience; the mind, meaning the intellect; the endeavour to understand, and consideration. They say ماله قلب i.e. he has no intellect or intelligence; the purest or best or choicest part of a thing; قلب الجیش means, the main body of the army; as distinguished from the van and the rear and the two wings. The word also signifies, a man genuine or pure in respect of origin or lineage, holding a middle place among his people (Lane & Aqrab).
2816
Qalb, means, the heart; the soul; the conscience; the mind; and signifies the best part of a thing. They say ma la-hu Qalbun, i.e. he has no intellect or intelligence (Lane).
وَلَقَدْ خَلَقْنَا ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا فِى سِتَّةِ أَيَّامٍ وَمَا مَسَّنَا مِن لُّغُوبٍ
بائیبل میں ہے کہ خداتعالیٰ نے دنیا پیدا کی اور تھک گیا اور ساتویں دن اُس نے آرام کیا۔ قرآنی تعلیم کتنی شاندار اور خداتعالیٰ کی شان کے مطابق ہے جبکہ بائیبل کی تعلیم خداتعالیٰ کی شان کو مدِّنظر رکھتے ہوئے گھناؤنی اور قابلِ ترک نظر آتی ہے۔
7:55; 10:4; 11:8; 25:60.
50:16.
See {984} and 41:10-13.
It is characteristic of the Qur’an that not only does it exonerate God’s noble Prophets from all the vices and immoralities imputed to them in the Bible but also clears the Divine Being of the flaws and defects which are inconsistent with His Majesty and Holiness. The Bible depicts God as 'having rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had made' (Gen. 2:2), but according to the Qur’an no weariness can touch Him.
7:55; 10:4; 11:8; 25:60.
50:16.
Important Words:
أیام (periods) is the plural of یوم which properly means, time absolutely (1:4) or indefinite period or stage in the development of a thing. It does not always denote the day as determined by the rising and setting of the sun. In the Quran یوم has been spoken of as equal to one or even fifty thousand years (22:48; 70:5). Elsewhere in the Quran the division of these six days has been described in this wise; the making of the earth took two days; it took two more days for mountains, rivers, etc., to be placed upon it, and another two days for the growth of vegetable and animal life on it. See also 10:4; 41:10-13.
لغوب (weariness) is infinitive noun from لغب which means, he was fatigued, tired or wearied to the utmost; he was languid in consequence of fatigue; he was wearied in spirit or mind (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
It is a characteristic of the Quran that not only does it exonerate God’s noble Prophets from all the vices and immoralities imputed to them in the Bible, but it also clears the Divine Being of the flaws and defects that are inconsistent with His Majesty and Holiness. The Bible depicts God as "having rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had made" (Gen. 2:2) but according to the Quran no weariness can touch Him.
d
7:55; 10:4; 11:8; 25:60.
e
50:16.
1292
见注释497和 41:10-13。
1293
这是 «古兰经» 的特色, «古兰经» 不仅使高贵的众先知摆脱了 «圣经» 中归咎于他们的一切罪恶和不道德, 而且还清除了与安拉的威严和神圣不相容的错误和弱点。«圣经» 上把安拉描写成 “完成一切工作之后在第七天休息” (《创世记》2:2), 但根据 «古兰经», 安拉永不疲倦。
2
بائیبل میں ہے کہ خداتعالیٰ نے دنیا پیدا کی اور تھک گیا اور ساتویں دن اُس نے آرام کیا۔ قرآنی تعلیم کتنی شاندار اور خداتعالیٰ کی شان کے مطابق ہے جبکہ بائیبل کی تعلیم خداتعالیٰ کی شان کو مدِّنظر رکھتے ہوئے گھناؤنی اور قابلِ ترک نظر آتی ہے۔
a
7:55; 10:4; 11:8; 25:60.
b
50:16.
3885
Important Words:
أیام (periods) is the plural of یوم which properly means, time absolutely (1:4) or indefinite period or stage in the development of a thing. It does not always denote the day as determined by the rising and setting of the sun. In the Quran یوم has been spoken of as equal to one or even fifty thousand years (22:48; 70:5). Elsewhere in the Quran the division of these six days has been described in this wise; the making of the earth took two days; it took two more days for mountains, rivers, etc., to be placed upon it, and another two days for the growth of vegetable and animal life on it. See also 10:4; 41:10-13.
لغوب (weariness) is infinitive noun from لغب which means, he was fatigued, tired or wearied to the utmost; he was languid in consequence of fatigue; he was wearied in spirit or mind (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
It is a characteristic of the Quran that not only does it exonerate God’s noble Prophets from all the vices and immoralities imputed to them in the Bible, but it also clears the Divine Being of the flaws and defects that are inconsistent with His Majesty and Holiness. The Bible depicts God as "having rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had made" (Gen. 2:2) but according to the Quran no weariness can touch Him.
a
7:55; 10:4; 11:8; 25:60.
b
50:16.
2817
See {984} and 41:10-13.
2818
It is characteristic of the Qur’an that not only does it exonerate God’s noble Prophets from all the vices and immoralities imputed to them in the Bible but also clears the Divine Being of the flaws and defects which are inconsistent with His Majesty and Holiness. The Bible depicts God as 'having rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had made' (Gen. 2:2), but according to the Qur’an no weariness can touch Him.
فَٱصْبِرْ عَلَىٰ مَا يَقُولُونَ وَسَبِّحْ بِحَمْدِ رَبِّكَ قَبْلَ طُلُوعِ ٱلشَّمْسِ وَقَبْلَ ٱلْغُرُوبِ
15:99; 17:79; 20:131; 40:56; 110:4.
c
15:99; 17:79; 20:131; 40:56; 110:4.
وَمِنَ ٱلَّيْلِ فَسَبِّحْهُ وَأَدْبَٰرَ ٱلسُّجُودِ
17:80; 52:50; 73:3-5.
a
17:80; 52:50; 73:3-5.
وَٱسْتَمِعْ يَوْمَ يُنَادِ ٱلْمُنَادِ مِن مَّكَانٍ قَرِيبٍ
مراد یہ ہے کہ مکہ والوں کو ہوشیار کرنے کے لئے اللہ تعالیٰ رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کے اَتباع میں سے بھی بعض لوگ کھڑے کرتا رہے گا چنانچہ حضرت ابوبکرؓ‘‘ عمرؓ‘‘ عثمان‘ ؓ‘ علیؓ اور عبداللہ بن زبیرؓ مکہ والوں میں سے کھڑے ہوتے رہے اور ان کو ہوشیار کرتے رہے۔
The 'crier' may refer to the Holy Prophet. The context supports this, as the next few verses seem to refer to the spiritual resurrection brought about by him among his people who at his call rose, as it were, from their graves.
The words 'from a place nearby' may also signify that the call of the Holy Prophet will not remain a call in the wilderness, a distant cry, but will be listened to and accepted.
Commentary:
The "crier" may refer to the Holy Prophet. The context supports this, as the next few verses seem to refer to the spiritual resurrection brought about by the Holy Prophet among his people who at his call rose, as it were, from their graves, as the next verse implies.
The words "from a place nearby" may also signify that the call of the Holy Prophet will not remain a call in the wilderness, a distant cry. It will be listened to and accepted.
1293A
“呼唤者” 可以指穆圣。这从上下文中可见出, 因为以下几节经文似乎指穆圣给他的宗族带来了精神复生, 在他的号召下他们仿佛在坟墓中苏醒了。
1294
“附近的地方” 也可以表示, 穆圣的号召不会仍是一个荒野中的号召, 一个遥远的召唤, 而将是听得到的, 可以接受的。
1
مراد یہ ہے کہ مکہ والوں کو ہوشیار کرنے کے لئے اللہ تعالیٰ رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کے اَتباع میں سے بھی بعض لوگ کھڑے کرتا رہے گا چنانچہ حضرت ابوبکرؓ‘‘ عمرؓ‘‘ عثمان‘ ؓ‘ علیؓ اور عبداللہ بن زبیرؓ مکہ والوں میں سے کھڑے ہوتے رہے اور ان کو ہوشیار کرتے رہے۔
3886
Commentary:
The "crier" may refer to the Holy Prophet. The context supports this, as the next few verses seem to refer to the spiritual resurrection brought about by the Holy Prophet among his people who at his call rose, as it were, from their graves, as the next verse implies.
The words "from a place nearby" may also signify that the call of the Holy Prophet will not remain a call in the wilderness, a distant cry. It will be listened to and accepted.
2819
The 'crier' may refer to the Holy Prophet. The context supports this, as the next few verses seem to refer to the spiritual resurrection brought about by him among his people who at his call rose, as it were, from their graves.
2820
The words 'from a place nearby' may also signify that the call of the Holy Prophet will not remain a call in the wilderness, a distant cry, but will be listened to and accepted.
يَوْمَ يَسْمَعُونَ ٱلصَّيْحَةَ بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ يَوْمُ ٱلْخُرُوجِ
“号角声” 的意思也可以是: 穆圣的洪亮的号召声。
چنانچہ حضرت ابوبکرؓ کے زمانہ میں بھی مدینہ کے قریب کی اقوام مرتد ہو گئی تھیں لیکن حضرت ابوبکرؓ انہیں پھر اسلام کی طرف لائے اسی طرح حضرت عمرؓ کے زمانہ میں قیصر و کسریٰ کی شوکت کی وجہ سے مسلمان قبائل لرز گئے تھے مگر حضرت عمرؓ نے وعظ اور نصیحت سے ان میں نئے سرے سے جوش پیدا کیا اور ان کو لے کر قیصر و کسریٰ کو شکست دی۔
'The blast' may also signify the stentorian call of the Holy Prophet.
Commentary:
"The blast" may also signify the stentorian call to truth of the Holy Prophet.
1295
“号角声” 的意思也可以是: 穆圣的洪亮的号召声。
2
چنانچہ حضرت ابوبکرؓ کے زمانہ میں بھی مدینہ کے قریب کی اقوام مرتد ہو گئی تھیں لیکن حضرت ابوبکرؓ انہیں پھر اسلام کی طرف لائے اسی طرح حضرت عمرؓ کے زمانہ میں قیصر و کسریٰ کی شوکت کی وجہ سے مسلمان قبائل لرز گئے تھے مگر حضرت عمرؓ نے وعظ اور نصیحت سے ان میں نئے سرے سے جوش پیدا کیا اور ان کو لے کر قیصر و کسریٰ کو شکست دی۔
3887
Commentary:
"The blast" may also signify the stentorian call to truth of the Holy Prophet.
2821
'The blast' may also signify the stentorian call of the Holy Prophet.
إِنَّا نَحْنُ نُحْىِۦ وَنُمِيتُ وَإِلَيْنَا ٱلْمَصِيرُ
15:24.
b
15:24.
يَوْمَ تَشَقَّقُ ٱلْأَرْضُ عَنْهُمْ سِرَاعًا ۚ ذَٰلِكَ حَشْرٌ عَلَيْنَا يَسِيرٌ
یعنی عذاب آنے پر اپنا علاقہ چھوڑ کر اِدھر اُدھر بھاگیں گے‘ مگر راہِ نجات نہ ملے گی۔
84:4.
3
یعنی عذاب آنے پر اپنا علاقہ چھوڑ کر اِدھر اُدھر بھاگیں گے‘ مگر راہِ نجات نہ ملے گی۔
c
84:4.
نَّحْنُ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا يَقُولُونَ ۖ وَمَآ أَنتَ عَلَيْهِم بِجَبَّارٍ ۖ فَذَكِّرْ بِٱلْقُرْءَانِ مَن يَخَافُ وَعِيدِ
6:108; 39:42; 42:7.
Commentary:
The verse shows that the resurrection to which reference has been made in the preceding verse was to be brought about by the preaching and teaching of the Quran. The Surah had opened with the subject of the Final Resurrection, and the great eminence and glory which the Muslims were to achieve through the Quran was advanced as an argument in its support. God, Man, Creation and Resurrection are the four pillars on which the whole edifice of the Quranic teaching stands, and the present Surah derives its importance from the fact that it has dealt with these subjects in some detail.
a
39:42; 42:7.
1296
这章经文中所提到的复活是 «古兰经» 所许下的诺言。
a
6:108; 39:42; 42:7.
3888
Commentary:
The verse shows that the resurrection to which reference has been made in the preceding verse was to be brought about by the preaching and teaching of the Quran. The Surah had opened with the subject of the Final Resurrection, and the great eminence and glory which the Muslims were to achieve through the Quran was advanced as an argument in its support. God, Man, Creation and Resurrection are the four pillars on which the whole edifice of the Quranic teaching stands, and the present Surah derives its importance from the fact that it has dealt with these subjects in some detail.
a
39:42; 42:7.
2822
The resurrection to which reference has been made in the Surah has been brought about by the Qur’an.
الذاريات
Ad-Dhariyat
The Winnowing Winds • makkah • 60 Verses
بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ
1:1.
1:1.
a
1:1.
a
See 1:1.
3889
Commentary:
See 1:1.
a
1:1.
وَٱلذَّٰرِيَٰتِ ذَرْوًا
此处及以下三节经文的集注见1299。
Important Words:
For the meanings of the particle واو (by), and for the philosophy of the Quranic oaths see 37:2; 50:2 and 91:2.
الذاریات (those that scatter) is the plural of ذاریة which is act. part. From ذرو or ذری. They say ذری الشیء i.e. the thing flew in the air. ذرا او أذری الریح التراب means, the wind raised, carried away or dispersed the dust. الذاریات means, the winds that raise or carry away or disperse, or the angels that cause the scattering away of the created things. ذرواً which is infinitive noun is added to الذاریات to add intensiveness to the meaning or to complete it (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
For a collective note on this and the next three verses see v. 5 below.
1297
此处及以下三节经文的集注见1299。
3890
Important Words:
For the meanings of the particle واو (by), and for the philosophy of the Quranic oaths see 37:2; 50:2 and 91:2.
الذاریات (those that scatter) is the plural of ذاریة which is act. part. From ذرو or ذری. They say ذری الشیء i.e. the thing flew in the air. ذرا او أذری الریح التراب means, the wind raised, carried away or dispersed the dust. الذاریات means, the winds that raise or carry away or disperse, or the angels that cause the scattering away of the created things. ذرواً which is infinitive noun is added to الذاریات to add intensiveness to the meaning or to complete it (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
For a collective note on this and the next three verses see v. 5 below.
2823
See {2465}.
2823A
For a collective note on this and the next three verses see {2824}.
فَٱلْحَٰمِلَٰتِ وِقْرًا
Important Words:
وقراً (load) is derived from وقر which means, (1) he was or became dull of hearing; (2) he or it was or became still or motionless; he rested; (3) he was or became grave, staid, steady, sedate or calm. They say وقرت النخلة او أوقرت i.e. the palm tree became laden or heavily laden with fruit. أو قرہ الدین means, debt burdened him or burdened him heavily. وقر (wiqrun) means, a load, a heavy load; a weight that is carried upon the back or head; a cloud laden with water. وقر (waqrun) means, a heaviness in the ear; or dullness of hearing; entire loss of hearing (Lane & Aqrab).
3891
Important Words:
وقراً (load) is derived from وقر which means, (1) he was or became dull of hearing; (2) he or it was or became still or motionless; he rested; (3) he was or became grave, staid, steady, sedate or calm. They say وقرت النخلة او أوقرت i.e. the palm tree became laden or heavily laden with fruit. أو قرہ الدین means, debt burdened him or burdened him heavily. وقر (wiqrun) means, a load, a heavy load; a weight that is carried upon the back or head; a cloud laden with water. وقر (waqrun) means, a heaviness in the ear; or dullness of hearing; entire loss of hearing (Lane & Aqrab).
فَٱلْجَٰرِيَٰتِ يُسْرًا
Commentary:
See next verse.
3892
Commentary:
See next verse.
فَٱلْمُقَسِّمَٰتِ أَمْرًا
这四节 (2-5) 经文从注意自然现象叫人注意平行的精神现象。这一平行现象是很引人注目的--------当这四个词--------اَلذّٰرِيٰت (adh-Dhariyat, 飘散的), اَلْحٰمِلٰت (al-Hamilat, 带走的), اَلْجٰرِيٰت (al-Jariyat, 轻盈且迅速而去的) 和 اَلْمُقَسِّمٰت (al-Muqassimat, 作分配的) 指自然现象时可以代表向四面八方飘散的风, 海洋中升起的水蒸气带着充满雨水的云轻轻吹动, 然后使雨落在干枯焦灼的土地上, 并使之成为一片生气勃勃的可喜的地方, 到处郁郁葱葱, 艳花盛开, 硕果累累。从精神上讲, 这四个词可以代表一群正直的人, 他们畅饮穆圣促发的精神之泉, 吸收了壮丽而有生气的 «古兰经» 教义, 并得到它的抚育, 去到阿拉伯的穷乡僻壤, 去到遥远的国土, 带着福祉的担子, 把安拉的启示散布在多神信仰和不道德的气习的国家。他们不是用剑而是用爱与和平, 像轻轻吹动的风儿把雨水带到枯萎的土地上。
见注释1079。
From a phenomenon in physical nature, the four verses (2-5) draw attention to a parallel spiritual phenomenon. The parallelism is very striking. The four words— adh-Dhariyat (those that scatter), al-Hamilat (those that carry), al-Jariyat (those that speed lightly along) and al-Muqassimat (those that distribute)—when pointing to the physical phenomenon, may stand for winds that scatter far and wide, the vapours that rise from the oceans, carry the clouds laden with rain-water, blow gently and then cause rain to fall on dry, parched and burnt land and turn it into a smiling, blooming and blossoming piece of earth, full of verdure, beautiful flowers and sweet fruits. Spiritually speaking, these four words may stand for that band of righteous men, who drinking deep at the spiritual fountain that the Holy Prophet caused to flow, and who, after assimilating and being impregnated with the beautiful and life- giving Quranic teaching, went forth to the remote corners of Arabia and af
Commentary:
From a phenomenon in physical nature the four verses (2-5) draw attention to a parallel spiritual phenomenon. The parallelism is striking. The four words الذاریات (those that scatter), الحاملات (those that carry), الجاریات (those that speed lightly along) and المقسمات (those that distribute), when pointing to the physical phenomenon, may stand for winds that scatter far and wide the vapours that rise from the oceans, carry the clouds laden with rainwater, blow gently and then cause rain to fall on dry, parched and burnt land and turn it into a smiling, blooming and blossoming piece of earth, full of verdure, beautiful flowers and sweet fruits. These four words may also stand for the band of righteous men who drinking deep at the spiritual fountain that the Holy Prophet caused to flow: and after; assimilating and becoming impregnated with the beautiful and life-giving Quranic teaching, went to the remote corners of Arabia and afterwards to far-off lands, carrying their blessed load, and scattering the revealed Word of God in countries, reeking with polytheistic beliefs and immoral practices—not with the sword but with love and peace, like winds that blow gently and carry rain to withered land.
1298
这四节 (2-5) 经文从注意自然现象叫人注意平行的精神现象。这一平行现象是很引人注目的--------当这四个词--------اَلذّٰرِيٰت (adh-Dhariyat, 飘散的), اَلْحٰمِلٰت (al-Hamilat, 带走的), اَلْجٰرِيٰت (al-Jariyat, 轻盈且迅速而去的) 和 اَلْمُقَسِّمٰت (al-Muqassimat, 作分配的) 指自然现象时可以代表向四面八方飘散的风, 海洋中升起的水蒸气带着充满雨水的云轻轻吹动, 然后使雨落在干枯焦灼的土地上, 并使之成为一片生气勃勃的可喜的地方, 到处郁郁葱葱, 艳花盛开, 硕果累累。从精神上讲, 这四个词可以代表一群正直的人, 他们畅饮穆圣促发的精神之泉, 吸收了壮丽而有生气的 «古兰经» 教义, 并得到它的抚育, 去到阿拉伯的穷乡僻壤, 去到遥远的国土, 带着福祉的担子, 把安拉的启示散布在多神信仰和不道德的气习的国家。他们不是用剑而是用爱与和平, 像轻轻吹动的风儿把雨水带到枯萎的土地上。
1299
见注释1079。
3893
Commentary:
From a phenomenon in physical nature the four verses (2-5) draw attention to a parallel spiritual phenomenon. The parallelism is striking. The four words الذاریات (those that scatter), الحاملات (those that carry), الجاریات (those that speed lightly along) and المقسمات (those that distribute), when pointing to the physical phenomenon, may stand for winds that scatter far and wide the vapours that rise from the oceans, carry the clouds laden with rainwater, blow gently and then cause rain to fall on dry, parched and burnt land and turn it into a smiling, blooming and blossoming piece of earth, full of verdure, beautiful flowers and sweet fruits. These four words may also stand for the band of righteous men who drinking deep at the spiritual fountain that the Holy Prophet caused to flow: and after; assimilating and becoming impregnated with the beautiful and life-giving Quranic teaching, went to the remote corners of Arabia and afterwards to far-off lands, carrying their blessed load, and scattering the revealed Word of God in countries, reeking with polytheistic beliefs and immoral practices—not with the sword but with love and peace, like winds that blow gently and carry rain to withered land.
2824
From a phenomenon in physical nature, the four verses (2-5) draw attention to a parallel spiritual phenomenon. The parallelism is very striking. The four words— adh-Dhariyat (those that scatter), al-Hamilat (those that carry), al-Jariyat (those that speed lightly along) and al-Muqassimat (those that distribute)—when pointing to the physical phenomenon, may stand for winds that scatter far and wide, the vapours that rise from the oceans, carry the clouds laden with rain-water, blow gently and then cause rain to fall on dry, parched and burnt land and turn it into a smiling, blooming and blossoming piece of earth, full of verdure, beautiful flowers and sweet fruits. Spiritually speaking, these four words may stand for that band of righteous men, who drinking deep at the spiritual fountain that the Holy Prophet caused to flow, and who, after assimilating and being impregnated with the beautiful and life- giving Quranic teaching, went forth to the remote corners of Arabia and af
إِنَّمَا تُوعَدُونَ لَصَادِقٌ
52:8.
اِن آیات میں صحابہؓ کو یا اُن کی تبلیغی جدوجہد کو ہواؤں سے مشابہت دی گئی ہے اور بتایا گیا ہے کہ صحابہؓ یا ان کی تبلیغی جدوجہد قرآن مجید کے پانی کو چاروں طرف اڑا کر لے جائے گی اور اُن کی تبلیغی جدوجہد روز بروز مضبوط ہوتی جائے گی یہاں تک کہ اُن کا اٹھایا ہوا تبلیغی بادل پانی سے بھر جائے گا اور پھر وہ لوگوں کے دل پر اسلام کا اس طرح سِکّہ جمالیں گے کہ اُن کی تبلیغی جدوجہد آسانی سے پھیلنی شروع ہو جائے گی اور کفر اپنے مقابلہ میں کمزور پڑ جائے گا۔ چنانچہ اس کا نتیجہ یہ ہو گا کہ وہ اسلام کو دنیا کے مختلف ملکوں میں پھیلادیں گے اور آخر اسلام غالب آجائے گا اور جس کامیابی کی خبر
52:8.
b52:8.
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that the holy men of God referred to in the preceding four verses will discharge their sacred obligations fully and faithfully, and will thus fulfil prophecies concerning the spread and triumph of Islam. This fact will show that the promise about life after death and about the Resurrection was true.
b
52:8.
1
اِن آیات میں صحابہؓ کو یا اُن کی تبلیغی جدوجہد کو ہواؤں سے مشابہت دی گئی ہے اور بتایا گیا ہے کہ صحابہؓ یا ان کی تبلیغی جدوجہد قرآن مجید کے پانی کو چاروں طرف اڑا کر لے جائے گی اور اُن کی تبلیغی جدوجہد روز بروز مضبوط ہوتی جائے گی یہاں تک کہ اُن کا اٹھایا ہوا تبلیغی بادل پانی سے بھر جائے گا اور پھر وہ لوگوں کے دل پر اسلام کا اس طرح سِکّہ جمالیں گے کہ اُن کی تبلیغی جدوجہد آسانی سے پھیلنی شروع ہو جائے گی اور کفر اپنے مقابلہ میں کمزور پڑ جائے گا۔ چنانچہ اس کا نتیجہ یہ ہو گا کہ وہ اسلام کو دنیا کے مختلف ملکوں میں پھیلادیں گے اور آخر اسلام غالب آجائے گا اور جس کامیابی کی خبر
a
b52:8.
3894
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that the holy men of God referred to in the preceding four verses will discharge their sacred obligations fully and faithfully, and will thus fulfil prophecies concerning the spread and triumph of Islam. This fact will show that the promise about life after death and about the Resurrection was true.
b
52:8.
وَإِنَّ ٱلدِّينَ لَوَٰقِعٌ
وَٱلسَّمَآءِ ذَاتِ ٱلْحُبُكِ
天的道路是行星、彗星和布满穹苍的各种星辰的轨道。这些天体浮动在各自的轨道上, 依循规则、 准时、正确地尽着自己的本份, 互不干扰对方的行动范围, 并联成一个运动和结构的辉煌的和谐整体。天空布满行星和恒星运行其间的轨道, 这是 «古兰经» 为人间做出的显示, 而那时大家还以为诸天的组成是固体。
اس سے مراد یہ ہے کہ اوپر کے جَوّ میں ستاروں کے چلنے کے راستے ہیں۔
Tracks or paths of heaven are the orbits of planets, comets, and stars with which the vault of heaven is strewn. These celestial bodies float in their respective orbits performing their allotted tasks regularly, punctually and unerringly, without trespassing on one another’s sphere of action and all united forming a glorious harmony of structure and motion. That the heaven is full of such tracks on which planets and stars travel, was a discovery made to the world by the Qur’an, at a time when it was believed that the heavens were solid in their formation.
Important Words:
الحبک (tracks) is the plural of حبیکة (and حباک ) which is derived from حبک. They say حبکه i.e. he tried it, and made it firm; hewore it firmly and well. حبیکة means, the track of the stars, the streak or track in the sky; the path or way. حبک السماء means, the tracks, paths, ways in the heaven. حباک means, the black thread with which are sewn the borders of a cloth: a streak or line; the ripples of sand. حبک الماء means, the ripples of water (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
Tracks or paths of heaven (حبک السماء) are the orbits of planets, comets, and stars with which the vault of heaven is strewn. These celestial bodies float, in their respective orbits performing their allotted tasks regularly, punctually and unerringly, without trespassing on one another’s sphere of action and all united forming a glorious harmony of structure and motion. That the heaven is full of such tracks on which planets and stars travel, was a discovery made to the world by the Quran at a time when it was believed that the heavens were solid in their formation. Does not this fact alone constitute an argument in support of the Quran being the revealed Word of God?
1300
天的道路是行星、彗星和布满穹苍的各种星辰的轨道。这些天体浮动在各自的轨道上, 依循规则、 准时、正确地尽着自己的本份, 互不干扰对方的行动范围, 并联成一个运动和结构的辉煌的和谐整体。天空布满行星和恒星运行其间的轨道, 这是 «古兰经» 为人间做出的显示, 而那时大家还以为诸天的组成是固体。
2
اس سے مراد یہ ہے کہ اوپر کے جَوّ میں ستاروں کے چلنے کے راستے ہیں۔
3895
Important Words:
الحبک (tracks) is the plural of حبیکة (and حباک ) which is derived from حبک. They say حبکه i.e. he tried it, and made it firm; hewore it firmly and well. حبیکة means, the track of the stars, the streak or track in the sky; the path or way. حبک السماء means, the tracks, paths, ways in the heaven. حباک means, the black thread with which are sewn the borders of a cloth: a streak or line; the ripples of sand. حبک الماء means, the ripples of water (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
Tracks or paths of heaven (حبک السماء) are the orbits of planets, comets, and stars with which the vault of heaven is strewn. These celestial bodies float, in their respective orbits performing their allotted tasks regularly, punctually and unerringly, without trespassing on one another’s sphere of action and all united forming a glorious harmony of structure and motion. That the heaven is full of such tracks on which planets and stars travel, was a discovery made to the world by the Quran at a time when it was believed that the heavens were solid in their formation. Does not this fact alone constitute an argument in support of the Quran being the revealed Word of God?
2825
Tracks or paths of heaven are the orbits of planets, comets, and stars with which the vault of heaven is strewn. These celestial bodies float in their respective orbits performing their allotted tasks regularly, punctually and unerringly, without trespassing on one another’s sphere of action and all united forming a glorious harmony of structure and motion. That the heaven is full of such tracks on which planets and stars travel, was a discovery made to the world by the Qur’an, at a time when it was believed that the heavens were solid in their formation.
إِنَّكُمْ لَفِى قَوْلٍ مُّخْتَلِفٍ
上一节经文启示的天文学上的伟大真理导致这样的推论, 即 «古兰经» 是安拉亲自启示的真言; 在这天经中存在着安拉目标的一致性及安拉行为的调谐性。但唯物主义哲学家却强词夺理, 在缺乏根据的臆测和猜想中摸索、踉跄, 不信天经和穆圣。
The great astronomical truth revealed in the preceding verse leads to the inference that the Qur’an is God’s own revealed Word and that there exists a unity of purpose and harmony in Divine work, and yet the materialistic philosophers coin far-fetched theories, groping and floundering in ill-founded surmises and conjectures, not believing in God’s Word and in His Prophet.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that the great astronomical truth revealed in the preceding verse leads to the inference that the Quran is God’s own revealed Word and that there exists a unity of purpose and harmony in Divine work, and yet the materialistic philosophers coin far-fetched theories, groping and floundering in ill-founded surmises and conjectures, not believing in God’s Word and His Prophet.
1301
上一节经文启示的天文学上的伟大真理导致这样的推论, 即 «古兰经» 是安拉亲自启示的真言; 在这天经中存在着安拉目标的一致性及安拉行为的调谐性。但唯物主义哲学家却强词夺理, 在缺乏根据的臆测和猜想中摸索、踉跄, 不信天经和穆圣。
3896
Commentary:
The verse means to say that the great astronomical truth revealed in the preceding verse leads to the inference that the Quran is God’s own revealed Word and that there exists a unity of purpose and harmony in Divine work, and yet the materialistic philosophers coin far-fetched theories, groping and floundering in ill-founded surmises and conjectures, not believing in God’s Word and His Prophet.
2826
The great astronomical truth revealed in the preceding verse leads to the inference that the Qur’an is God’s own revealed Word and that there exists a unity of purpose and harmony in Divine work, and yet the materialistic philosophers coin far-fetched theories, groping and floundering in ill-founded surmises and conjectures, not believing in God’s Word and in His Prophet.
يُؤْفَكُ عَنْهُ مَنْ أُفِكَ
这几个字的意思也可以是 “凡自己回绝(真理)的”。
The words may also mean, 'he who himself would turn away.'
Commentary:
The expression من أفک means, he on account of whose evil and wilful conduct the Divine Decree that he should be turned away from truth comes into operation. Or it means, he who himself would turn away.
1302
这几个字的意思也可以是 “凡自己回绝(真理)的”。
3897
Commentary:
The expression من أفک means, he on account of whose evil and wilful conduct the Divine Decree that he should be turned away from truth comes into operation. Or it means, he who himself would turn away.
2827
The words may also mean, 'he who himself would turn away.'
قُتِلَ ٱلْخَرَّٰصُونَ
Important Words:
الخراصون (liars) is the plural of خراص (kharras) which is the intensive form of خارص which is act. part. from خرص which means, he lied, he said what was untrue. خرص النخل means, he computed by conjecture the quantity of the fruit upon the palm-trees. تخرص و اخترص (takharrasa) means, he forged a lie. خارص means, a liar and خراص a great liar (Lane & Aqrab).
3898
Important Words:
الخراصون (liars) is the plural of خراص (kharras) which is the intensive form of خارص which is act. part. from خرص which means, he lied, he said what was untrue. خرص النخل means, he computed by conjecture the quantity of the fruit upon the palm-trees. تخرص و اخترص (takharrasa) means, he forged a lie. خارص means, a liar and خراص a great liar (Lane & Aqrab).
ٱلَّذِينَ هُمْ فِى غَمْرَةٍ سَاهُونَ
Ghamrah means, depth of ignorance; error; obstinacy and perplexity; overwhelming heedlessness; a state of obstinate perseverance in a vain and false thing (Lane).
Important Words:
غمرة (depth of ignorance) is derived from غمر (ghamara). They say غمرہ الماء i.e. the water rose above him and submerged him. غمر علیه means, he fainted or swooned. غمر الرجل (ghamora) means, the man was ignorant or inexperienced in the affair. غمرة means, depth or flood of ignorance; error; obstinacy and perplexity; overwhelming heedlessness or ignorance; a state of obstinate perseverance in a vain and false thing; water that rises above the stature of a man (Lane & Aqrab).
ساھون (heedless) is the plural of ساھی (or سھوان) and is derived from سھا. They say سھا فیه او سھا عنه i.e. he was or became unmindful, forgetful, neglectful or heedless of it or inadvertent to it, his mind adverting to another thing or affair or case. According to some these two expressions slightly differ in their significations; سھا فیه meaning, he neglected the thing and سھا عنه means, he neglected the thing knowingly (Lane & Aqrab).
3899
Important Words:
غمرة (depth of ignorance) is derived from غمر (ghamara). They say غمرہ الماء i.e. the water rose above him and submerged him. غمر علیه means, he fainted or swooned. غمر الرجل (ghamora) means, the man was ignorant or inexperienced in the affair. غمرة means, depth or flood of ignorance; error; obstinacy and perplexity; overwhelming heedlessness or ignorance; a state of obstinate perseverance in a vain and false thing; water that rises above the stature of a man (Lane & Aqrab).
ساھون (heedless) is the plural of ساھی (or سھوان) and is derived from سھا. They say سھا فیه او سھا عنه i.e. he was or became unmindful, forgetful, neglectful or heedless of it or inadvertent to it, his mind adverting to another thing or affair or case. According to some these two expressions slightly differ in their significations; سھا فیه meaning, he neglected the thing and سھا عنه means, he neglected the thing knowingly (Lane & Aqrab).
2828
Ghamrah means, depth of ignorance; error; obstinacy and perplexity; overwhelming heedlessness; a state of obstinate perseverance in a vain and false thing (Lane).
يَسْـَٔلُونَ أَيَّانَ يَوْمُ ٱلدِّينِ
7:188; 79:43.
7:188; 79:43.
a
7:188; 79:43.
a
7:188; 79:43.
3900
Commentary:
The verse may mean: (1) They ask, in derision or scoffingly, when the Day of Judgement will be? (2) Their behaviour, conduct or attitude shows that they do not believe in the Day of Judgement.
a
7:188; 79:43.
يَوْمَ هُمْ عَلَى ٱلنَّارِ يُفْتَنُونَ
Commentary:
In the preceding verse the disbelievers were mentioned as asking mockingly, "When will be the Day of Judgement?" Here they are answered with a retort that "It will be the day when they will be burned in the fire."
3901
Commentary:
In the preceding verse the disbelievers were mentioned as asking mockingly, "When will be the Day of Judgement?" Here they are answered with a retort that "It will be the day when they will be burned in the fire."
ذُوقُوا۟ فِتْنَتَكُمْ هَٰذَا ٱلَّذِى كُنتُم بِهِۦ تَسْتَعْجِلُونَ
26:205; 27:72, 73; 29:54, 55.
26:205; 27:72, 73; 29:54, 55.
22:48; 26:205; 27:72-73; 29:54-55.
b
26:205; 27:72, 73; 29:54, 55.
b
22:48; 26:205; 27:72-73; 29:54-55.
b
26:205; 27:72, 73; 29:54, 55.
إِنَّ ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ فِى جَنَّٰتٍ وَعُيُونٍ
15:46; 52:18; 68:35; 77:42; 78:32.
15:46; 52:18; 68:35; 77:42; 78:32.
15:46; 52:18; 68:35; 77:42; 78:32.
Commentary:
As against those who flounder in the welter of wrong beliefs and evil deeds and deny the possibility of the Day of Judgement, the righteous and the God-fearing will reside in heavenly gardens, full of springs and streams—the spiritual embodiments of the good deeds they had done in this life.
c
15:46; 52:18; 68:35; 77:42; 78:32.
c
15:46; 52:18; 68:35; 77:42; 78:32.
3902
Commentary:
As against those who flounder in the welter of wrong beliefs and evil deeds and deny the possibility of the Day of Judgement, the righteous and the God-fearing will reside in heavenly gardens, full of springs and streams—the spiritual embodiments of the good deeds they had done in this life.
a
15:46; 52:18; 68:35; 77:42; 78:32.
ءَاخِذِينَ مَآ ءَاتَىٰهُمْ رَبُّهُمْ ۚ إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ قَبْلَ ذَٰلِكَ مُحْسِنِينَ
مُتَّقِی (Muttaqi) 是一个对安拉和人类诚实而充分尽责的人; مُحْسِن (Muhsin) 是这样一种人, 他为人家做的好事要超过别人为他做的好事, 处世行事, 仿佛确眼见着安拉, 或者退一步说, 他意识到安拉在注视他。所以 مُحْسِن (Muhsin) 是个比 مُتَّقِی (Muttaqi) 具有更高精神境界和能力更大的人。
A Muttaqi is one who discharges his obligations faithfully and fully to God and man, and a Muhsin is he who does more good to others than the good he receives from them and acts and behaves as though he is actually seeing God, or, in a lesser degree, he is conscious of God watching over him. Thus a Muhsin is a person of higher spiritual stature and calibre than a Muttaqi.
Commentary:
Two different words have been used in the preceding and the present verse for the righteous believers—متقین (God-fearing) and (those who do good). A متقی is one who discharges his obligations faithfully and fully to God and man, and a محسن is he who does more good to others than the good he receives from them and acts and behaves as though he is actually seeing God or, in a lesser degree, he is conscious of God watching over him. Thus a محسن is a person of higher spiritual stature than a متقی.
1303
مُتَّقِی (Muttaqi) 是一个对安拉和人类诚实而充分尽责的人; مُحْسِن (Muhsin) 是这样一种人, 他为人家做的好事要超过别人为他做的好事, 处世行事, 仿佛确眼见着安拉, 或者退一步说, 他意识到安拉在注视他。所以 مُحْسِن (Muhsin) 是个比 مُتَّقِی (Muttaqi) 具有更高精神境界和能力更大的人。
3903
Commentary:
Two different words have been used in the preceding and the present verse for the righteous believers—متقین (God-fearing) and (those who do good). A متقی is one who discharges his obligations faithfully and fully to God and man, and a محسن is he who does more good to others than the good he receives from them and acts and behaves as though he is actually seeing God or, in a lesser degree, he is conscious of God watching over him. Thus a محسن is a person of higher spiritual stature than a متقی.
2829
A Muttaqi is one who discharges his obligations faithfully and fully to God and man, and a Muhsin is he who does more good to others than the good he receives from them and acts and behaves as though he is actually seeing God, or, in a lesser degree, he is conscious of God watching over him. Thus a Muhsin is a person of higher spiritual stature and calibre than a Muttaqi.
كَانُوا۟ قَلِيلًا مِّنَ ٱلَّيْلِ مَا يَهْجَعُونَ
32:17.
32:17.
a
32:17.
a
32:17.
3904
Important Words:
یھجعون (they used to sleep) is derived from ھجع which means, he slept or slept in the night. ھجوع is sleeping at night and ھجودis sleeping in the day time, or remaining awake (Lane & Aqrab). See also 17:80 and 73:7.
b
32:17.
وَبِٱلْأَسْحَارِ هُمْ يَسْتَغْفِرُونَ
3:18.
3:18.
3:18.
b
3:18.
b
3:18.
c
3:18.
وَفِىٓ أَمْوَٰلِهِمْ حَقٌّ لِّلسَّآئِلِ وَٱلْمَحْرُومِ
70:25, 26.
یعنی جانور وغیرہ جو بول نہیں سکتے یا ایسے شریف لوگ جو مانگنے میں ذلت سمجھتے ہیں۔
70:25, 26.
In the wealth of a rich Muslim, according to Islam, those who can express their needs, as also those who cannot, have a share, as of right. Thus a Muslim’s wealth is a trust to the benefit of which the poor are also entitled. So when he satisfies the need of a poor brother, he, in fact, does him no favour but only discharges the obligation he owes to him and returns to him what was his due. The word, al-Mahrum, not only includes in its connotation those poor people who, from a sense of self-respect or a feeling of shame, do not ask for alms (2:274), but also dumb animals. The word has been taken here as signifying a person who is debarred from earning his livelihood due to physical infirmity or some other similar cause.
70:25-26,
Commentary:
In the wealth of a rich Muslim, according to Islam, those who can express their needs also, as those who cannot, have a share, as of right. Thus a Muslim’s wealth is a trust to the benefit of which the poor are also entitled. Elsewhere the Quran says: "And give the relatives their rightful share in your property and to the poor and the needy" (17:26). So when a Muslim meets the needs of a poor brother, he does him no special favour but only discharges the obligation he owes to him and returns to him what was his due.
The word المحروم (those who cannot express their needs) not only includes in its connotation those poor people who, from a sense of self-respect or a feeling of shame, are prevented from asking (2:274), but also dumb animals. The word, therefore, has been taken here as signifying a person who is debarred from earning his livelihood due to physical infirmityor some other similar cause.
رزق (sustenance) signifies both physical as well as spiritual sustenance. The words "that which you are promised" may signify promises of triumph and prosperity to believers and warnings to disbelievers.
c
70:25, 26.
1
یعنی جانور وغیرہ جو بول نہیں سکتے یا ایسے شریف لوگ جو مانگنے میں ذلت سمجھتے ہیں۔
c
70:25-26,
3905
Commentary:
In the wealth of a rich Muslim, according to Islam, those who can express their needs also, as those who cannot, have a share, as of right. Thus a Muslim’s wealth is a trust to the benefit of which the poor are also entitled. Elsewhere the Quran says: "And give the relatives their rightful share in your property and to the poor and the needy" (17:26). So when a Muslim meets the needs of a poor brother, he does him no special favour but only discharges the obligation he owes to him and returns to him what was his due.
The word المحروم (those who cannot express their needs) not only includes in its connotation those poor people who, from a sense of self-respect or a feeling of shame, are prevented from asking (2:274), but also dumb animals. The word, therefore, has been taken here as signifying a person who is debarred from earning his livelihood due to physical infirmityor some other similar cause.
رزق (sustenance) signifies both physical as well as spiritual sustenance. The words "that which you are promised" may signify promises of triumph and prosperity to believers and warnings to disbelievers.
d
70:25, 26.
2830
In the wealth of a rich Muslim, according to Islam, those who can express their needs, as also those who cannot, have a share, as of right. Thus a Muslim’s wealth is a trust to the benefit of which the poor are also entitled. So when he satisfies the need of a poor brother, he, in fact, does him no favour but only discharges the obligation he owes to him and returns to him what was his due. The word, al-Mahrum, not only includes in its connotation those poor people who, from a sense of self-respect or a feeling of shame, do not ask for alms (2:274), but also dumb animals. The word has been taken here as signifying a person who is debarred from earning his livelihood due to physical infirmity or some other similar cause.
وَفِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ءَايَٰتٌ لِّلْمُوقِنِينَ
وَفِىٓ أَنفُسِكُمْ ۚ أَفَلَا تُبْصِرُونَ
وَفِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ رِزْقُكُمْ وَمَا تُوعَدُونَ
40:14; 45:6.
40:14; 45:6.
Commentary:
Wonderful indeed is the creation of the universe. But much more wonderful is the creation of man, its centre and apex. There are signs in the creation of the physical universe and in that of man—the universe in miniature—to show that truth triumphs and prevails in the long run and falsehood suffers defeat and discomfiture.
d
40:14; 45:6.
d
40:14; 45:6.
3906
Commentary:
Wonderful indeed is the creation of the universe. But much more wonderful is the creation of man, its centre and apex. There are signs in the creation of the physical universe and in that of man—the universe in miniature—to show that truth triumphs and prevails in the long run and falsehood suffers defeat and discomfiture.
e
40:14; 45:6.
2831
Promises of triumph and prosperity to believers and warnings to disbelievers.
فَوَرَبِّ ٱلسَّمَآءِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ إِنَّهُۥ لَحَقٌّ مِّثْلَ مَآ أَنَّكُمْ تَنطِقُونَ
The fact mentioned in the preceding verse is neither wishful thinking on the Holy Prophet’s part, nor is it a figment of his imagination, but is solid and hard truth as sure and true as it is true 'that you speak.' Or, the verse may mean that the Qur’an is as undoubtedly God’s own revealed Word as 'you speak.'
Commentary:
The verse means that the fact mentioned in the preceding verse is neither wishful thinking on the Holy Prophet’s part, nor is it a figment of his imagination, but is solid and hard truth as sure and true as "you speak". Or the verse may mean that the Quran is as undoubtedly God’s own revealed Word as "you speak."
3907
Commentary:
The verse means that the fact mentioned in the preceding verse is neither wishful thinking on the Holy Prophet’s part, nor is it a figment of his imagination, but is solid and hard truth as sure and true as "you speak". Or the verse may mean that the Quran is as undoubtedly God’s own revealed Word as "you speak."
2832
The fact mentioned in the preceding verse is neither wishful thinking on the Holy Prophet’s part, nor is it a figment of his imagination, but is solid and hard truth as sure and true as it is true 'that you speak.' Or, the verse may mean that the Qur’an is as undoubtedly God’s own revealed Word as 'you speak.'
هَلْ أَتَىٰكَ حَدِيثُ ضَيْفِ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ ٱلْمُكْرَمِينَ
11:70, 71; 15:52.
11:70, 71; 15:52.
11:70; 15:52.
Commentary:
In the foregoing verses an implied reference was made to the great moral revolution that was to be brought about in the Arabian society through the selfless efforts of a band of holy men who were to carry the Message of Islam to the ends of the earth. The verse under comment and those that follow treat the same subject from a different angle. Here history is introduced and the examples of the Prophets Abraham, and Moses, and those of the people of Noah and of ‘Ad and Thamud have been briefly mentioned.
There seems to exist some difference of opinion among commentators of the Quran as to who these honoured guests were. Some hold them to be angels; others think that they were righteous men of the locality who had come to inform Abraham that the time of the punishment of Lot’s people had arrived, and to take Lot to a place of safety. The idea that they were angels might have arisen from the fact that they have been called "Our messengers" in the Quran (11:78), and also because when food was placed before them, they refused to partake of it. But nowhere in the Quran are these "messengers" described as angels of punishment; nor do angels ever walk on earth as Divine Messengers (17:96). The mere fact that they refused to partake of the food, can lend no support to the view that they were angels. There might be other reasons for the refusal.
e
11:70, 71; 15:52.
a
11:70; 15:52.
3908
Commentary:
In the foregoing verses an implied reference was made to the great moral revolution that was to be brought about in the Arabian society through the selfless efforts of a band of holy men who were to carry the Message of Islam to the ends of the earth. The verse under comment and those that follow treat the same subject from a different angle. Here history is introduced and the examples of the Prophets Abraham, and Moses, and those of the people of Noah and of ‘Ad and Thamud have been briefly mentioned.
There seems to exist some difference of opinion among commentators of the Quran as to who these honoured guests were. Some hold them to be angels; others think that they were righteous men of the locality who had come to inform Abraham that the time of the punishment of Lot’s people had arrived, and to take Lot to a place of safety. The idea that they were angels might have arisen from the fact that they have been called "Our messengers" in the Quran (11:78), and also because when food was placed before them, they refused to partake of it. But nowhere in the Quran are these "messengers" described as angels of punishment; nor do angels ever walk on earth as Divine Messengers (17:96). The mere fact that they refused to partake of the food, can lend no support to the view that they were angels. There might be other reasons for the refusal.
a
11:70, 71; 15:52.
إِذْ دَخَلُوا۟ عَلَيْهِ فَقَالُوا۟ سَلَٰمًا ۖ قَالَ سَلَٰمٌ قَوْمٌ مُّنكَرُونَ
یہ وہ بات ہے جو صرف خداتعالیٰ کہہ سکتا ہے مگر یہاں حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام کی طرف منسوب ہے اس کے یہ معنے ہیں کہ حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام کو پتہ لگ گیا تھا کہ وہ لوگ کس اعلیٰ روحانی مقام پر فائز ہیں اور اللہ تعالیٰ کی رحمت کے سایہ میں آگئے ہیں۔ اس لئے یقین سے کہہ دیا کہ میں بھی کہتا ہوں کہ تمہارے لئے دائمی سلامتی مقدر ہے۔
f
11:70.
1304
见 11:70-71。
1
یہ وہ بات ہے جو صرف خداتعالیٰ کہہ سکتا ہے مگر یہاں حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام کی طرف منسوب ہے اس کے یہ معنے ہیں کہ حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام کو پتہ لگ گیا تھا کہ وہ لوگ کس اعلیٰ روحانی مقام پر فائز ہیں اور اللہ تعالیٰ کی رحمت کے سایہ میں آگئے ہیں۔ اس لئے یقین سے کہہ دیا کہ میں بھی کہتا ہوں کہ تمہارے لئے دائمی سلامتی مقدر ہے۔
a
11:70; 15:53.
b
11:71.
b
11:70.
2833
See 11:70, 71.
فَرَاغَ إِلَىٰٓ أَهْلِهِۦ فَجَآءَ بِعِجْلٍ سَمِينٍ
11:70.
11:70.
11:70.
g
11:70.
c
11:70.
c
11:70.
فَقَرَّبَهُۥٓ إِلَيْهِمْ قَالَ أَلَا تَأْكُلُونَ
Commentary:
This and the preceding verse shed some light on the rules of hospitality.
3909
Commentary:
This and the preceding verse shed some light on the rules of hospitality.
فَأَوْجَسَ مِنْهُمْ خِيفَةً ۖ قَالُوا۟ لَا تَخَفْ ۖ وَبَشَّرُوهُ بِغُلَٰمٍ عَلِيمٍ
11:71; 15:53.
11:71, 72; 15:54.
In the present verse as also in 15:54 'the promised son,' has been described as 'a son endowed with knowledge,' while in 37:102 he has been called 'a forbearing son.' In the former verse the reference is to Isaac and in the latter to Ishmael.
11:71; 15:53.
11:72; 21:73; 29:28; 37:113.
Important Words:
أوجس (conceived) is derived from وجس and means, he conceived, perceived or felt a thing in his mind. See also 20:68.
Commentary:
In the present verse as also in 15:54 "the promised son." has been described as "a son endowed with knowledge," while in 37:102, he has been called "a forbearing son." In the former verses the reference is to Isaac and in the latter to Ishmael.
h
11:71; 15:53.
i
11:71, 72; 15:54.
d
11:71; 15:53.
e
11:72; 21:73; 29:28; 37:113.
3910
Important Words:
أوجس (conceived) is derived from وجس and means, he conceived, perceived or felt a thing in his mind. See also 20:68.
Commentary:
In the present verse as also in 15:54 "the promised son." has been described as "a son endowed with knowledge," while in 37:102, he has been called "a forbearing son." In the former verses the reference is to Isaac and in the latter to Ishmael.
d
11:71; 15:53.
e
11:71, 72; 15:54.
2834
In the present verse as also in 15:54 'the promised son,' has been described as 'a son endowed with knowledge,' while in 37:102 he has been called 'a forbearing son.' In the former verse the reference is to Isaac and in the latter to Ishmael.
فَأَقْبَلَتِ ٱمْرَأَتُهُۥ فِى صَرَّةٍ فَصَكَّتْ وَجْهَهَا وَقَالَتْ عَجُوزٌ عَقِيمٌ
قرآن مجید کہتا ہے حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام کی بیوی فِیْ صَرَّۃٍ آئی اور لغت میں صَرَّۃٌ کے ایک معنے منہ کی سیاہی کے لکھے ہیں۔ پس مطلب یہ ہے کہ شرم وحیا سے اس کا چہرہ متغیر تھا۔
Sarrah means a most vehement clamour of crying; vehemence of grief, heat or anxiety; a contraction and moroseness of the face by reason of dislike or hatred or shame; a fit (Lane).
11:73.
Important Words:
صرة (extreme embarrassment) is derived from صر which means, it made a sound or noise or a prolonged sound he cried or raised a clamour with utmost vehemence. صرة means, vociferation or clamour or the most vehement clamour of crying; vehemence of grief, heat or anxiety; a contraction and moroseness of the face by reason of dislike or hatred or shame; a fit (Lane & Aqrab).
صکت (smote). صکه means, he struck him or hit violently or he slapped him with his hand upon the back of his neck or upon his face. صک الباب means, he locked the door. صک وجھه means, he slapped his face (Lane & Aqrab).
2
قرآن مجید کہتا ہے حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام کی بیوی فِیْ صَرَّۃٍ آئی اور لغت میں صَرَّۃٌ کے ایک معنے منہ کی سیاہی کے لکھے ہیں۔ پس مطلب یہ ہے کہ شرم وحیا سے اس کا چہرہ متغیر تھا۔
f
11:73.
3911
Important Words:
صرة (extreme embarrassment) is derived from صر which means, it made a sound or noise or a prolonged sound he cried or raised a clamour with utmost vehemence. صرة means, vociferation or clamour or the most vehement clamour of crying; vehemence of grief, heat or anxiety; a contraction and moroseness of the face by reason of dislike or hatred or shame; a fit (Lane & Aqrab).
صکت (smote). صکه means, he struck him or hit violently or he slapped him with his hand upon the back of his neck or upon his face. صک الباب means, he locked the door. صک وجھه means, he slapped his face (Lane & Aqrab).
2835
Sarrah means a most vehement clamour of crying; vehemence of grief, heat or anxiety; a contraction and moroseness of the face by reason of dislike or hatred or shame; a fit (Lane).
قَالُوا۟ كَذَٰلِكِ قَالَ رَبُّكِ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ هُوَ ٱلْحَكِيمُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ
11:74.
a
11:74.